ill 
 
 SB 21 
 
LIBRARY 
 
 OF THE 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA. 
 
 GIFT OF" 
 
 Class 
 
 && 
 
)7xH CONGRESS, 
 
 TMEN1 
 
 No. 4>o. 
 
 A PL A X 
 
 FOR 
 
 S r OY OF MAN 
 
 WITH KKFKKKNCK To 
 
 BILLS TO ESTABLISH A LABORATORY FOR THE 
 
 STl'DY OF THE CRIMINAL KUTER, 
 
 AND DEFECTIVE CLASSES. 
 
 UNIVERSITY 
 
 WITH A 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHILI) STUDY. 
 
 BY 
 
 ialt.<t iii thf Units'! Matt* P.uriiin af h'flni'dtiiin, H'li.^/iiiit/tnii, D. ('., nicntlcr 
 oftfit "Sor/V// !>' Hijjititilnt/ic >t I'.<tirli<>ltjit ill I'm i.<." ttinl author 
 of " Abnormal M<:- : nlntl Ti/fit " nn'l 
 
 " Kjci>trun(nttil Study of l.'hUdn ." 
 
 .TrxE 9, 1902. Trt'sented V>y Mr. ( 1 i..\i'i>, icfrrrc.l to the Cmninittoe r.n the 
 
 Judiciary, and ordered to he printed. 
 
 JUNE 16, 1902. Ordered to be reprinted with additional matter. 
 JI-NI: 2S, 1902. Ordered to he reprinted. 
 
 WASHINGTON: 
 
 GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE. 
 
 1 9 o -i . 
 
GOVERNMENT WORKS. 
 
 ARTHUR MxcDONALD, 
 Specialist in the United States Bureau of Education, Washington, D. C. 
 
 ABNORMAL MAN, being essays on Education and Crime, Criminal Sociology, Criminal 
 Hypnotism, Alcoholism, Insanity, and Genius, with digests of literature and a bibliogra- 
 phy. 1893. Published by U. S. Bureau of Education. Washington, D. C. 445 page*, 8. 
 Vd edition, 1895. 
 
 EDUCATION AND PATHO-SOCIAL STUDIES, including an investigation of the murderer 
 "H." (Holmes) ; reports on psychological, criminological, and demographical congresses 
 in Europe; London slums and Gen. Booth's Salvation Army movement. Reprint (from 
 Annual Report of U. S. Commissioner of Education for 189:i-'94), 57 pages, 8. Washing- 
 ton, D. C., 1896. 
 
 EXPERIMENTAL STUDY OF CHILDREN, including Anthropometrical and Psycho-phys- 
 ical measurements of Washington school children ; measurements of school children in 
 United States and Europe ; description of instruments of precision in the laboratory of 
 the Bureau of Education ; child study in the United States ; and a bibliography. Reprint 
 (from Annual Report of U. S. Commissioner of Education for 1897-'98), 325 pages, 8. 
 Washington, D. C., 1899. 
 
 HEARING ON THE BILL (H. R. 14798) to establish a laboratory for the study of the crim- 
 inal, pauper, and defective classes, treating especially of Criminology, with a bibliography 
 of genius, insanity, idiocy, alcoholism, pauperism, and crime, had before the Committee 
 on the Judiciary of the U. S. House of Representatives. 309 pages, 8. Government 
 Printing Office. Washington, D. C., 1902. 
 
 This Hearing might be obtained on application to the Chairman of the Judiciary Com- 
 mittee of the House of Representatives. 
 
 SENATE DOCUMENT No. 400 (57th Congress, 1st Session) : A plan for the study of man, 
 with reference to bills to establish a laboratory for the study of the criminal, pauper, and 
 defective classes, treating especially of Hypnotism, with a bibliography of child study. 
 166 pages, 8. Government Printing Offi. Washington. D. C.. 1902. 
 
 This and the following document might be obtained gratis on application to any United 
 States Senator. 
 
 STATISTICS OF CRIME, SUICIDE AND INSANITY and other forms of abnormality in 
 different countries of the world, in connection with bills to establish a laboratory, etc. 
 Senate Document No. 11, 57th Congress, 2d Session, 8. Government Printing Office. 
 Washington, D. C., 1903. 
 
57TH CONGRESS, ) SENATE. j DOCUMENT 
 
 .fctf Session. (No. 400. 
 
 A PLAN 
 
 FOR 
 
 THE STUDY OF MAN, 
 
 WITH REFERENCE TO 
 
 BILLS TO ESTABLISH A LABORATORY FOR THE 
 
 STUDY OF THE CRIMINAL, PAUPER, 
 
 AND DEFECTIVE CLASSES, 
 
 WITH A 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHILD STUDY. 
 
 BY 
 
 ARTHUR MACDONALD, 
 
 n the United States Bureau of Education, Washington, D. C., member 
 of the " Socictc I? Hypnologie et Psychologic de Paris," and author 
 of " Abnormal Man," " Le C'rimincl Tifjic" and 
 " Experimental Study of Children." 
 
 JUNE 9, 1902. Presented by Mr. CLAPP, referred to the Committee on the 
 
 Judiciary, and ordered to he printed. 
 
 JUNE 16, 1902. Ordered to he reprinted with additional matter. 
 JUNE 28, 1902. Ordered to he reprinted. 
 
 WASHINGTON: 
 
 GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE. 
 
 1902. 
 
i 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 Page. 
 
 Nature of bills ./*. 4 
 
 Study of man , 5-11 
 
 The study of children 11-22 
 
 Instruments of precision 22-28 
 
 Preliminary training for study in a psycho-physical laboratory 28-30 
 
 Susceptibility to disease and physical development in college women 30-32 
 
 Measurements of Chattanooga children 33-37 
 
 Measurements of girls in private schools and of university students 37-41 
 
 Types of children in Germany 41-44 
 
 Growth and sociological conditions 44-47 
 
 Hypnotism 47-54 
 
 Traumatic hypnotism (case of) 54-55 
 
 Surgical operations during hypnotic sleep 55--S7 
 
 The power of suggestion 57-62 
 
 Study of the hypnotism state 62-64 
 
 Pedagogic hypnotism 64-70 
 
 Some recent results from the study of man 70-76 
 
 CRIMINOLOGY. 
 
 Scientific method 76 
 
 Prison discipline 77 
 
 Application of scientific method 78-80 
 
 Instruction in criminology 81 
 
 Criminals not so abnormal 81 
 
 Crime not a disease. 81 
 
 Freedom of criminals' will 82 
 
 Physiology of the criminal's brain 83 
 
 Measurements of emotion 83 
 
 Moral obtuseness 84 
 
 Bertillon system of measurement 85 
 
 Criminal aristocracy, or the Mafia 85-88 
 
 Criminal suggestion 88-93 
 
 Education and crime 93-94 
 
 Teaching of practical morality 95-100 
 
 Conclusions as to criminal man 100 
 
 Alcoholism 100-102 
 
 Total abstinence 102 
 
 Social pathology and education 103 
 
 Crime and its punishment 103-108 
 
 Pure murder (case of) 108-117 
 
 Man from scientific point of view 117 
 
 Bibliography of child study 117-151 
 
 More recent literature on child study 152, 153 
 
 Adolescence 153 
 
 Child psychology 154-157 
 
 Appendix 159-162 
 
 Names of Senators and Representatives favoring plan 159 
 
 Opinions of scientific journals 159, 160 
 
 Indorsements of societies, etc 160 
 
 Specialists writing letters in favor of laboratory, etc 161, 162 
 
[Many of the points briefly referred to in this document are more fuUy considered in a 
 hearing on the bill (H. R. 14798} to establish a laboratory for the study of the criminal, 
 pauper, and defective classes, had by the writer before the Committee on the Judiciary and 
 published by the order of the committee.'] 
 
 NATURE OF BILLS. 
 
 Bills, or amendments, to establish a laboratory to study the crimi- 
 nal, pauper, and defective classes have been introduced in Congress 
 by Senators Hoar, Nelson, Bacon, McComas, Quay, Penrose, Money, 
 and Pettigrew, and by Representatives Ray (New York) and Henry 
 (Connecticut). 
 
 The general purpose of these bills is a sociologic and scientific study 
 of the abnormal classes, it being understood that such study is a 
 development of work already begun under the Federal Government. 
 
 The term " laboratory " is employed in the broadest sense, not only 
 including the use of instruments of precision, but the gathering of 
 sociological data, especially as found in institutions for the abnormal 
 classes; also investigations of anarchistic criminals, mob influence, and 
 like phenomena; that especially the causes of social evils shall be sought 
 out, with a view to lessening or preventing them; that these results 
 and those of similar work shall be published from time to time. 
 
 At present our State institutions gather more or less data annually, 
 but little use is made of them. It is proposed to combine and sum- 
 marize these results, to encourage uniformity of method in collecting 
 data, making the work more useful to the country at large. 
 
STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 _The greatest of all studies is that of man himself as he is to-day. A 
 Scientific investigation of man must be based primarily upon the indi- 
 vidual, who is the unit of the social organism. 
 
 If we are ever to have sufficient definite knowledge of living human 
 beings that may become a science, it can only be done by the careful 
 study of large numbers of individuals. The more thorough the study 
 and the larger the number the more useful such investigation can be 
 made to society. 
 
 As in machinery we must first repair the little wheels out of gear, 
 so in society we must first study the criminal, crank, insane, inebriate, 
 or pauper who can seriously injure both individual and community. 
 Thus a worthless crank, by killing a prominent citizen, can paralyze 
 the community. The injury from such action is often beyond calcula- 
 tion. Our Government pays out millions to catch, try, and care for 
 criminals, but gives very little to study the causes that lead to crime. 
 
 The study of man, to be of most utility, must be directed first to 
 the causes of crime, pauperism, alcoholism, and other forms of abnor- 
 mality. To do this the individuals themselves must be studied. As 
 the seeds of evil are usually sown in childhood and youth, it is here 
 that all investigation should commence, for there is little hope of 
 making the world better if we do not seek the causes of social evils at 
 their beginnings. 
 
 The most rigid and best method of study of both children and adults 
 is that of the laboratory, with instruments of precision in connection 
 with sociological data. Such inquiry consists in gathering sociological, 
 pathological, and abnormal data as found in children, in criminal, 
 pauper, and defective classes, and in hospitals. Such experiments or 
 measurements should be made as are of interest not only to sociologists, 
 psycho-physicists, and anthropologists, but also to physiologists and 
 pathologists. 
 
 It has been proposed to conduct such investigations under our Gov- 
 ernment by the establishment of a laboratory; for to gather a large 
 number of such data concerning a large number of individuals and to 
 compute, tabulate, and publish the results could not easily be under- 
 taken by an individual or by a university because of the expense 
 involved. 
 
 Since the field is necessarily very large, the investigation should be 
 in those parts of it which promise to be productive of most practical 
 results in the way of amelioration or prevention of social evils. 
 
6 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 The following is a measurement blank being used by the author in 
 the study of children : a 
 
 No. 
 
 Name, -- ; date, -- ; school grade, - ; name of observer, 
 
 sex, - ; date of birth, - ; age in years and months, - ; color of hair, 
 - ; of eyes, - ; of skin, - ; first born, - ; second born, - ; 
 later born, - . 
 
 ANTHROPOMETRICAL. 
 
 Weight, -^ ; lung capacity, - ; depth of chest, - ; width of chest, 
 circumference of chest, - ; height, - ; sitting height, 
 
 strength of lift, ; of arms, ; of right-hand grasp, ; of left-hand 
 
 grasp, ; total strength, ; is the subject left-handed? ; maximum 
 
 length of head, ; maximum width of head, ; cephalic index, ; 
 
 distance between zygomatic arches, ; between external edges of orbits, ; 
 
 between corners of eyes, ; length of nose, ; width of nose, ; 
 
 height of nose, ; nasal index, ; length of ears, right, ; left, ; 
 
 length of hands, right, ; left, ; width of mouth, ; thickness of 
 
 lips, . 
 
 PSYCHO-PHYSIOLOGICAL. 
 
 Least sensibility to locality, right wrist, ; left wrist, ; least sensibility 
 
 to heat, right wrist, ; left wrist, ; least sensibility to contact on the skin, 
 
 ; least sensibility to pain by pressure of two points, ; least sensibility to 
 
 pain by pressure, right temporal muscle, ; left temporal muscle, ; least 
 
 sensibility to smell, right nostril, ; left nostril, ; least sensibility of 
 
 muscle sense to weight, right hand, ; left hand, ; measurement of 
 
 effects: of fatigue, ; of emotion, ; pulse, ; respiration, . 
 
 SOCIOLOGICAL. 
 
 Nationality of father, ; nationality of mother, ; nationality of grand- 
 father, father's side, ; mother's side, ; nationality of grandmother, 
 
 father's side, ; mother's side, ; occupation of parents, ; education 
 
 of parents, . 
 
 ABILITIES IN STUDIES. 
 
 % 
 
 Bright, dull, or average, in general, ; in arithmetic, ; algebra, ; 
 
 grammar, ; drawing, ; geography, ; history, , music, ; 
 
 reading, ; spelling, ; penmanship, ; German, ; French, 
 
 ; Latin, ; Greek, ; geometry, ; physics, ; science, 
 
 ; manual labor, ; etc., . 
 
 (Answer after each study and for other studies not mentioned. When in doubt 
 as to brightness or dullness, mark person average. ) 
 
 ABNORMAL OR PATHOLOGICAL. 
 
 If abnormal or peculiar, name in what way, ; unruly, ; sickly, ; 
 
 defects in speech, ; defects in sight, ; defects in hearing, . 
 
 Palate, ; aural asymmetry, ; cephalic, ; palpebral fissures, 
 
 ; frontals, ; expression, ; hand balance, ; nutrition, 
 
 pigmentation, ; ptosis, ; rachitism, ; epilepsy, ; lordosis, 
 
 ; kyphosis, ; scoliosis, ; other defects, ; diseases had, . 
 
 SUGGESTIONS AS TO FURTHER STUDIES. 
 
 It would be important to find what physical and mental characteris- 
 tics are common to criminal children, and whether such characteristics 
 
 a See Experimental Study of Children (by writer), reprint from Report of United 
 States Commissioner of Education for 1897-98. 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 7 
 
 are due more to the child's nature or more to his environment. Only 
 thorough and patient study of large numbers of children can answer 
 such questions; theory and speculation based on a few facts can not, 
 but they may accomplish good in calling attention to the subject. It 
 is generally believed, but not proved, that crime is mostly due to sur- 
 roundings; if this can be determined, then there m great hope of lessen- 
 ing it, for it is much easier to change the surroundings of a child than 
 to change its nature. 
 
 INVESTIGATION OF SCHOOL CHILDREN. 
 
 Much study has been devoted to children in our public schools; mis- 
 takes have doubtless been made by those with more enthusiasm than 
 training. But this is the case with all new lines of inquiry. Yet 
 there are very practical matters we should know as to our schools. 
 To establish the measure of the work according to the strength of the 
 pupil is fundamental to health, for overtaxing the powers of the young 
 can leave its mark for life: 
 
 What is the maximum work suitable to a child in the different 
 periods of development in its school life? And can this maximum be 
 injurious at times, as at puberty, when all the vital force may be 
 required for growth? To answer such practical questions we must 
 know the physiology of normal growth, its rate of increase or decrease, 
 and what influences cause such increase or decrease/ 
 
 UNRULY AND REFORMATORY CHILDREN. 
 
 It would be desirable to find what physical and mental traits are 
 common to unruly school children and children in reformatories. If 
 there is nothing peculiar as compared with children in general, this is 
 important to know. In like manner it would be interesting to know 
 what characteristics, if any, are in common between the feeble-minded 
 in our institutions and dull children in our schools. These and similar 
 inquiries, when made with care and discretion, might enable us to fore- 
 see with some probability the special dangers that this and that child 
 may be subject to, and thus to protect many children from temptations 
 and conditions that otherwise might ruin them. 
 
 IMPORTANCE OF LARGE NUMBERS. 
 
 Where the number of persons studied is large, many subdivisions 
 can be made, and in this way some of the most important, yet some- 
 times unexpected, results are reached. It would be well to know the 
 difference, not only between children of the professional, mercantile, 
 and laboring classes, but between those with American parents and 
 foreign parents. Then, if the numbers were large enough to admit 
 further* subdivisions, we might find the difference between children 
 whose father is American but mother foreign born and those whose 
 mother is American and father foreign born. In all such questions, 
 if there is no striking difference it is important to know it. Thus the 
 influence of marriage between different races or nationalities upon the 
 offspring might be determined more definitely. 
 
 *For further discussion see "Experimental Study of Children" (by writer), reprint 
 from Report of Commissioner of Education for 1897-98, Washington, D. C. 
 
8 A PLAN FOE THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 If it should be found, for instance, from the comparison of large 
 numbers, where all possibility of accident or coincidence is eliminated, 
 that the difference between certain classes of children, such as the 
 criminal, from children in general is quite marked, the question would 
 arise whether such difference is due mainly to heredity or to unfavor- 
 able surroundings. In cases where the crime or defect is due to 
 heredity the treatment would be quite different from those in which 
 environment is the cause. 
 
 QUESTION AS TO UTILITY. 
 
 But, it may be asked, what as to the utility of studying such ques- 
 tions ? We think it is not only useful, but there is great need of such 
 investigation. We should like to inquire, for instance, as to the utility 
 of studying rocks and plants, arranging them, making chemical 
 analyses of them, etc., if it is not to give a deeper knowledge of them 
 and thereby learn more about our planet ? So the patient and extended 
 study of man, especially children, is to gain more definite knowledge 
 about him and a deeper insight into his nature. The time has cer- 
 tainly come when man as he is should be studied as much as nature. 
 
 Much money has been given and great interest manifested for the 
 discovery of new chemical elements or the search for unknown planets. 
 We erect statues and found art galleries at great expense. These 
 things may not all be immediately useful. Indeed, the highest art 
 spurns even the idea of utility; and yet when it is proposed to study 
 a child thoroughly to gain an insight into its nature, to find the 
 causes of its defects, so that we may protect it and help it to become 
 a good citizen, the utilitarian cry is heard. The time has come when 
 it is important to study a child with as much exactness as we investi- 
 gate the chemical elements of a stone or measure the mountains on 
 the moon. 
 
 If facts about children, whether immediately useful or not, are not 
 important, we desire to ask what is important in life ? 
 
 [From editorial in The American Lawyer, New York.] 
 SCIENTIFIC STUDY OF THE CRIMINAL AND DEFECTIVE CLASSES. 
 
 An effort is being made to establish a laboratory in the Department of the Inte- 
 rior, at Washington, for the practical application of physiological psychology to 
 sociological and abnormal or pathological data, especially as found in institutions for 
 the criminal, pauper, and defective classes, and in hospitals, and also as may be 
 observed in schools and other institutions. The defect in our present criminal law 
 is, as we have before remarked, that it regards the crime and not the criminal. It 
 presupposes that all mankind possess an equal power of resistance to antisocial ten- 
 dencies. It practically lays down as an axiom that the child born of criminal 
 parents, brought up in an environment of crime, is, until he has actually come within 
 the jurisdiction of a magistrate's court, as equally desirable a citizen to all intents 
 and purposes as he who has been reared in the atmosphere of the law abiding. 
 Until an offense has been committed the law does not recognize the offender. For 
 it the prospective criminal does not exist. Unfortunately, there are some beings 
 who are moral imbeciles. To confine our efforts to punishing crime when committed, 
 rather than to preventing its commission, is like the proverbial locking of barn after 
 stealing of horse. Nothing has been done by Government as yet to treat the matter 
 scientifically; and when it is considered that $600, 000, 000 is the annual tribute which 
 statisticians assure us society pays to crime, and that the United States has the high- 
 e&t murder rate of any civilized country in the world, one is almost tempted to long 
 for a return to the condition of things when 160 offenses were punishable by death, 
 though it be conceded that the death penalty is one of the slightest deterrents to 
 crime. The promoters of the measure have our best wishes. 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 9 
 
 [From editorial in the Central Law Journal, St. Louis, Mo.] 
 
 We earnestly share the sentiments and heartily indorse the efforts to induce the 
 National Government to establish a psycho-physical laboratory for the study of crim- 
 inology and kindred subjects. Knowledge is power a trite saying, but one which 
 has peculiar significance in this connection. One of the supremest objects of every 
 government is absolute power within itself to suppress crime. The severest penalties 
 of law have been futile to deter the criminal inflamed by passionate anger or a burn- 
 ing lust for gold. The drunkard, the pauper, and the criminal are creatures of cir- 
 cumstance, education, and heredity, and the science that can tell us under what 
 conditions these forces act in evolving the abnormal man would necessarily put into 
 our hands the secret of how to change those conditions. We especially commend 
 the resolution to the favorable attention of bar associations all over the country. 
 
 UNIVERSITY LABORATORIES. 
 
 While the initiative in such studies caine from Europe, it is in our 
 country that it has developed to its greatest extent. 
 
 A large number of laboratories have been established, most of which 
 are in the universities. But the plan of these laboratories is mainly 
 for pedagogical purposes. The research work is generally done by 
 students desiring to prepare theses for their doctorates. While many 
 of these are very valuable, a university could hardly extend such work 
 to large numbers of individuals, for to gather the facts, compute and 
 tabulate the results, would involve clerical duties and other work not 
 undertaken by universities. Such work in the university is generally 
 confined to small numbers of persons, who are a special class, so that 
 it is doubtful whether conclusions obtained can always be applied to 
 people in general. 
 
 The main object of a university is to prepare men for work, not to 
 carry on their work. 
 
 There is need, then, for a laboratory different from those in our 
 universities that is, one not pedagogical, but sociological and practi- 
 cal, and of more utility to society directly. 
 
 The purpose of such a laboratory is to collect sociological, patho- 
 logical, and abnormal data as found especially in children and in the 
 criminal, pauper, and defective classes, and in hospitals; to gather 
 more special data with instruments of precision, and also to collect and 
 publish the results of similar work in this country and Europe. 
 
 But it may be said that the time is not ripe for such work on a large 
 scale. This may be true of much of the finer experimental work 
 carried on in our universities, some of which is an experiment with 
 experiments. 
 
 Conclusions depending on small numbers are useful and instructive, 
 but if they are to carry weight they must be based upon numerous 
 individuals of all classes. 
 
 But the psycho-physical study is not all the work. Of greater 
 importance are the sociological investigations involved, including the 
 gathering of jurisprudential and medical data. In new work the field 
 is always too large, and therefore it would be imperative at first to 
 study in those parts only which will bring results most useful to society. 
 
 IMPORTANCE OF THE STUDY OF CHILDREN. 
 
 While the study of children has been gradually growing in impor- 
 tance and interest, it is only as yet at its beginning. We do not know 
 whether there are mental and physical characteristics by which we 
 
10 A PLAN FOB THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 might distinguish criminal children from other children. It is difficult 
 to tell whether such characteristics come more from the child's nature 
 or more from its surroundings. If crime is mostly due to the environ- 
 ment, as is generally believed, and if this could be determined in the 
 case of each child, there would be much more probability of lessening 
 crime, for it is possible to change the child's surroundings, but not its 
 nature. 
 
 If we could know whether there were mental and physical charac- 
 teristics peculiar to unruly children in school and, criminal children in 
 reformatories, or to dull school pupils and feeble-minded children, 
 characteristics distinguishing such children from the normal child, we 
 might foresee special dangers to these children, and thus protect many 
 from temptations and conditions that otherwise would ruin them. 
 Such knowledge as this can only be gained by a patient scientific study 
 of large numbers of children of all classes. a 
 
 There has been much investigation of school children, but as the 
 subject is in its experimental stage and methods are new, criticism has 
 naturally been aroused. This is the history of all new lines of inquiry 
 that take up the humanities. Some imagine that the children might 
 be harmed by instruments used upon them or their rights interfered 
 with, but nothing could be farther from the truth. The study of 
 children is simply to gain knowledge about them, and if knowledge is 
 power, it will be power for their good. 
 
 OPPOSITION TO PSYCHO-PHYSICAL RESEARCH. 
 
 Rigid methods of research, which have been confined mostly to the 
 sciences, should be applied to man. It is only recently that more 
 exact methods have been used in the investigation of the mind. Oppo- 
 sition and ridicule came not only from the ultra-conservative people, 
 who are usually opposed to all new things, but from extreme doctrin- 
 aires. The day has come when opinion, theory, or speculation must 
 give way to first-hand knowledge. The value of opinion depends upon 
 such knowledge, an ounce of which is worth a pound of theory. Much 
 of this opposition also may be due to the mistaken idea that psycho- 
 physical studies tend to materialism or are liable to undermine moral- 
 ity and religion, but such unfounded opposition is gradually ceasing, 
 and where it does exist it is due either to ignorance or to mistakes 
 that may often occur in the introduction of new methods. 
 
 HISTORICAL METHOD. 
 
 Man has been studied in a statistical way as to his acts and thoughts 
 in the past; but this method is necessarily inexact and uncertain, 
 because. the events are so far removed in time. It is not only difficult 
 to understand the past in which we did not live, but also to distinguish 
 between facts, inferences, and opinions as recorded by writers, who 
 often had some special point of view and omitted important data. For 
 this reason alone a science of history may be impossible. 
 
 NORMAL MAN SHOULD BE STUDIED. 
 
 Students of anthropology have confined their attention largely to 
 uncivilized and prehistoric man, and consequently there is very little 
 knowledge of modern civilized man, as compared with his less worthy 
 
A PLAN FOB THE STUDY OF MAN. 11 
 
 predecessors or contemporaries. The men who have begun lately to 
 study modern man have given the abnormal types, such as criminals, 
 the insane, inebriates, paupers, etc. , the advantage of their investiga- 
 tions. It is time that similar investigations should be made upon 
 average normal men, who are the foundation of every community. 
 
 Also, men of talent, great talent or genius, a might be studied; for if 
 it is important to study the criminal in order to find the causes of 
 crime, and thereby prevent or lessen it, it is perhaps needful to investi- 
 gate the man of talent or genius in order to learn those conditions and 
 characteristics that lead to success in life. b 
 
 Why is it that there is so little definite knowledge about modern 
 man ? It is mainly because he has been studied so little. The first 
 case in the history of this world of a thorough scientific study of a 
 human being is that made on Zola a in 1897 by a number of French 
 specialists. Such a statement as this may seem hazardous, but it is 
 literally true. 
 
 THE STUDY OF CHILDREN/ 
 
 has been said the most important study of man is man. It may 
 be added, the most important period of man's life to investigate is 
 childhood. Children are easy to approach, their natures are open, 
 and if anything wrong is found it may be remedied much better than 
 later in life. J 
 
 Children can be studied more scientifically than adults; they are 
 nearer to nature and have been less influenced by the evils of the 
 world. 
 
 While the study of children received its first impulse from Europe, 
 it is in America that it has been developed to the greatest extent. In 
 many of our cities school children have been measured both physically 
 and mentally, and child-study associations have been formed in differ- 
 ent parts of the country. While Europe regards us as a young nation 
 and accords us little in intellectual and scientific development, it is 
 nevertheless probable that the study of children will first become a 
 science in our country. 
 
 NATURAL CRITICISMS. 
 
 There have been some criticisms of the study of children, but this 
 always occurs in any new line of work, where mistakes are liable to be 
 made, no matter how worthy the work may be. Such mistakes are 
 usually due either to lack of experience or enthusiasm. But there can 
 be no success in anything new without enthusiasm. Honest criticism 
 should be welcomed in all lines of inquiry, for it serves as a rudder 
 and may save the investigation from disaster. There can be no 
 progress without pain. 
 
 It would be premature to make conclusions as to the benefit of some 
 of the investigations in the domain of child study. It is a wise person 
 who could tell in advance, in new lines of work, what may be valuable 
 and what may not. There is such a thing as being too practical in our 
 
 a For consideration of genius and insanity, see Hearing, had by writer, before 
 House Committee on the Judiciary, on bill to establish laboratory, etc. 
 
 b Results are given in article on Zola (by writer), reprint (1901), from "Open 
 Court," Chicago. 
 
 c Article by writer in Everybody's Magazine for June, 1901. 
 
12 
 
 A PLAN FOE THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 requirements of experimental work. Sometimes it is expected that 
 the results of an investigation should be for immediate use. But this 
 commercial or utilitarian spirit does not yield the best results, though 
 it may bring quick returns. In early stages of all inquiries much may 
 be done that subsequently is seen to have been unnecessary, for the 
 real meaning of any new truth can not always be known until the dis- 
 covery of other truths has been made. Many details in scientific 
 research often make us impatient, but in all investigations it is better 
 to have too many data than too few. A laboratory inquiry may be 
 pursued a very long time and the result of all the labor be stated in 
 one sentence, or the conclusion may be only negative; but this is no 
 reason that the investigation should not have been undertaken, for it 
 is often important to know that a thing is not true, and sometimes it 
 is the only way to learn what methods and material to avoid. These 
 and like objections would have applied to all sciences in their early 
 stages. A child necessarily totters and falls before it learns to walk. 
 It will not be long before the study of children will bt considered one 
 of the most necessary and important movements for the good of 
 mankind. 
 
 WASHINGTON CHILDREN. 
 
 To illustrate some recent lines of work, we give a table and number 
 of conclusions based upon a study of Washington school children. 
 
 The table shows results of an investigation of 20,000 children by the 
 writer, and indicates some relations between mental ability, sex, 
 nationality, sociological condition, abnormalities, and defects as 
 reported by the teachers. It is evident that had specialists examined 
 the pupils the per cent of abnormalities and defects would have been 
 much greater. But the purpose was to give simply the more obvious 
 peculiarities and defects which any intelligent teacher by constant 
 contact with a pupil would note. 
 
 Mental ability in relation to sex, nationality, sociological conditions, abnormalities, and 
 defects of 20,000 Washington school children, as reported by the teachers. 
 
 
 Bright. 
 
 Dull. 
 
 Aver- 
 age. 
 
 Sickly. 
 
 Ner- 
 vous. 
 
 Defects in 
 
 Con- 
 vul- 
 sions. 
 
 Lazy. 
 
 Un- 
 ruly. 
 
 P. ct. 
 5.47 
 .25 
 5.fi3 
 .11 
 4.44 
 .96 
 
 5.60 
 
 .39 
 4.42 
 .19 
 7.05 
 .03 
 
 Eye- 
 sight. 
 
 Hear- 
 ing. 
 
 Speech. 
 
 All boys 
 
 P.ct. 
 39 
 39 
 38 
 40 
 34 
 32 
 
 32 
 
 38 
 31 
 32 
 44 
 
 48 . 
 
 P.ct. 
 16 
 11 
 
 15 
 9 
 17 
 16 
 
 16 
 
 14 
 17 
 16 
 11 
 
 P. ct. 
 45 
 50 
 47 
 51 
 49 
 52 
 
 52 
 
 48 
 52 
 52 
 45 
 52 
 
 P.ct. 
 5.25 
 
 4.78 
 5.48 
 5.32 
 2.13 
 2.60 
 
 7.17 
 
 3.53 
 3.72 
 6.47 
 7.37 
 4.66 
 
 P.ct. 
 1.20 
 .67 
 1.28 
 .80 
 .19 
 .19 
 
 1.79 
 
 .29 
 .51 
 .86 
 2.03 
 .83 
 
 P. ct. 
 1.21 
 
 1.27 
 1.36 
 1.52 
 .58 
 .38 
 
 1.57 
 
 .59 
 .77 
 1.46 
 1.97 
 1.73 
 
 P.ct. 
 .67 
 .36 
 .68 
 .40 
 .19 
 .20 
 
 1.12 
 
 .20 
 .44 
 .57 
 .94 
 
 .27 
 
 P. ct. 
 1.11 
 
 .28 
 1.11 
 .34 
 
 .87 
 
 P. ct. 
 .06 
 .01 
 .08 
 .02 
 
 P. ct. 
 1.33 
 .22 
 1.48 
 .23 
 .58 
 .10 
 
 1.23 
 
 .29 
 1.09 
 .19 
 1.91 
 
 .29 
 
 All girls 
 
 Boys, American parentage 
 Girls, American parentage 
 Boys, foreign parentage. . 
 Girls, foreign parentage. . 
 Boys, American and for 
 eign parentage 
 
 1.34 
 
 .20 
 
 .77 
 .57 
 1.49 
 .14 
 
 "."64" 
 
 "."is" 
 
 .04 
 
 Girls, American and for 
 eign parentage 
 Boys, laboring classes ... . 
 Girls, laboring classes ... . 
 Boys, nonlaboring classes . 
 Girls, nonlaboring classes . 
 
 As the citizens of Washington come from all parts of the Union, 
 the conclusions may have more general application to America as a 
 whole. 
 
 Beginning with the first three columns of the table, we will mention 
 a few points. 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 13 
 
 MENTAL ABILITY. 
 
 All boys and girls show the same percentage of brightness, but the 
 girls have five per cent less dullness, and so in general may be said to 
 be a little brighter than the boys, but this may be due to the fact that 
 girls reach maturity sooner than boys. 
 
 Children (boys and girls) of American parentage are brighter than 
 both children of foreign parentage arid children of foreign and Ameri- 
 can parentage. This seems to indicate that a mixture of nationalities 
 is not always advantageous in its effect upon the offspring. 
 
 Children of the nonlaboring (professional and mercantile) classes are 
 superior to those of the laboring classes, indicating that the advantages 
 of good social conditions are favorable to mental brightness. 
 
 SICKLINESS AND NERVOUSNESS. 
 
 Boys of nonlaboring classes show a much higher per cent of sickli- 
 ness and nervousness than boys of the laboring classes, indicating that 
 easier social surroundings are not always conducive to health. 
 
 LAZINESS AND UNRULINESS. 
 
 While most all children, boys especially, are lazy at times, there 
 are nevertheless a number of children who seem to be chronically lazy. 
 From the table we see that the dull boys have the highest per cent of 
 laziness (2.97). It may be true also that their indolence is one of the 
 causes of this dullness. Comparing all boys and girls, the boys (1.33) 
 will be seen to be much more lazy than the girls (0.22). 
 
 While, of course, there is no standard of laziness, yet there are 
 certain children whose excessive laziness is apparent to every teacher. 
 This also is true in regard to unruly children. As we might expect, 
 the boys (5.47) are very much more unruly than the girls (0.25). 
 
 OTHER DEFECTS AND ABNORMALITIES. 
 
 Without drawing further conclusions from the table, it is evident 
 that boys in general show a much higher per cent of defects than girls. 
 Many reasons might be given, but it may be said that boys are exposed 
 to more danger from accident and to more temptations than girls. 
 This parallelism seems to appear in other forms; thus in prison and 
 reformatories there are four or five of the male sex to one of the 
 female sex. But it would seem that when there are defects in the 
 female they are more significant and serious than in the male. 
 
 A general conclusion as to all children with abnormalities is, that 
 they are inferior not only in mental ability, but in weight, height, and 
 circumference of head to children in general. 
 
 MEASUREMENTS AND ABNORMALITIES. 
 
 There is doubtless in the early periods of life, up to adult age, a cer- 
 tain relation of bodily organs to one another. A want of such relation 
 may produce abnormalities, which in turn may give a lack of grace, 
 symmetry, or beauty to the human body. If such a relation is to be 
 generally established, so that we may know within certain limits what 
 can be considered the proper bodily proportions, measurements of 
 
14 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 large numbers of children at different ages and stages of growth must 
 be made. Hence the only way to a definite knowledge as to the devel- 
 opment of the human body will be through long and painstaking 
 investigations. Thus the causes of homeliness, lack of beauty, deform- 
 ities, and the like, may be more definitely ascertained. This in turn 
 may help in their prevention. Such abnormalities affect not only 
 beauty, but, what is more important, health. When abnormalities are 
 discovered early in youth there is more opportunity of avoiding their 
 evil effects. The relation of these body abnormalities to disease may 
 prove of practical importance. Thus Hildebrand, an experienced 
 investigator, remarks that delicate, slender people are much more sub- 
 ject to typhoid fever than to consumption; another says of the same 
 class that they are much more inclined to nervous troubles than other 
 people. Ano'ther physician of large experience asserts that where chest 
 and trunk remain undeveloped the head and extremities are much more 
 developed. 
 
 JBeneke in Marburg has shown that the relation between the size of 
 the heart and the circumference of the arteries is gradually changed 
 during the growth of the body, and that there is a consequent varia- 
 tion in blood pressure. This is specially true at puberty, when the 
 heart increases very fast in volume; for the arteries increase much in 
 length with the increase of length of body, but their diameter is rela- 
 tively little increased, so that much more work is required of the 
 heart. Thus the growth in the length of body can be of the greatest 
 importance to the development of the heart. Should this growth be 
 irregular or abnormally fast, serious difficulties may arise, and Beneke 
 has endeavored to show that herein lies the cause of the development 
 of consumption at puberty. The importance, therefore, of determin- 
 ing the normal rate of growth is evident. 
 
 We have mentioned these general opinions of experienced physicians 
 and specialists as an indication of the utility of the measurements of 
 children. 
 
 CIRCUMFERENCE OF HEAD. 
 
 The writer found, with the Washington children, that as circumfer- 
 ence of head increased mental ability increased. This conclusion is 
 in accord with the general truth held by zoologists, that in animals 
 the relative size of brain to body is an index of intelligence. It was 
 also found that as age increases in children, brightness decreases in 
 most studies. In this connection it may be mentioned that the relative 
 size of head to body in children is much greater than in adults. a 
 
 RECENT RESULTS OF MEASUREMENTS OF CHILDREN. 
 
 We desire to consider some recent results of measurements of chil- 
 dren in general. For most of these data we are indebted to American 
 investigators. Some of the conclusions may seem somewhat frag- 
 mentary, but this is what one might expect in new fields of inquiry. 
 
 It may be as well to remark here as any place, that while most of 
 the conclusions in this paper are based upon a considerable number of 
 cases, they must be taken in a general sense only; that is, they are true 
 in the majority of cases. Any assertion about human beings that is, 
 
 * For further details, see Experimental Study of Children. 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 15 
 
 so to speak, three-fourths true and one-fourth false, is valuable, for it 
 is like much useful knowledge in the world which is only approxi- 
 mately true. 
 
 SUPERIORITY OF SOME CHILDREN. 
 
 It has been found from a number of investigations in different parts 
 of our country that children of well-to-do parents are taller and heavier 
 for their age than children of poor parents. This is doubtless due to 
 better food, air, and light enjoyed by those in comfortable circum- 
 stances. 
 
 Children of American-born parents are taller and heavier than those 
 of other nationalities. One reason for this may be that American 
 children are better adapted by heredity and education to their own 
 country. This want of adaptability is illustrated by the belief that 
 foreigners in a new country generally commit more crime relative to 
 their number than natives. 
 
 A certain specialist found by percussion a that the liver of the boys 
 of the well-to-do classes was larger than in boys of the poorer classes. 
 
 It would seem that first-born children excel later-born children in 
 height and weight. This may be due to the greater vigor of the 
 mother at the birth of the first child. We are reminded of a fact, 
 mentioned later, that out of fifty great men of this century 30 per 
 cent were the youngest sons. 
 
 In England it was found that growth degenerates as we go lower in 
 the social scale, there being a difference of even 5 inches in height 
 between the best and worst fed classes in the community. 
 
 An investigation of 10,000 children in Switzerland showed that 
 children born in summer are taller for their age than those born in 
 winter. As a majority of children in the public schools are poor, in 
 winter their parents are forced to economize more on account of 
 expense of heating; their rooms are also liable to be small and poorly 
 ventilated, while in summer they are out in the fresh air; food is also 
 cheaper and more varied. The influence of unhealthy conditions on 
 a very young child would be much greater than when it is older and 
 better able to resist them. 
 
 It has been said that growth is regular, and any deviation from it 
 tends to produce disease; hence the importance of determining what 
 regular growth is. A large head is frequently accompanied with a 
 contracted chest; here mental action may be slow, probably from 
 deficient supply of purified blood. One specialist has noted that boys 
 with small frames and very large heads are liable to be deficient in 
 repose of character. 
 
 It will be interesting to give the results of some of these experi- 
 ments upon school children of our country. 
 
 CHILDREN'S RIGHTS. 
 
 In order to test the ideas of children as to rights, the following 
 story was told them: "Jamie's father gave him a dog, but Jamie 
 often forgot to feed it, and the dog cried often at the door. Then 
 Jamie's father gave the dog to a kind little girl who lived down the 
 street." 
 
 a Tapping on the surface of the body in order to learn the condition of the part 
 beneath by the sounds produced. 
 
16 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MA*. 
 
 The children were asked: Who had the best right to the dog, the 
 father, Jamie, or the little girl, and why? 
 
 In answering this question, 70 per cent of the boys and 57 per cent 
 of the girls thought the little girl had the best right to the dog; 4A per 
 cent of the children thought, because Jamie had been so cruel in neg- 
 lecting to feed the dog, he did not deserve it. This seems to weaken 
 the theory commonly held that children are cruel by nature. 
 
 About 25 per cent thought the father had the best right to the dog, 
 saying that he had paid for the dog, and he was older and would take 
 better care of it. About 8 per cent said Jamie had the best right, 
 because when a thing is given away you can't take it back again. It 
 was principally the older children who took this last point of view. 
 
 RIGHT-HANDEDNESS. 
 
 It has been for a long time under discussion whether it is not better 
 to teach right-handed children to use their left hand more, the idea 
 being to increase symmetry and uniformity in their development. 
 This theory seems very plausible, but recent investigation tends to 
 show that right-handedness is natural, and that its superiority over 
 the left hand increases with growth, also that the brightest pupils are, 
 so to speak, more right-handed than the others. This suggests the 
 modern tendency to become expert in one thing rather than be upon 
 the surface of many things. The left hand does best when it supple- 
 ments or helps the right nand. It is a general opinion that criminals a 
 have not only more left-handed people among them, but they are also 
 more expert with both hands than people in general. Sometimes the 
 finger muscles of the pickpocket are cut, so that he can apply either 
 hand with greater dexterity. 
 
 DANGER AT AGE OF PUBERTY. 
 
 It has been found that girls from about twelve to fourteen years of 
 age are both taller and heavier than boys, but at no other time; that 
 is, they excel in average height and weight. This pubertal period is 
 the time when girls are growing very fast, and so need most of their 
 vitality to adapt themselves to new conditions ot life. For this' reason 
 they should be free from care and work more than at other times; but 
 we regret to say that both their home and school duties seem to be 
 increased at this time, so that their health is often impaired if not 
 undermined. Girls seem to have less power of endurance than boys 
 at all ages. This is more marked at the time of puberty. 
 
 It is known also that during puberty the body grows in length at 
 the cost of chest development, and the arteries increase also in length, 
 but their diameter is relatively little increased, so that much more 
 work is required of the heart. If now, by any unfavorable conditions, 
 
 frowth is hindered or made irregular, there may be danger of the early 
 evelopment of consumption. At this period, also, girls are most dis- 
 posed to sickliness, aenemia, headache, and other ills. 
 
 UNFAVORABLE INFLUENCE OF CITY LIFE. 
 
 It has been found that the average size of body during school years 
 is less and growth is slower in the city than in the country. While 
 
 a " Criminology" (by writer). 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 17 
 
 city-bred children are usually more vivacious, they seem to have less 
 power of endurance than children reared in the country. The pubertal 
 period, however, comes earlier in the city, and the children are more 
 advanced, in a way, but this is regarded as a premature and unfavor- 
 able development. Country life and air are more adapted for over- 
 coming any injurious effect of confinement in school. 
 
 * 
 
 DEFECTS OF SIGHT AND HEARING. 
 
 In an examination of about 5,000 school children in Chicago, 35 per 
 cent were found to have defective eyesight; the def ectiveness increases 
 the most during the first three years of school life, and it seems to be 
 due to faults in school conditions. 
 
 In the tests of hearing it was found that a large number of the pupils 
 could hear with one ear better than the other. The importance of 
 seating such pupils on the side of the room where this best hearing 
 ear will be toward the teacher is evident. Defects of sight and hear- 
 ing are more numerous amongj the dull and backward pupils. In an 
 investigation in another city it was found that about 50 per cent of 
 the pupils had at least one eye defective in vision. 
 
 PHYSICAL EXAMINATION-: 
 
 Most of the studies on large numbers of children show that in gen- 
 eral those inferior in body are also inferior in mind. When this bodily 
 inferiority reaches a certain point a physical examination should be 
 made to determine if the pupil is strong enough to go on with his 
 studies; for, however successful his mental education may be, if it is 
 at the expense of his health it will be of doubtful advantage. 
 
 This examination should extend not only to sight and hearing, but 
 to the lungs, heart, and digestive system. If there are defects in 
 these vital organs it certainly should be known. The teeth of many 
 children could be saved were they attended to in time. This is specially 
 important for the poorer classes, whose coarse food requires much 
 mastication, 
 
 In short, a thorough physical examination of every child on enter- 
 ing school would be one of the greatest safeguards for its mental as 
 well as bodily health. 
 
 CHILD STUDY. 
 
 The study of children might be thought to mean the same as what is 
 generally called child study, but such is not the case. Child study 
 does not usually include measurements of height, weight, lung capac- 
 ity, fatigue, pain, etc., but applies more to the study of school children 
 by means of questions which they are to answer. The answers are 
 subsequently classified and conclusions drawn from them. A special 
 word has been invented for child study, called "paidology." This 
 method in the study of children has been employed mostly by teachers 
 who have sought, through series of questions to the pupil, to gain some 
 knowledge of what is in the child's mind, and how its mind works. 
 
 DR. G. STANLEY HALL. 
 
 It is often difficult to trace the origin of any movement. Many 
 movements are inaugurated which afterwards languish, either on 
 account of prematureness or from want of insight into their relation 
 
 S. Doc. 400 2 
 
18 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 to the environment at the time; those who develop and make them 
 useful to civilization receive from society the credit. 
 
 There were few scientific observations of child life in America pre- 
 vious to 1800. At about this time Dr. G. Stanley Hall (now President 
 of Clark University, Worcester, Mass.), began investigations on this 
 line, and continued his inquiries up to the present time. It is due to 
 him that child study in this country has developed and become of 
 general interest. 
 
 In the case of teachers, Dr. Hall's purpose has been gradually to 
 concentrate all psychology, philosophy, and ethics about child study. 
 This is in accordance with the tendencies of evolution in all fields of 
 investigation, and its purpose is to aid in placing educational methods 
 on a more scientific basis. In the words of Dr. Hall himself, the 
 child-study movement is slowly doing a work " f or studies of the 
 mind not unlike that which Darwin did for the methods of nature 
 study, or that embryology has done for anatomy, viz, cross-sectioning 
 the old methods of analysis and classification of the powers and activ- 
 ities of the adult consciousness by bringing in a genetic method, based 
 not upon abstraction, like Spencer's, but on a copious collection of 
 carefully made and critically sifted objective data." 
 
 ABNORMALLY SHAPED HEADS. 
 
 It is a general instinctive belief in us all that when we see an 
 irregular or poorly shaped head, something must be wrong. It is 
 true that some of the brightest people may have very poorly shaped 
 heads, but these are exceptions to the general rule. The investiga- 
 tion of this question, though limited, indicates that our instinctive 
 disfavor toward ill-shaped heads is not without some basis. It has 
 been found that dull pupils have more irregularities in the head and 
 face than pupils in general. This was ascertained by an experiment 
 made on 400 schoolboys, of whom 90 had abnormally shaped heads. 
 They all were given simple figures to add at certain limited times; 
 those who added the most and made the fewest mistakes were found 
 to have the better shape heads. One must be very careful here not 
 to make any general conclusion from an experiment upon a relatively 
 small number. Yet the result indicates a probability ; to determine 
 its general truth would of course require investigation of a very much 
 larger number of persons. 
 
 IGNORANCE OF CHILDREN. 
 
 The ignorance of children is illustrated in another investigation where 
 most of them were between the ages of five and seven, fourteen per 
 cent did not know their ages. The boys were more ignorant than the 
 girls as to common things right about them, where knowledge is assumed. 
 Three-fourths of the children thought the world a plane, and many 
 described it as round like a dollar. Wrong things were specified much 
 more rapidly and by more children than right things, and there was 
 much more variety of wrong things. This suggests a theory of certain 
 criminologists that children learn evil much faster than good. Boys 
 say it is wrong to steal, fight, kick, break windows, and get drunk, 
 while girls are more liable to think it is wrong not to comb the hair, 
 to get butter on one's dress, climb trees, and unfold the hands. 
 
 The city children know a little about many things, and so are liable 
 to be more superficial than the country children, yet the city children 
 know more about human nature. 
 
A PLAN FOE THE STUDY OF MAN. 19 
 
 STRENGTH OF MEMORY. 
 
 A story of some 300 words was repeated to the children, and they 
 were to write down all they could remember after it was read. A con- 
 siderable number remembered the first part of the story quite well, 
 but very little of the latter part, showing probably the influence of 
 fatigue. The shorter the sentences and the less unessential the words 
 they contained, the better they were remembered. This is a practical 
 hint to speakers and writers who desire to make more permanent 
 impressions. The girls remembered more than the boys. 
 
 In a comparison of white with colored children, the colored children 
 showed the best memory. Those who had good memories stood well 
 in their classes as reported by the teachers. 
 
 CHILDREN OF GREAT MEN. 
 
 In a statistical investigation of the early life of fifty great men of 
 the present century, it was found that while they are absent-minded, 
 generally speaking, their memories are very strong in the things they 
 are interested in. In childhood the} 7 seem to be more imaginative 
 than average children. It is generally said that a great man owes his 
 success to his mother's influence, but there are many exceptions. 
 They were influenced much by some one person, and the mother's 
 place was often supplied by that of an aunt or relative. The child 
 born of parents in trie prime of physical life probably has the better 
 chance 01 greatness, for the average age of the fathers when the great 
 man-child was born was about 38, and that of the mothers 30. The 
 average number of children in the families was six. Eleven of the 
 great men were only sons, and sixteen youngest sons; that is, in all 
 over 50 per cent. If it is important to study the criminal to find the 
 causes of crime and thereby know best how to prevent or lessen it, it 
 is perhaps more needful to study great men in order to learn those 
 conditions and characteristics which make them great. 
 
 FEARS OF CHILDREN. 
 
 One often feels that many unnecessary fears and pains are inflicted 
 on children by well-meaning but indiscreet parents. This is illus- 
 trated in a study of American as contrasted with London school chil- 
 dren. The children of the poorer classes showed a marked difference 
 in their answers to children in more comfortable conditions. The 
 poor children are more natural in their fears are not afraid of the 
 dark or wild animals or the coal man or even the policeman, but their 
 objects of dread are the upsetting of a lamp, the possibility of father 
 or mother becoming sick. Here we see how hard conditions of life 
 develop practical judgment. There are few evils without some good. 
 
 A study of American children shows that most fears are created by 
 parents and servants. The leading fears are those of lightning, thun- 
 der, reptiles, strangers, the dark, death, domestic animals, disease, wild 
 animals, water, ghosts, insects, rats, etc. In an Eastern State none 
 were afraid of high winds, but in the West this was one of the main 
 things to dread. In a certain State 46 of the children were in fear 
 of being burned alive. This was evidently a result of teaching. A 
 majority of the children feared ghosts; others did not dread them 
 because they did not believe in them. One way to rid children of such 
 
20 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 superstitions was shown by the fact that a large number had been 
 taught to disbelieve in them. But as we can not prevent children from 
 hearing these superstitions from people who do place confidence in 
 them, it has been suggested to let the children hear the truth at the 
 same time. Harmless or even ennobling fancies might better take the 
 place of more vulgar ones. 
 
 BLUSHING. 
 
 It would seem that fear is the real cause of most blushing, which is 
 perhaps a relic of ancient sex fear. There is little uniformity in the 
 way children blush. In some the blushing appears in a small spot and 
 spreads in all directions, or it goes only upward or downward, being 
 seen on the neck last. The fear of being noticed blushing increases it; 
 thus one does not blush so readily in the dark. Some are forewarned 
 that they are going to blush through tremor, weakness in the limbs; 
 warm waves pass from feet upward; the heart seems to stop, then 
 beats more rapidly; blood rushes upward; there is a hot glow all over, 
 or cold all over; one feels uncomfortable or dizzy ; there may be ting- 
 ling in the toes or fingers; something rises in the throat; eyes smart, 
 ears ring, face prickles; there may be pressure inside the head. 
 Some fear they are going to be looked at; others feel foolish, or con- 
 fused, or as if they were going to blush. In waves of blushing it is 
 thought there is probably an increase of flow of blood to the brain 
 with a contraction of the arteries in other parts of the body. Then, 
 as the blushing ceases, the blood is redistributed again through the 
 surface of the other parts of the body, with tingling, prickling, and 
 often sweating. Sometimes there is chill, weakness, pallor, or head- 
 ache. Blushing occurs most at the time of puberty. Girls blush 
 much more than boys, and when they become women this tendency 
 remains later in life than with men. 
 
 In general children's interests lie largely in what the object is good 
 for, or what it can do. 
 
 COLLECTING INTEREST. 
 
 The collecting interest in children is so strong that it can be called 
 an instinct. It rises in early childhood, increases fast after 6 years of 
 age, and is strongest from 8 to 11 years, declining as the child grows 
 older. What a child begins to collect seems to be more a matter of 
 accident. The feeling is that they must collect something. This col- 
 lective instinct is not a fad, but a natural desire up to 11 years of age. 
 but if it continues on a few years it generally becomes a fad. 
 
 The collecting interest is greatest with objects of nature, as birds' 
 eggs, shells, etc. Then comes a desire to find stamps, and cigar tag^ 
 are next in degree of interest, followed by the trivial collections of 
 sticks, glass, and buttons. Sometimes the commercial spirit shows 
 itself in buying and trading. Imitation and rivalry are the strongest 
 motives; another incentive is the innate desire for large numbers and 
 great possession. 
 
 INTEREST IN THE BIBLE. 
 
 . Children before 9 years of age are most interested in those parts of 
 the New Testament which give accounts of the birth and childhood of 
 
A PLAN FOB THE STUDY OF MAN. 21 
 
 Jesus. From 9 to 14 years they are more concerned with the Old 
 Testament, especially in the heroic and dramatic elements there 
 described. This is the time they can memorize verses of Scripture 
 best. 
 
 In their youth or adolescent period, from 12 to 21 about, there is 
 great interest in the Four Gospels and the Acts of the Apostles, 
 especially in Christ and His disciples. 
 
 Children at all ages always feel more interest in persons than in 
 objects in the Bible. 
 
 These and similar facts as to the time and way in which children 
 show their interest may suggest how and at what age different biblical 
 subjects should be taught them. 
 
 INFLUENCE OF TEACHER. 
 
 In order to find out the teacher's influence, a large number of per- 
 sons were asked to recall their past school experiences and recollection 
 of teachers, good and bad, It was found that pupils were most sus- 
 ceptible from ages 11 to 19, and that the good influence of a teacher 
 does not depend upon the length of time the pupil is under his care. 
 
 The influence of a bad teacher will affect a pupil earlier than the 
 influence of a good teacher. A teacher in a moment of indiscretion 
 may fatally or seriously injure the pupil's future life. 
 
 There is an unconscious influence in the teacher's personality which 
 remains a. power in the pupil's character. This influence is based on 
 what the teacher is rather than on what he says. It was remarked of 
 the Earl of Chatham, " Every body felt there was something finer in 
 the man than anything he ever said.' 1 
 
 The pupil is attracted by externals much more than one would sup- 
 pose, as manners, dress, good looks, and voice. This suggests the 
 importance of neatness and good taste on the part of the teacher. 
 
 MORAL EDUCATION. 
 
 No kind of education can be more important than moral. However 
 well the pupil's mind may be trained, and however brilliant he may 
 be, it is of little avail if there are no good moral habits instilled into 
 him; for otherwise he might live only to become a criminal. 
 
 This question was asked of a large number of persons: What punish- 
 ments or rewards have you ever had that did }^ou good or harm ? 
 
 The majority claimed to be benefited by punishment. The boys 
 thought the effects of a good plain talk were salutary, and none had a 
 complaint to make against a good 4 4 dressing-down. " Many were grate- 
 ful for having had punishment in due season. There is a time in many 
 a boy's life when he thinks he is lord of everything, and it would seem 
 that a good whipping is often the best way to cure this defect. Ten- 
 derness is excellent for most children, but there are certain natures on 
 whom it is wasted because they simply abuse it. 
 
 Conscience does not seem to be very powerful in children before the 
 age of 9. Preaching, or advice unsought for, does not seem to do 
 much good, while suggestion does. As to the influence of companions, 
 it was greatest between the ages of 10 and 15. This influence is next 
 to that of home. 
 
 The influence of parents almost all described as of a pleasant and 
 helpful nature. The difference in moral influence due to sex of par- 
 ent that is so often dwelt upon does not show itself. Nearly all the 
 
22 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 things to make a noble character are found in both father and mother. 
 Moral training not only consists in moral habits, but in the develop- 
 ment of the feelings and emotions which have their roots in the reli- 
 fious sentiments inculcated early in the child's life. As the parents 
 ave the heart and sympathy of the child, they can make it almost 
 what they will. If they gave as much time and patience to the nurture 
 of their children as they do to society, business, amusement, and pets, 
 much of the evil and crime in the world might cease. Unless children 
 are brought up and trained well, and those provided for who have no 
 proper home, there is little probability of making the world better. 
 We must place the knife and fork in the child's hand if we wish them 
 properly held. So morality, like etiquette, must be taught through 
 repeated acts, that become a habit. There is perhaps nothing more 
 important to the individual, family, and country than the moral edu- 
 cation of children. 
 
 INSTRUMENTS OF PRECISION. 
 
 A thorough study of any human being can not be made without 
 instruments of precision. Such an investigation of living man is one 
 of the most recent tendencies of science. Instruments of precision 
 have been employed more extensively, perhaps, in the study of the 
 abnormal, as illustrated in criminology,* 1 but it is time they were used 
 in the investigation of normal man. 
 
 An instrumental method of inquiry is a more exact way of ascertain- 
 ing the effects of mental, moral, and physical forces upon the body, of 
 many of which we are unconscious. The facts thus obtained bear the 
 closest relation to new questions in the development and education of 
 mah. 
 
 LIMITATION OF THE SENSES. 
 
 The diurnal rotation of the earth, the distance of the stars, and the 
 weight of the air are not appreciated by our senses, and often may seem 
 contradictory to them. The sensations of cold and heat are not abso- 
 lute, but merely relative to the temperature of our bodies, frequently 
 misleading us. The illusions of sight, hearing, and touch point to the 
 conclusion, accepted by modern psychology, that our ideas of the 
 external world are the result of a long and unconscious education of 
 the senses. 
 
 Thus science, in its efforts to seek the truth, has a special difficulty 
 to contend against; it is the defectiveness or limitation of our senses. 
 Instruments of precision are for the purpose of correcting these defects 
 by increasing the scope of the senses, so that, when truth may be found, 
 it may be described more fully and determined more definitely. 
 
 In ancient times there were instruments to measure the weight 
 and height, etc., or what is called the static condition. Subsequently 
 dynamic movements, electric currents, variations of temperature, etc. , 
 were studied, but our senses were too slow and confused to determine 
 these conditions, so instruments were necessary to measure the very 
 small in time and in motion. 
 
 THE GRAPHIC METHOD. 
 
 The graphic method was employed to translate those changes of the 
 activity of forces into the language of the changes themselves, which 
 
 a See "Education and Pathosocial Studies," by author, reprint from Reports of 
 the Commissioner of Education, 1889-90 and 1893-94. 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 23 
 
 words can not do. Writing consists in signs more or less conventional, 
 but the graphic method is natural; it is a universal language, as 
 expressed in the line or the curve. 
 
 Descartes inaugurated the graphic expression of ideas. This method 
 was then soon used to represent diverse variations, as the comparison 
 of economical and social phenomena. Tables were published in Eng- 
 land, then in France, showing the curves representing successive vari- 
 ations of population, wealth, agricultural production, etc. Since then 
 this method has been enlarged so as to apply to all sorts of things. It 
 gives clearness and conciseness to its representations. 
 
 Instruments of precision through the graphic method furnish a mode 
 of expression and a means of research. Every science accumulates 
 facts and observations and compares them to show the relation of 
 cause and effect. Those comparisons are the more important the larger 
 the number of data, but this often gives rise to extreme complexity. 
 The graphic method can reduce these data to a curve that will give 
 clearness and definiteness to their meaning. Nature's processes are 
 often so complex that it is impossible to give attention to many asso- 
 ciated phenomena at a time. Instruments of precision with their trac- 
 ings can record the different movements. 
 
 MEASUREMENTS OF THE CRANIUM. 
 
 * 
 
 The measurements of the cranium are perhaps the most important, 
 as it incases the brain. It is also probable, for the same reason, that 
 defects of the cranium 
 are more significant than 
 those in other portions 
 of the body. It is some- 
 times said that in general 
 the nearer a physical de- 
 fect is to the brain the 
 more significant it is. In 
 this connection it may 
 be mentioned that a high 
 palate is a frequent ac- 
 companiment of mental 
 feebleness a sign of con- 
 genital defect. 
 
 The two most common 
 measurements of the head 
 are its maximum length and maximum width. In order to compare 
 the length and breadth conveniently the width is multiplied by 100 
 and divided by the length, giving the cephalic index, which is one of 
 the most important measurements in anthropology. When this index 
 is 75 or less the person is considered long headed or dolichocephalic; 
 when it is more than 75 and less than 80 the head is called medium 
 or mesocephalic, and when the index is from 80 to 85, inclusive, the 
 individual is said to be broad headed or brachy cephalic. 
 
 The instrument used to measure the head is the callipers, repre- 
 sented in fig. 1. 
 
 FIG. 1. Callipers (Broca). 
 
24 
 
 A PLAN FOE THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 COLD. 
 
 FIG. 2. Temperature spots (Eulenburg). 
 
 SENSIBILITY TO HEAT. 
 
 There have been found on the body what are called temperature spots 
 (Goldscheider and Blix). They are arranged in lines or in chains; thus 
 in fig. 2 are represented the cold and warm spots of the upper side of 
 the forearm. 
 
 The temperature sense seems to have special cold nerves and warm 
 nerves which blend with the nerve of touch; thus specific cold and 
 
 warm sensation are felt at points or 
 areas on the skin which correspond to 
 the ends of the temperature nerves. 
 This extends the doctrine of the specific 
 energy of the senses. 
 
 The least sensibility to heat was de- 
 termined by the therm aesthesiometer of 
 Eulenburg (fig. 3). 
 
 This is an instrument consisting of 
 two thermometers fastened together, as 
 seen in the figure. The electrical arrangement for changing the 
 temperature of the instrument was not employed. The left-hand 
 thermometer (A) was heated until it registered about 10 higher tem- 
 perature than the right-hand thermometer (B); then the two ther- 
 mometers were placed on the palmar surface of the wrist in a line* at 
 right angles to the length of the wrist. The subject was asked which 
 was the warmer, and on replying correctly the 
 thermometers were held on the skin until the sub- 
 ject could not tell which was the warmer. At 
 this instant the difference in degrees between the 
 thermometers was read. This difference must be 
 regarded only as a relative indication of the least 
 sensibility to heat. Distinguishing small differ- 
 ences of temperature indicates acuteness of sensi- 
 bility to heat; or, on the other hand, the greater 
 the difference of temperature required to be per- 
 ceived by the subject the greater the oHuseness 
 to heat. Thus if C can not tell the difference 
 between the two thermometers after their differ- 
 ence is less than 3 and D after it is less than 2, 
 D is more acute to heat by 1 than C. 
 
 STRENGTH OF HAND GRASP. 
 
 The strength of hand grasp is measured by the 
 dynamometer. This instrument (fig. 4) is sq ueezed 
 in the hand while the arm is held out horizontally 
 from the side of the body. The strength of the 
 right hand was generally taken first. The dyna- FIG< 
 mometer is to some extent a sociological instrument, in distinguish- 
 ing those who do manual labor from those who do not by the greater 
 strength of hand in the former. 
 
 SENSIBILITY TO LOCALITY ON THE PALMAR SURFACE OF THE WRIST. 
 
 The capacity of distinguishing points on the body by the sense of 
 touch is called the sense of locality. The palmar surface of the 
 wrist was the part of the body chosen, owing to its convenience 
 
A PLAN FOB THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 25 
 
 for making the experiment. The sense of locality on the skin varies 
 in acuteness according to the mobility of the part, increasing in the 
 extremities toward the fingers 
 and toes. 
 
 The instrument used in de- 
 termining the least sensibility 
 to locality is the sesthesio- 
 meter (fig. 5). 
 
 The two points, as seen in the 
 figure, were drawn 15 milli- 
 meters apart. The pupil closed 
 his eyes, and the two points 
 were made to touch simulta- 
 
 neously the skin on the rjalmar surface of the wrist. He was asked 
 if he felt one or two points. In case he felt only one point, the 
 instrument was raised and the points were moved farther apart. If 
 he felt the two points, they were moved closer together. Just as 
 soon as he became uncertain in either case, as to whether there were 
 
 FIG. 5. .Esthesiometer. 
 
 one or two points touching the skin, the distance between the points 
 was read in millimeters as recorded by the scale on the rod. It takes 
 more acuteness to distinguish two points on the skin the closer the 
 points are together. The distance of the two points from each other, 
 when the pupil is in doubt, is taken as a measure of his sense of local- 
 ity. The less the distance the more acute is his sense, and the greater 
 the distance the more obtuse his sense of locality. 
 
 BARO-ELECTRO-^STHESIOMETER. 
 
 The baro-electro-sesthesiometer, as its name indicates, measures the amount of 
 pressure at the time electrical sensibility to tingling or pain is felt. 
 The instrument (fig. 6) is Eulenburg's barsesthesiometer, with such additions by 
 
 FIG. 6. Baro-eleetro-eesthesiometer. (Eulenburg and MacDonald.) 
 
 the author as to make it serve for an electrode. Two round steel knobs can be 
 screwed on to the end of rod A; one is 20 millimeters, the other 35 millimeters in 
 diameter. At B is fastened a short rod, with a hole and screw, by which a wire can 
 be held, which connects with the battery. An indifferent electrode is fastened, say, 
 to the back of the head. We will suppose it is desired to find the strength of cur- 
 rent passing through the cranium and brain. The instrument is pressed against the 
 
26 
 
 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 forehead. The advantage is that the amount of pressure is known and can be kept 
 constant, whereas with the ordinary electrode the amount of pressure is unknown 
 and is liable to vary, so that in comparing two persons the difference in the strength 
 
 FIG. 7. Temple algometer. (MacDonald. ) 
 
 of the current required to make them feel it may be influenced by the amount of 
 pressure rather than by the real difference in their electrical sensibility. 
 
 THE MEASUREMENT OF PAIN. 
 
 Pain is caused by applying to a sensory nerve a greater stimulation than is normal. 
 The stimulation may be" mechanical, electrical, thermal, etc. The measurement of 
 pain can only be approximated, and here there is often difficulty. 
 
 The writer has designed a new instrument (fig. 7), which may be called a temporal 
 or temple algometer. 
 
 It measures sensibility to painful or disagreeable impressions caused by pressure, 
 and is generally applied to the temporal muscles. The instrument consists of a 
 brass cylinder B F, with a steel rod C running through one of its ends; this rod is 
 attached to a spring, with a marker E on the scale, measuring pressure from to 
 4,000 grams. * The brass disk D is 15 millimeters in diameter; a piece of flannel is 
 glued to its surface so as to exclude the feeling of the steel when pressed against the 
 
 FIG. 8. 
 
 skin, thus giving a pure pressure sensation. The whole instrument is 30 centimeters 
 in length. 
 
 In using this algometer it is held in the right hand, as represented in fig. 8, by the 
 experimenter, who stands back of the subject and presses the disk D against the 
 right temporal muscle; then he moves in front of the subject, where he can 
 conveniently press the disk D against the left temporal muscle. As soon as the sub- 
 ject feels the pressure to be the least disagreeable, the amount of pressure is read 
 from the scale A (fig. 7), as indicated by the marker E. The subject sometimes 
 hesitates to say just when the pressure becomes the least disagreeable, but this is 
 part of the experiment. The idea is to approximate as near as possible to the 
 threshold of pain. 
 
 In making experiments upon both sexes the author has found women to be more 
 acute in sensitiveness of disagreeableness or pain from pressure than men. 
 
 In the three following tables (2, 2, 26) are given recent measurements of pain 
 by Misses F. Alice Kellor, Emily Dunning, Alice O. Moore, and Alice E. Palmer. 
 These measurements were made with the author's temple algometer. 
 
 a ln experiments upon criminals a pressure of 4,000 grams would in some cases not 
 feel the least disagreeable. A larger form of the instrument is being constructed, so 
 as to measure 8,000 grams pressure. 
 
A PLAN FOB THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 27 
 
 Four distinct classes are represented in the tables: University women students, 
 washerwomen, business women (as clerks and stenographers), and young women of 
 the wealthy classes. 
 
 The young women of the wealthy classes (Table 26) are, according to the meas- 
 urements, very much more sensitive to pain than any of the other classes. The 
 university women are more sensitive to pain than the washerwomen (Tables 2, 2). 
 The business women are, however, more sensitive than the university women. As 
 is well known, the majority of university students, both men and women, are not 
 wealthy, but simply in moderate circumstances. It seems tfiat the sociological con- 
 dition is one of the main factors to affect sensibility to pain. 
 
 TABLE 2. Measurements (in grams) of the least sensibility to pain in university women 
 students, with temple algometer. 
 
 [By F. Alice Kellor and Emily Dunning, of Cornell University.] 
 
 Age. 
 
 Right 
 temple. 
 
 Left 
 temple. 
 
 Age. 
 
 Right 
 temple. 
 
 Left 
 temple. 
 
 17 years. . . .... 
 
 1,726 
 
 1,925 
 
 21 years ... 
 
 1,560 
 
 1 350 
 
 17 years 
 
 1,560 
 
 1,150 
 
 21 vears 
 
 2 450 
 
 1 550 
 
 
 
 
 21 years 
 
 3,225 
 
 2 750 
 
 Total 
 
 3,275 
 1 637 
 
 3,075 
 1 537 
 
 21 years 
 
 1,650 
 
 1,450 
 
 
 2 000 
 
 1 750 
 
 Total 
 Average 
 
 8,875 
 2,218 
 
 7,100 
 1,775 
 
 19 years 
 
 2,460 
 
 1.950 
 
 22 years 
 
 2, 725 
 
 2 400 
 
 19 years ... 
 
 2,900 
 
 2,550 
 
 23 years 
 
 2 200 
 
 2 400 
 
 19 years 
 
 2,550 
 
 2,700 
 
 23 vears 
 
 1 600 
 
 1 350 
 
 19 years 
 
 2 825 
 
 3 000 
 
 
 
 
 19 years 
 
 3,900 
 
 4,000 
 
 Total 
 
 6 525 
 
 6 150 
 
 19 years 
 
 2 450 
 
 2 950 
 
 Average 
 
 2 175 
 
 2 050 
 
 
 1 450 
 
 1 950 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 25 years 
 
 2 650 
 
 1 926 
 
 Total 1 
 Average 
 
 20,525 
 2,565 
 
 20,850 
 2,606 
 
 27 years 
 
 2,600 
 
 2,350 
 
 20 years 
 
 2,325 
 
 2-, 125 
 
 Total 
 
 4 350 
 
 1,600 
 3 950 
 
 20 years 
 
 3,400 
 
 2,200 
 
 
 2 175 
 
 1 QT^i 
 
 20 years 
 
 2,800 
 
 2,100 
 
 
 
 
 20 years 
 
 1,600 
 
 1,450 
 
 
 2 150 
 
 2 625 
 
 20 years 
 
 1,350 
 
 1,900 
 
 
 1 550 
 
 2 10O 
 
 20 years 
 
 2,925 
 
 1,050 
 
 
 1 700 
 
 1 100 
 
 20 vears 
 
 2, 325 
 
 2,900 
 
 
 1 650 
 
 2 150 
 
 20 years 
 
 1 750 
 
 2 425 
 
 
 
 
 20 years 
 
 1,550 
 
 1,750 
 
 Total 
 
 7,050 
 
 7,976 
 
 Total 
 
 20 025 
 
 17 900 
 
 Average 
 
 1,762 
 
 1,993 
 
 Average 
 
 2 225 
 
 1 988 
 
 Average of all 
 
 2 2'20 
 
 2 088 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 TABLE 2a. Measurements (in grams) of the least sensibility to pain in washerwomen and 
 business women, with temple algometer. 
 
 [By Alice O. Moore, of the Charity Organization Society, of Buffalo, N. Y.] 
 
 Age. 
 
 Right 
 temple. 
 
 Left 
 temple. 
 
 Age. 
 
 Right 
 temple. 
 
 Left 
 temple. 
 
 WASHERWOMEN." 
 
 25 vears 
 
 2,750 
 
 2,950 
 
 BUSINESS WOMEN (CLERKS, 
 STENOGRAPHERS, ETC.).> 
 
 
 
 31 vears 
 
 4,600 
 
 4,500 
 
 30 vears 
 
 1 600 
 
 1 000 
 
 31 vears 
 
 3 500 
 
 4 000 
 
 31 years 
 
 400 
 
 1 300 
 
 32 vears 
 
 2,150 
 
 1,900 
 
 35 years 
 
 ,100 
 
 1,150 
 
 :5"> years 
 
 4 000 
 
 4,000 
 
 38 years 
 
 100 
 
 1 450 
 
 3t> vears 
 
 2 300 
 
 2 050 
 
 40 years 
 
 200 
 
 1 450 
 
 37 vears 
 
 2,700 
 
 2,800 
 
 45 years 
 
 ,650 
 
 1 350 
 
 39 vears 
 
 3 134 
 
 3,400 
 
 60 vears 
 
 650 
 
 1 600 
 
 40 vears 
 
 3 900 
 
 3 750 
 
 60 years 
 
 ooo 
 
 850 
 
 41 years 
 
 2,900 
 
 3,000 
 
 60 years 
 
 2,050 
 
 2,000 
 
 
 3 450 
 
 3 250 
 
 
 
 
 45 years 
 
 2 950 
 
 2 600 
 
 Total 
 
 12 650 
 
 12 150 
 
 49 years 
 
 2,250 
 
 2,850 
 
 Average. 
 
 1,405 
 
 1,350 
 
 56 years 
 
 2 650 
 
 2 250 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 2 421 
 
 2 410 
 
 Total 
 
 43,034 
 
 43,300 
 
 
 
 
 Average 
 
 3 073 
 
 3 092 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 'Average age, 38 years. 
 
 b Average age, 44 years. 
 
28 
 
 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 TABLE 26. Measurements (in grams] of the least sensibility to pain in young women of 
 the well-to-do classes, with temple algometer. 
 
 [By Alice E. Palmer, teacher of mathematics, Pittsburg, Pa.] 
 
 Age. 
 
 Right 
 temple. 
 
 Left 
 temple. 
 
 Age. 
 
 Right 
 temple. 
 
 Left 
 temple. 
 
 12 8 years 
 
 700 
 
 650 
 
 1C 2 years 
 
 1 000 
 
 1 100 
 
 12 9 years 
 
 750 
 
 600 
 
 16.3 years 
 
 1,000 
 
 1,000 
 
 12 10 years 
 
 650 
 
 800 
 
 16 3 years 
 
 900 
 
 1,100 
 
 12 11 years 
 
 800 
 
 850 
 
 16 3 years 
 
 650 
 
 700 
 
 
 
 
 16 8 years 
 
 950 
 
 1 100 
 
 Total 
 
 2 900 
 
 2,900 
 
 16 9 vears 
 
 1,100 
 
 950 
 
 Average 
 
 725 
 
 725 
 
 16.9 years 
 
 900 
 
 950 
 
 
 1 150 
 
 1 200 
 
 16.9 years 
 
 1,000 
 
 1,050 
 
 13 4 years 
 
 600 
 
 600 
 
 Total 
 
 7 500 
 
 7 950 
 
 13 6 years 
 
 750 
 
 750 
 
 Average 
 
 937 
 
 993 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Total 
 
 2 500 
 
 2,550 
 
 17 1 years 
 
 750 
 
 850 
 
 
 833 
 
 850 
 
 
 1 750 
 
 1 550 
 
 
 
 
 17 2 years 
 
 700 
 
 650 
 
 14 years 
 
 1 600 
 
 1 550 
 
 17 2 years 
 
 1 500 
 
 2 000 
 
 14 4 years . . 
 
 950 
 
 950 
 
 17.4 years 
 
 1,200 
 
 1,150 
 
 14 6 years 
 
 700 
 
 700 
 
 17 7 years 
 
 1,300 
 
 1,350 
 
 14 7 years 
 
 1,000 
 
 950 
 
 1 7.9 years 
 
 1,700 
 
 1,600 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 050 
 
 1 000 
 
 Total 
 
 4 250 
 
 4 150 
 
 17 10 years 
 
 600 
 
 650 
 
 
 1 062 
 
 1 037 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Total 
 
 10 550 
 
 10 800 
 
 15 1 years 
 
 950 
 
 950 
 
 Average 
 
 1 172 
 
 1 200 
 
 
 600 
 
 650 
 
 
 
 
 15 2 years 
 
 1,700 
 
 1,550 
 
 18 years 
 
 850 
 
 950 
 
 15 3 years 
 
 700 
 
 650 
 
 18 2 years 
 
 600 
 
 600 
 
 15 4 years 
 
 1,450 
 
 1,500 
 
 18 4 years 
 
 2.000 
 
 1 600 
 
 155 years 
 
 950 
 
 1 050 
 
 18 8 years 
 
 1,050 
 
 950 
 
 
 750 
 
 800 
 
 
 
 
 15 6 years 
 
 850 
 
 900 
 
 Total 
 
 4,500 
 
 4 100 
 
 15 6 years 
 
 600 
 
 650 
 
 Average 
 
 1 125 
 
 1 025 
 
 15 6 years . 
 
 950 
 
 950 
 
 
 
 
 15 7 years 
 
 1 350 
 
 1,400 
 
 19 1 years 
 
 800 
 
 850 
 
 15 9 years 
 
 750 
 
 850 
 
 19 2 years 
 
 850 
 
 900 
 
 15 9 years 
 
 600 
 
 800 
 
 
 
 
 15 9 years 
 
 1 650 
 
 1 650 
 
 Total 
 
 1 650 
 
 1 750 
 
 
 
 
 
 825 
 
 876 
 
 Total 
 
 13,850 
 
 14,250 
 
 
 
 
 Average 
 
 989 
 
 1 017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 PRELIMINARY TRAINING FOR STUDY IN A PSYCHO-PHYSICAL LABO- 
 RATORY. 
 
 It is difficult to recommend to students, after 
 just what studies to pursue preliminary to taking up psycho-physics, 
 which touches upon so many different departments of knowledge. The 
 writer will venture a few remarks and suggestions. 
 
 Physiological psychology, or psycho-physics, a is no misnomer for 
 modern psychology, because it is as much if not more physical than 
 psychical. That, consequently, a somewhat extensive knowledge of 
 physiology is a sine qua non for the thoroughly trained modern psy- 
 chologist goes without saying; and this is as true whether there be 
 sympathy or not with the modern view, for in the latter case the psy- 
 chologist can hardly avoid discussing some of the results of physiology ; 
 and such discussions, to be trustworthy and valuable, must be based 
 upon knowledge. And here is not meant mere book knowledge, but 
 experimental knowledge gained in the physiological laboratory ; other- 
 wise, when one speaks of sensations, reflex action, afferent and efferent 
 nerves, etc. , it is difficult to understand how he can have any adequate 
 insight into the objective reality of these phenomena. It is not intended 
 
 a The writer prefers this term to "physiological psychology," which deals often 
 with that which is not physiological, but pathological. 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STHDY OF MAN. 29 
 
 that any large amount of time be required for purely physiological 
 laboratory work. A term's course say of six hours a week might 
 be the minimum. In this case it is assumed that the student has a 
 general knowledge of human and comparative physiology. 
 
 If the above requirements are necessary for one who proposes to 
 study psycho-physical questions, it may be inquired further as to 
 anatomical knowledge. That a proper conception of physiology is not 
 possible without anatomy is so obvious as to be commonplace. A 
 general dissection of the body and special dissection of the sense organs 
 and brain, while it would require more time than the physiological 
 course, would be well worth the extra trouble, since it is preliminary 
 foundation work, and is also necessary for the investigation of patho- 
 logical clinical cases, some of which are of the highest importance for 
 the psycho-physicist. For this and other reasons an elementary course 
 in practical histology is necessary. Thus it is not clear how any 
 student without practical knowledge of coarser and finer anatomy can 
 study and discuss intelligently questions concerning cerebral locali- 
 zation, cranial and spinal nerves, spinal column, medulla oblongata, 
 etc. A study of medicine in the laboratory and clinic sufficient to 
 gain a medical way of looking at things is a desideratum. Such train- 
 ing also is very valuable for students of criminology or other patho- 
 social subjects. 
 
 It may be objected that many of the facts learned in such a course 
 of study would not be of direct utility, but this could be urged against 
 almost any course of study. The value of such negative knowledge 
 consists in serving as a sort of ballast in aiding the student in avoid- 
 ing mistakes. 
 
 It may be said that if practical courses in anatomy and histology are 
 requisites, why not also similar courses in pathology and psychiatry. 
 It is true that these would be valuable; but there must be a limit. 
 Perhaps the student could take up individual pathological cases as 
 they came in the course of his work, provided he has the physiological 
 and anatomical knowledge of normal man before mentioned. It is 
 assumed that the specialists in psycho-physics will read the writings 
 of specialists in physiology, anatomy, and pathology when they treat 
 of topics that bear directly on his own studies. To read such literature, 
 appreciate the points of discussion, and make decisions as to weight 
 of evidence requires at least a practical elementary knowledge of the 
 subjects. 
 
 But it may be objected that, with accurate book learning and good 
 diagrams, one can gain sufficient insight without going to the trouble 
 of taking the practical courses. This objection is perhaps more sesthet- 
 ical than rational, for many do not care for or are averse to dissection. 
 It is a well-known difficulty, common to medical schools, to obtain 
 faithfulness in dissection. There seems to be a natural disinclination, 
 not only of the nature of dread or disgust that may appear on first 
 entering the dissecting room, but another feeling, that is easier experi- 
 enced than described. The psycho-physicist who has no medical train- 
 ing is very liable to have a strong disinclination to practical work in 
 anatomy, even if he believes in its utility and necessity. Then there 
 is sometimes the feeling that it is so much easier and saves time to sit 
 quietly in one's own room and study the books and diagrams. 
 
 It may be said that many good workers in psycho-physics have never 
 had this preliminary training. This is true; but they have succeeded 
 in spite of this fact. As is well known, many students of philosophy, 
 
30 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 having become dissatisfied with its methods and results, have turned 
 their attention to experimental psychology, and have neither time nor 
 opportunity to return to preliminary work, which they could have 
 done had they known beforehand the subsequent direction of their 
 studies. 
 
 The fact that the majority of leaders in the department of physio- 
 logical psychology in Europe were previously physicians or students 
 of medicine indicates the direction which the preliminary training in 
 psycho-physics should take. 
 
 SUSCEPTIBILITY TO DISEASE AND PHYSICAL DEVELOPMENT IN COLLEGE 
 
 WOMEN. a 
 
 It is unnecessary to say that the conclusions drawn from the tables 
 below are only tentative. To confirm or to limit such conclusions, a 
 much larger number of facts would be necessaiy. 
 
 The tables are given in averages. 11 
 
 The measurements of weight, lung capacity, height, and strength 
 were made wholly independent of the medical examination. The 
 number of students in all is 1,486. When the numbers for any age 
 are very small, their averages are omitted in the tables. 
 
 CONCLUSIONS. 
 
 Comparing those who report no diseases (Table I) with those having 
 had one or more diseases (Table II), we find that those with no diseases 
 are less in weight but greater in height and lung capacity and about 
 equal in strength to those haying had one or more diseases. As far as 
 these data go, they seem to indicate that strength and weight are not 
 necessarily signs of health, or rather of lack of susceptibility to disease. 
 
 The only difference between those having any disease (Table II) 
 and those having constitutional diseases is that the latter are shorter in 
 stature than the former, but in strength, weight, and lung capacity 
 there is no marked difference. 
 
 Those having had typhoid fever (Table III) show a superiority in 
 lung capacity and strength, but are inferior in weight and slightly so 
 in height to those having diseases in general (Table II). The typhoid 
 cases compared with all cases of specific infectious diseases are inferior 
 in weight, height, and strength. This confirms to a certain extent the 
 remark of Hildebrand that delicate slender people are much more 
 subject to typhoid fever than to consumption. 
 
 The cases of infectious diseases (Table IV) are distinctly superior in 
 weight, lung capacity, height, and strength to those having diseases in 
 general (Table 11). 
 
 On the other hand, those having hereditary diseases (Table VII) are 
 inferior in weight and slightly so in height to those having had diseases 
 in general (Table II). If we compare the cases of hereditary diseases 
 directly with those of specific infectious diseases (IV), the contrast is still 
 more marked, showing the hereditary cases to be inferior in weight, 
 lung capacity, height, and strength to the cases of infectious diseases. 
 
 Comparing cases of scarlet fever (Table XIII) with those of infec- 
 tious diseases (Table IV) in general, the only noticeable difference is 
 that the former are inferior in height to the latter. 
 
 a Article by writer in The Philadelphia Medical Journal. 
 
 b The data from which the tables are made were kindly furnished by the professor 
 of physical culture and the resident physician in one of our woman's colleges. 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY 
 
 Those having diseases of the digestive system (TablcTVT) show less 
 weight and lung capacity, but greater height, than those with diseases 
 in general (Table II). 
 
 Those with insufficient respiration (Table XI) have less weight but 
 (contrary to expectation) greater lung capacity and height than those 
 with diseases in general (Table II). 
 
 Cases of heart murmurs (Table XII) show greater weight, lung 
 capacity, height, and strength to cases of diseases in general (Table II). 
 
 Those with habitual headache (Table IX) are inferior in weight, 
 height, lung capacity, and strength to those with diseases in general 
 (Table II). 
 
 Tables of susceptibility to disease and physical development of college women. 
 
 ALL. 
 
 462 
 
 18 
 19 
 20 
 21 
 22 
 23 
 24 
 25 
 26 
 28 
 
 118 
 116 
 117 
 112 
 113 
 112 
 127 
 107 
 107 
 117 
 
 164 
 160 
 162 
 159 
 165 
 151 
 167 
 165 
 127 
 160 
 
 161 
 161 
 161 
 160 
 160 
 160 
 163 
 166 
 160 
 163 
 
 27 
 27 
 27 
 27 
 27 
 26 
 29 
 22 
 34 
 19 
 
 23 
 23 
 24 
 23 
 24 
 24 
 26 
 20 
 26 
 31 
 
 20 
 21 
 21 
 20 
 21 
 21 
 23 
 20 
 25 
 27 
 
 468 
 
 260 
 
 90 
 
 32 
 
 20 
 
 12 
 
 3 . 
 
 2 
 
 1 
 
 
 TABLE I. THOSE REPORTING NO DISEASES. 
 
 41 
 
 17 
 18 
 19 
 20 
 21 
 23 
 
 118 
 119 
 115 
 117 
 112 
 116 
 
 163 
 166 
 168 
 164 
 165 
 167 
 
 162 
 162 
 161 
 164 
 161 
 159 
 
 27 
 27 
 27 
 28 
 24 
 26 
 
 22 
 24 
 23 
 25 
 21 
 26 
 
 20 
 21 
 20 
 22 
 19 
 23 
 
 178 ... 
 
 128 
 
 73 
 
 10 
 
 10 
 
 
 TABLE II. ALL HAVING HAD ONE OR MORE DISEASES (DISEASES IN GENERAL). 
 
 61 
 
 17 
 18 
 19 
 20 
 21 
 22 
 
 119 
 118 
 116 
 118 
 113 
 109 
 
 168 
 162 
 161 
 162 
 157 
 159 
 
 161 
 161 
 160 
 161 
 160 
 160 
 
 27 
 27 
 27 
 27 
 27 
 26 
 
 23 
 
 23 
 23 
 23 
 
 22 
 24 
 
 20 
 20 
 20 
 20 
 20 
 22 
 
 226 
 
 280 
 
 138 
 
 51 
 
 11 
 
 
 TABLE III. TYPHOID FEVER. 
 
 17 
 
 18 
 19 
 20 
 
 117 
 117 
 117 
 
 169 
 164 
 171 
 
 160 
 162 
 160 
 
 28 
 26 
 27 
 
 23 
 23 
 
 22 
 
 20 
 20 
 21 
 
 26 
 
 11 
 
 
 TABLE IV. SPECIFIC INFECTIOUS DISEASES. 
 
 28 
 
 17 
 18 
 19 
 20 
 21 
 
 119 
 118 
 123 
 120 
 114 
 
 163 
 167 
 176 
 169 
 169 
 
 159 
 163 
 161 
 162 
 161 
 
 27 
 28 
 28 
 30 
 29 
 
 23 
 22 
 25 
 23 
 24 
 
 20 
 20 
 21 
 21 
 21 
 
 59 
 
 106 
 
 49 
 
 28 
 
 
 TABLE V. CONSTITUTIONAL DISEASES. 
 
 31... 
 
 18 
 19 
 20 
 
 119 
 120 
 118 
 
 161 
 164 
 160 
 
 151 
 163 
 161 
 
 26 
 25 
 25 
 
 24 
 24 
 23 
 
 21 
 20 
 20 
 
 22 
 
 32. 
 
 
32 
 
 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 Tables of susceptibility to disease and physical development of college women Continued. 
 TABLE VI. DISEASES OF DIGESTIVE SYSTEM. 
 
 Number. 
 
 Nearest 
 age. 
 
 Weight. 
 
 Lung ca- 
 pacity. 
 
 Height. 
 
 Strength of 
 
 Arms. 
 
 Right 
 hand. 
 
 Left 
 hand. 
 
 1 
 
 16 
 17 
 18 
 19 
 20 
 21 
 
 168 
 117 
 120 
 145 
 116 
 112 
 
 220 
 165 
 164 
 151 
 155 
 167 
 
 167 
 162 
 162 
 160 
 161 
 161 
 
 33 
 27 
 27 
 25 
 26 
 26 
 
 28 
 23 
 24 
 23 
 23 
 23 
 
 18 
 20 
 21 
 20 
 20 
 20 
 
 18 
 
 59 
 
 77 
 
 42 
 
 17 
 
 
 TABLE VII. HEREDITARY DISEASES. 
 
 22 
 
 17 
 
 118 
 
 157 
 
 160 
 
 28 
 
 22 
 
 20 
 
 56 
 
 18 
 
 116 
 
 168 
 
 161 
 
 25 
 
 23 
 
 20 
 
 60 
 
 19 
 
 119 
 
 163 
 
 161 
 
 26 
 
 23 
 
 21 
 
 40 
 
 20 
 
 112 
 
 163 
 
 159 
 
 25 
 
 22 
 
 20 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 TABLE VIII. DISEASES OF NERVOUS SYSTEM. 
 
 18 
 
 18 
 
 120 
 
 162 
 
 164 
 
 28 
 
 25 
 
 21 
 
 59 
 
 19 
 
 115 
 
 160 
 
 160 
 
 26 
 
 24 
 
 22 
 
 12 
 
 20 
 
 113 
 
 162 
 
 162 
 
 25 
 
 22 
 
 20 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 TABLE IX. HABITUAL HEADACHE. 
 
 29 
 
 18 
 
 115 
 
 162 
 
 160 
 
 26 
 
 23 
 
 21 
 
 46 
 
 19 
 
 113 
 
 155 
 
 160 
 
 24 
 
 22 
 
 20 
 
 17 
 
 20 
 
 113 
 
 171 
 
 160 
 
 26 
 
 20 
 
 19 
 
 11 
 
 21 
 
 111 
 
 147 
 
 158 
 
 24 
 
 23 
 
 22 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 TABLE X. DISEASES OF RESPIRATORY SYSTEM. 
 
 18 
 
 17 
 
 121 
 
 164 
 
 162 
 
 26 
 
 22 
 
 20 
 
 57 
 
 18 
 
 120 
 
 158 
 
 161 
 
 26 
 
 24 
 
 21 
 
 84 
 
 19 
 
 114 
 
 159 
 
 160 
 
 27 
 
 23 
 
 20 
 
 48 - . 
 
 20 
 
 119 
 
 163 
 
 161 
 
 27 
 
 23 
 
 22 
 
 12 
 
 21 
 
 111 
 
 154 
 
 160 
 
 26 
 
 22 
 
 19 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 TABLE XI. INSUFFICIENT RESPIRATION. 
 
 36 
 
 17 
 
 118 
 
 170 
 
 163 
 
 27 
 
 22 
 
 21 
 
 95 
 
 18 
 
 116 
 
 164 
 
 162 
 
 27 
 
 23 
 
 20 
 
 119 
 
 19 
 
 116 
 
 162 
 
 161 
 
 27 
 
 22 
 
 20 
 
 JS2 ... 
 
 10 
 
 116 
 
 164 
 
 160 
 
 27 
 
 23 
 
 20 
 
 32 
 
 21 
 
 112 
 
 162 
 
 160 
 
 27 
 
 23 
 
 21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 TABLE XII. HAVING HEART MURMURS. 
 
 21 . 
 
 17 
 
 125 
 
 180 
 
 164 
 
 24 
 
 23 
 
 20 
 
 61 
 
 18 
 
 117 
 
 167 
 
 162 
 
 28 
 
 23 
 
 21 
 
 62 , 
 
 19 
 
 117 
 
 166 
 
 162 
 
 28 
 
 24 
 
 20 
 
 23 
 
 20 
 
 122 
 
 170 
 
 168 
 
 27 
 
 24 
 
 22 
 
 18 . .. 
 
 21 
 
 112 
 
 175 
 
 162 
 
 26 
 
 23 
 
 21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 TABLE XIII. SCARLET FEVER. 
 
 11 
 
 17 
 
 122 
 
 166 
 
 158 
 
 30 
 
 23 
 
 20 
 
 19 
 
 18 
 
 118 
 
 166 
 
 164 
 
 27 
 
 22 
 
 20 
 
 22 . 
 
 19 
 
 120 
 
 170 
 
 161 
 
 26 
 
 24 
 
 21 
 
 10 
 
 20 
 
 120 
 
 161 
 
 162 
 
 30 
 
 26 
 
 23 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 The weight is in pounds, the lung capacity in cubit 
 strength in kilograms. 
 
 incbes, the height in centimeters, and the. 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 33 
 
 MEASUREMENTS OF CHATTANOOGA SCHOOL CHILDREN.* 
 
 We shall add here a few further measurements of school children 
 of Chattanooga, Tenn. AVe regret the number is not larger. 
 
 We have given some conclusions especially as indicating a purely 
 experimental stage of investigation. It might be asked, for instance, 
 what relation could there be between color of eyes and weight and 
 strength, etc. We can not say, but if we had larger numbers, further 
 subdivisions could be made and other factors that might have influ- 
 ence excluded until finally the relation, if real, could be determined. 
 
 To neglect every relation that a priori seems improbable is not 
 consistent with the history of investigation, for it has happened 
 that some of the most unsuspected lelations have turned out through 
 further inquiry to be of great importance. 
 
 Chattanooga school children. In this study of the Chattanooga 
 children is recorded one of the first, if not the first, measurement of 
 school children of the South. 
 
 Measurements were taken of weight, height, strength, and sensi- 
 bility to pain. The teachers reported also as to whether the pupil was 
 bright, dull, or average in general, and as to the standing of the pupil 
 in particular studies. In order that a fair estimate as to the ability of 
 the pupil might be made, a pupil was marked average whenever there 
 was am- doubt. 
 
 The date of birth, order of birth, and color of hair and 63^68 were 
 also noted. The children were divided into blondes, mediums, and 
 brunettes. If such characteristics should be related closely to any of 
 the other data, it might in this way be ascertained. 
 
 Chattanooga schoolgirls. Schoolgirls in Chattanooga are slightly 
 taller and heavier for most ages than schoolgirls in Washington. 
 (Tables 1 and 2.) 
 
 TABLE 1. Washington schoolgirl*. h 
 
 Number of pupils. 
 
 Nearest 
 age. 
 
 Average 
 height. 
 
 Average 
 weight. 
 
 Number of pupils. 
 
 Nearest 
 age. 
 
 Average 
 height. 
 
 Average 
 weight. 
 
 754 
 
 
 Inches. 
 47 
 
 Pounds. 
 49 
 
 833 
 
 14 
 
 Inches. 
 60 
 
 Pounds. 
 93 
 
 883 
 
 9 
 
 49 
 
 54 
 
 655.... 
 
 15 
 
 62 
 
 100 
 
 939 
 
 10 
 
 51 
 
 58 
 
 450 
 
 16 
 
 62 
 
 105 
 
 931 . 
 
 11 
 
 53 
 
 64 
 
 323 
 
 17 
 
 63 
 
 110 
 
 876 
 
 12 
 
 56 
 
 73 
 
 151 
 
 18 
 
 63 
 
 111 
 
 966 
 
 13 
 
 58 
 
 82 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 The summer born are slightly less in height and strength, and have 
 less sensibility to pain than the winter born for most ages. (Tables 3 
 and 4.) 
 
 Mentally considered (Table 5). The first born are slightly superior 
 to the second born. Those born in winter are superior to those born 
 in summer. 
 
 There is no special difference between blondes and brunettes. 
 
 Chattanooga schoolboys. The Chattanooga boys are superior in 
 weight and height to the boys in Washington. (Tables 6 and 7.) This 
 accords with the general impression that Southern men are taller 
 than Northern men. 
 
 a Prof. William E. Ashcroft and Superintendent Dr. A. T. Barrett kindly made 
 the measurements. 
 
 b See "Experimental study of children," 
 
 S. Doc. 400 3 
 
34 
 
 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 Those born in summer are very slightly inferior in weight, height, 
 and strength to those born in winter. (Tables 8 and 9.) This not does 
 agree (as in the case of girls above, tables 3 and 4) with Combe's results in 
 Switzerland, who found children born in summer to be taller for their 
 age. As the superiority of winter children in Chattanooga is very 
 slight, it may be due either to the relatively small number measured 
 or to difference of climate, it being severer in Switzerland during the 
 winter than in Chattanooga. 
 
 Mentally considered. The first-born boys are slightly superior 
 mentally to both the second born and later born. (Table 10.) Boas 
 found the first born to excel the later born in both stature and weight. 
 This coincides with results of most investigations, showing that superi- 
 ority of body usually goes with superiority of mind. Thus the children 
 of the nonlaboring (professional and mercantile) classes of Washington 
 not only show a higher percentage of mental ability, but are physically 
 superior to those of the laboring classes. 
 
 Chattanooga school children. 
 TABLE 2. WHITE GIRLS. 
 
 Number of pupil* ^a^ 
 
 Average 
 height. 
 
 Average 
 weight. 
 
 Strength of 
 
 Sensibility to pain. 
 
 Right 
 hand. 
 
 Left 
 hand. 
 
 Right 
 temple. 
 
 Left 
 temple. 
 
 i 
 10 ! 8 
 
 Inches. 
 47 
 50 
 
 62 
 54 
 54 
 
 58 
 61 
 62 
 62 
 
 Pounds. 
 
 Kilo- 
 grams. 
 
 13 
 14 
 14 
 
 18 
 
 20 
 21 
 23 
 23 
 
 Kilo- 
 grams. 
 9 
 11 
 
 13 
 13 
 16 
 
 18 
 19 
 21 
 20 
 
 Grams. 
 
 Grams. 
 
 21 . . ' 9 
 
 
 
 
 30 ' 10 
 
 
 (5) 
 2,540 
 (14) 
 2,315 
 (31) 
 2,520 
 (26) 
 2,550 
 2,687 
 2,460 
 2, 653 
 
 (5) 
 2, 830 
 (14) 
 2, 415 
 (31) 
 2,590 
 (26) 
 2,445 
 2,642 
 2,463 
 2,561 
 
 30 11 
 
 a 
 <$ 
 
 92 
 100 
 101 
 101 
 
 49 12 
 
 43... 13 
 
 44 14 
 
 35 ! 15 
 
 13 16 
 
 
 TABLE 3. SUMMER BORN. 
 
 4 
 
 g 
 
 Ft. in. 
 3 9 
 
 
 10 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 4 5 
 
 
 12 
 
 12 
 
 
 
 13 .'. 
 
 10 
 
 4 4 
 
 
 14 
 
 13 
 
 2 400 
 
 8 ,1 
 
 14 
 
 11 
 
 4 6 
 
 ( 7,> 
 
 15 
 
 14 
 
 (4) 
 2 675 
 
 (4) 
 
 2 537 
 
 27... 
 
 12 
 
 4 9 
 
 (15) 
 73 
 
 17 
 
 15 
 
 ,<$ 
 
 (14) 
 2 907 
 
 26 
 
 13 
 
 4 11 
 
 91 
 
 20 
 
 18 
 
 2 633 
 
 2 561 
 
 23 
 
 14 
 
 5 2 
 
 99 
 
 21 
 
 19 
 
 2,755 
 
 2 577 
 
 16 
 
 15 
 
 5 2 
 
 99 
 
 22 
 
 21 
 
 2 604 
 
 2 675 
 
 8 
 
 16 
 
 5 2 
 
 100 
 
 24 
 
 20 
 
 2 368 
 
 2 275 
 
 3 
 
 17 
 
 5 2 
 
 117 
 
 20 
 
 19 
 
 2 532 
 
 3 016 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 TABLE 4. WINTER BORN. 
 
 6 
 
 8 
 
 4 1 
 
 
 12 
 
 10 
 
 
 
 13 
 
 9 
 
 4 2 
 
 
 12 
 
 11 
 
 
 
 15 
 
 10 
 
 4 5 
 
 
 14 
 
 12 
 
 2 775 
 
 2 725 
 
 15... 
 
 11 
 
 4 6 
 
 <a 
 
 14 
 
 14 
 
 (9) 
 t 266 
 
 '(9) 
 2 366 
 
 22 
 
 12 
 
 4 9 
 
 82 
 
 19 
 
 17 
 
 2 351 
 
 2 329 
 
 17 
 
 13 
 
 4 11 
 
 (6) 
 82 
 
 20 
 
 18 
 
 i) 
 
 2 362 
 
 '(8) 
 2 193 
 
 21. . 
 
 14 
 
 5 1 
 
 97 
 
 21 
 
 19 
 
 2 oil 
 
 2 712 
 
 18 
 
 15 
 
 5 3 
 
 105 
 
 23 
 
 2i 
 
 2*306 
 
 2 236 
 
 5 
 
 16 
 
 5 3 
 
 103 
 
 24 
 
 20 
 
 3 110 
 
 3*020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 35 
 
 Chattanooga public schools. 
 TABLE 5. GIRLS. 
 
 Number. 
 
 
 a 
 
 bo 
 c 
 m 
 
 Average. 
 
 1 
 
 Number. 
 
 
 I 
 
 Average. 
 
 1 
 
 89 
 
 First born 
 
 P.ct. 
 
 28 
 
 P.ct. 
 65 
 
 P.ct. 
 
 7 
 
 135 .. 
 
 Winter born . . 
 
 P.ct. 
 34 
 
 P.ct. 
 60 
 
 P.ct. 
 6 
 
 5H 
 
 
 28 
 
 61 
 
 11 
 
 124 
 
 Blonds 
 
 27 
 
 62 
 
 11 
 
 127 
 
 Later born 
 
 34 
 
 51 
 
 15 
 
 81 
 
 Medium 
 
 34 
 
 63 
 
 13 
 
 139 
 
 Summer bom 
 
 29 
 
 55 
 
 16 
 
 56 
 
 Brunettes 
 
 30 
 
 55 
 
 15 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Washington boys. 
 TABLE 6. WHITE.' 
 
 Number of pupils. 
 
 Nearest 
 age. 
 
 Average 
 height. 
 
 Average 
 weight. 
 
 Number of pupils. 
 
 Nearest 
 age. 
 
 Average 
 height. 
 
 Average 
 weight. 
 
 787 
 
 8 
 
 Inches. 
 48 
 
 Pounds. 
 61 
 
 926. 
 
 13 
 
 Inches. 
 57 
 
 Pounds. 
 79 
 
 878 
 
 9 
 
 50 
 
 56 
 
 784 
 
 14 
 
 59 
 
 88 
 
 930 
 
 10 
 
 52 
 
 61 
 
 528 
 
 15 
 
 - 62 
 
 101 
 
 862 
 
 11 
 
 53 
 
 66 
 
 345 
 
 16 
 
 64 
 
 114 
 
 986 
 
 12 
 
 55 
 
 73 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Chattanooga school children. 
 TABLE 7. WHITE BOYS. 
 
 10 
 
 8 
 
 Inches. 
 49 
 
 Potmds. 
 
 
 
 Inches. 
 
 Pounds. 
 (11 
 
 17 . 
 
 9 
 
 15 
 
 
 47 
 
 13 
 
 57 
 
 8< 
 
 
 
 
 (6) 
 
 35 
 
 14 
 
 60 
 
 9< 
 
 28... 
 
 10 
 
 52 
 
 69 
 
 
 
 
 (12 
 
 39 
 
 11 
 
 54 
 
 77 
 
 16 
 
 15 
 
 63 
 
 10- 
 
 
 
 
 (8) 
 
 12 
 
 16 
 
 63 
 
 11, 
 
 35 
 
 12 
 
 57 
 
 79 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 See "Experimental Study of Children." 
 TABLE 8. WINTER BORN. 
 
 Number of pupils. 
 
 Nearest 
 age. 
 
 Average 
 height. 
 
 Average 
 weight. 
 
 Strength of 
 
 Sensibility to pain. 
 
 Right 
 hand. 
 
 Left 
 hand. 
 
 Right 
 temple. 
 
 Left 
 temple. 
 
 5.. 
 
 8 
 9 
 
 10 
 11 
 
 12 
 13 
 14 
 15 
 
 16 
 
 Ft. in. 
 4 1 
 4 2 
 
 4 5 
 4 6 
 
 4 8 . 
 4 10 
 5 1 
 5 4 
 5 4 
 
 Pounds 
 
 Kilo- 
 grams. 
 14 
 14 
 
 16 
 23 
 
 21 
 24 
 27 
 28 
 33 
 
 Kilo- 
 grams. 
 11 
 12 
 
 13 
 19 
 
 20 
 20 
 25 
 
 27 
 28 
 
 Grams. 
 
 Grams. 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 
 15.. 
 
 (5) 
 71 
 
 ( B 
 ( '% 
 
 92 
 98 
 106 
 105 
 
 (5) 
 3,090 
 (10) 
 2.783 
 
 2,581 
 2,659 
 2,443 
 2,868 
 2,576 
 
 (5) 
 3,080 
 (10) 
 3, 072 
 
 2,509 
 2.746 
 2,511 
 3, 162 
 2, 612 
 
 25 
 
 22 
 
 23 
 
 18. 
 
 8 
 
 4 
 
 
 TABLE 9. SUMMER BORN. 
 
 5 
 
 8 
 
 4 1 
 
 
 14 
 
 13 
 
 
 
 12 
 
 9 
 
 4 3 
 
 
 14 
 
 18 
 
 ( &> 
 
 (1) 
 2 700 
 
 13 
 
 10 
 
 4 4 
 
 16 
 
 15 
 
 
 (1) 
 
 3 350 
 
 (1) 
 2 goo 
 
 13 
 
 11 
 
 4 6 
 
 
 19 
 
 17 
 
 . 700 
 
 2000 
 
 12 
 
 12, 
 
 
 (6) 
 80 
 
 19 
 
 17 
 
 2 566 
 
 2 894 
 
 21 
 
 13 
 
 4 10 
 
 87 
 
 21 
 
 21 
 
 3 064 
 
 Q AQ7 
 
 17 
 
 14 
 
 4 11 
 
 92 
 
 24 
 
 23 
 
 2*890 
 
 2 950 
 
 8.. 
 
 15 
 
 5 2 
 
 (5) 
 103 
 
 30 
 
 OQ 
 
 3 016 
 
 30Q1 
 
 8 
 
 16 
 
 5 3 
 
 108 
 
 34 
 
 
 2*512 
 
 2 415 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
36 
 
 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 TABLE 10. BOYS. 
 
 Number. 
 
 
 a 
 & 
 
 f-t 
 
 PQ 
 
 Average. 
 
 I 
 
 Number. 
 
 
 1 
 
 Average. 
 
 1 
 
 65 
 
 First born . .. 
 
 P.ct. 
 33 
 
 P.ct. 
 50 
 
 P.ct. 
 17 
 
 124 
 
 Winter born 
 
 P.ct. 
 37 
 
 P.ct. 
 44 
 
 P.ct. 
 19 
 
 59 
 
 Second born 
 
 35 
 
 54 
 
 11 
 
 93 
 
 Blondes 
 
 38 
 
 53 
 
 9 
 
 105 
 
 Later born 
 
 32 
 
 56 
 
 12 
 
 91 
 
 Medium 
 
 30 
 
 54 
 
 16 
 
 108 
 
 Summer born 
 
 29 
 
 56 
 
 15 
 
 50 
 
 Brunettes 
 
 30 
 
 52 
 
 8 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Those born in winter are slightly superior mentally to those born in 
 summer. (Table 10.) 
 
 Piiberty and sensibility to pain. Both boys and girls (Table 11) 
 are slightly less sensitive to pain after puberty than before. It was 
 found in the study of the Washington children a that they were more 
 sensitive to locality and heat on the skin before puberty than after. 
 Thus it seems probable that our senses in general are more acute 
 before than after puberty. This accords with the general conclusion 
 that sensibility to pain decreases with age. b 
 
 TABLE 11. Puberty and sensibility to pain, Chattanooga children. 
 
 Puberty. 
 
 X, 
 
 Number 
 of per- 
 sons. 
 
 Sensibility to pain. 
 
 Right tem- 
 poral 
 muscle 
 pressure. 
 
 Left tem- 
 poral 
 muscle 
 pressure. 
 
 Boys: 
 Before puberty 
 
 26 
 105 
 
 50 
 117 
 
 Grams. 
 2,820 
 2, 852 
 
 2,'480 
 2,589 
 
 Grams. 
 2,837 
 2,881 
 
 2,584 
 2,543 
 
 After puberty 
 
 Before puberty 
 
 After puberty 
 
 
 TABLE VL COLORED BOYS. 
 
 Number. 
 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 *5 
 
 Q 
 
 Number. 
 
 
 r 
 
 m 
 
 I 
 
 "3 
 
 Q 
 
 131... 
 
 First born 
 
 P.ct. 
 41 
 
 P.ct. 
 40 
 
 P.ct. 
 19 
 
 27 
 
 Black skin 
 
 P.ct. 
 33 
 
 P.ct. 
 48 
 
 P.ct. 
 19 
 
 69. 
 
 Second born 
 
 37 
 
 38 
 
 25 
 
 
 Brown skin . 
 
 33 
 
 48 
 
 19 
 
 123 
 
 Later born 
 
 37 
 
 56 
 
 7 
 
 156 
 
 Light-brown skin 
 
 36 
 
 44 
 
 20 
 
 66 
 
 Summer born 
 
 42 
 
 31 
 
 27 
 
 174 
 
 Yellow skin 
 
 33 
 
 46 
 
 21 
 
 193 
 
 Winter born 
 
 34 
 
 45 
 
 21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 TABLE 13. COLORED GIRLS. 
 
 127... 
 
 First born 
 
 33 51 
 
 16 
 
 i 45 
 
 Black skin 
 
 40 
 
 44 
 
 1 
 
 88 
 
 Second born. . 
 
 39 44 
 
 14 
 
 1 87 
 
 Brown skin 
 
 41 
 
 45 
 
 1 
 
 199 
 
 Later born 
 
 33 50 
 
 17 
 
 207 
 
 Dark-brown skin 
 
 33 
 
 46 
 
 2 
 
 62 
 
 Summer born 
 
 30 45 
 
 25 
 
 ! 220 
 
 Yellow skin 
 
 35 
 
 54 
 
 1 
 
 239 
 
 Winter born 
 
 31 53 
 
 16 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 "Experimental Study of Children, page 1007. 
 b Experimental Study of Children, page 1113, 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 37 
 
 Colored boys. The first born are slightly superior mentally to 
 both the second and later born. (Table 12.) There appears to be no. 
 relation between different degrees of color of skin and mental ability 
 among the boys. 
 
 Colored girls. The second-born colored girls show a slightly greater 
 mental ability than both the first born and later born. (Table 13.) 
 
 The summer born show a slight superiority mentally to the winter 
 born. (Table 13.) 
 
 Those with light skin (light brown and yellow) show the lowest per- 
 centage of mental ability. (Table 13.) This is not what we would 
 expect from general impressions. But general impressions are some- 
 times based on conspicuous exceptions. 
 
 MEASUREMENTS OF GIRLS IN PRIVATE SCHOOLS AND OF UNIVERSITY 
 
 STUDENTS. a 
 
 It is comparatively recent that scientific method has been applied to 
 the mental side of man. That mind and feeling could be measured 
 quantitively was once generally doubted or ridiculed; but such opposi- 
 tion has ceased almost entirely. Opinion and speculation are often 
 entitled to as much respect as facts, but when they go so far as to 
 oppose or ignore facts, they create a suspicion of their own weakness. 
 The value of opinion varies according to first-hand knowledge. 
 
 There is a somewhat prevalent idea that investigation of mind tends 
 to weaken the basis of morality, but there is very little evidence of 
 this. Morality is more a matter of habit and early training. Some 
 of the worst criminals are theoretically sound in their doctrines, but 
 they have not formed good habits, and so are in contradiction with 
 themselves. 
 
 We give herewith some recent measurements of young women in 
 private schools and of university students. The numbers of individu- 
 als are not as large as one could desire, but we trust that others will 
 take up the work; increasing the number, so that finally the results of 
 such studies may come to possess a high degree of certainty. 
 
 V 
 
 TABLE I. Washington schoolgirls. 
 
 Number of pupils. 
 
 Nearest 
 age. 
 
 Average 
 height. 
 
 Average 
 weight. 
 
 754 
 
 g 
 
 Inches. 
 47 
 
 Pound*. 
 49 
 
 883 
 
 9 
 
 49 
 
 54 
 
 939 * 
 
 10 
 
 51 
 
 58 
 
 931 
 
 11 
 
 53 
 
 64 
 
 876 
 
 12 
 
 56 
 
 73 
 
 966 
 
 13 
 
 58 
 
 82 
 
 833 
 
 14 
 
 60 
 
 93 
 
 655 
 
 15 
 
 62 
 
 100 
 
 450 
 
 16 
 
 62 
 
 105 
 
 323 
 
 17 
 
 63 
 
 110 
 
 151. 
 
 18 
 
 63 
 
 111 
 
 
 
 
 
 MEASUREMENTS OF GIRLS IN PRIVATE SCHOOLS. 
 
 Comparing girls in private schools with Washington and Chat- 
 tanooga schoolgirls, we find them heavier, taller, much stronger, and 
 much more sensitive to pain than girls in public schools. . (Table I, II, 
 
 a Article by writer in the Boston Medical and Surgical Journal, Vol. cxlv, No. 5, 
 pp. 127-129, August 1, 1901. 
 
38 
 
 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 and III.) It would appear that the comforts, refinements, and perhaps 
 luxuries of modern civilization, while beneficial to physical develop- 
 ment, tend to increase sensitiveness to pain. This accords with our 
 previous measurements of Washington school children, where it was 
 shown that children of the nonlaboring classes (mercantile and profes- 
 sional) were superior in circumference of head, in height, sitting 
 height, and weight, but more sensitive to heat and locality on the skin 
 than children of the laboring classes; that is, a superior physical 
 development usually seems to be accompanied with greater acuteness 
 of the sensibilities. 
 
 TABLE II. Chattanooga schoolgirls. 
 
 
 Strength of 
 
 Sensibility to pain. 
 
 Number of pupils. 
 
 Nearest 
 age. 
 
 Average 
 height. 
 
 Average 
 weight 
 
 Right 
 hand. 
 
 Left 
 hand. 
 
 Right 
 temporal 
 muscle. 
 
 Left 
 temporal 
 muscle. 
 
 10 
 
 8 
 9 
 
 10 
 11 
 12 
 
 13 
 14 
 15 
 16 
 
 Inches. 
 
 47 
 50 
 
 52 
 54 
 54 
 
 58 
 61 
 62 
 62 
 
 Pounds. 
 
 Kilo- 
 grams. 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 14 
 
 18 
 
 20 
 21 
 23 
 23 
 
 Kilo- 
 grams. 
 9 
 11 
 
 13 
 13 
 16 
 
 18 
 19 
 21 
 20 
 
 Grams. 
 
 Grams. 
 
 21 
 
 
 
 
 30 
 
 
 (5) 
 2,540 
 (14) 
 2,315 
 (31) 
 2,520 
 (26) 
 2,550 
 2, 687 
 2,460 
 2, 653 
 
 (5) 
 2,830 
 (14) 
 2,415 
 (31) 
 2,590 
 (26) 
 2,445 
 2, 642 
 2, 463 
 2,561 
 
 30 
 
 ' (11) 70 
 
 (3 %7 
 (23) 
 92 
 100 
 101 
 101 
 
 49 .... 
 
 43 
 
 44 
 
 35 
 
 13 
 
 
 Figures in parentheses designate number from which average is made. 
 TABLE III. Girls in private schools. a 
 
 
 Strength of 
 
 Cephalic 
 index. 
 
 Sensibility 
 to pain. 
 
 Number of pupils. . 
 
 Near- 
 est 
 age. 
 
 Aver- 
 age 
 weight. 
 
 Aver- 
 age 
 height. 
 
 Right 
 hand. , 
 
 Left 
 hand. 
 
 Dol- 
 icho. 
 
 Messo. 
 
 Brachy. 
 
 Right 
 tempo- 
 ral. 
 
 Left 
 tempo- 
 ral. 
 
 3 .. . 
 
 10 
 11 
 12 
 13 
 14 
 15 
 16 
 17 
 18 
 19 
 
 Pounds. 
 61 
 71 
 77 
 94 
 106 
 115 
 117 
 114 
 113 
 121 
 
 Inches. 
 
 Kilo- 
 grams. 
 14 
 17 
 23 
 31 
 37 
 38 
 45 
 45 
 54 
 61 
 
 Kilo- 
 grams. 
 12 
 16 
 21 
 27 
 34 
 34 
 41 
 43 
 46 
 58 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 5 
 
 
 Grams. 
 625 
 708 
 525 
 730 
 868 
 773 
 934 
 1,317 
 1,250 
 900 
 
 Grams. 
 565 
 578 
 487 
 716 
 933 
 753 
 1,004 
 1,353 
 1,905 
 900 
 
 6 
 
 1 
 
 A 
 
 1 
 
 4 
 
 7 
 8 
 
 ! 
 
 l 
 
 4 
 
 57 
 62 
 63 
 64 
 64 
 65 
 65 
 64 
 
 
 11 
 
 1 
 1 
 5 
 2 
 3 
 1 
 
 9 
 1 
 
 7 
 
 12 
 
 8 
 2 
 2 
 
 6 
 
 19 
 
 23 
 
 14 
 
 9 .... 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 "These measurements were kindly made for the writer by Misses A. B. Jones and A. E. Palmer, 
 teachers in the schools. 
 
 Girls in private schools are less sensitive to locality on the skin, but 
 more sensitive to pain before puberty than after puberty. (Table IV.) 
 It is difficult to sa}^ why this sense of locality is less before puberty, as 
 the difference is well marked. There seems to be a distinct difference 
 here between the pain sensibility and the locality sensibility. 
 
 Compared with girls in Washington schools, girls in private schools 
 are, contrary to expectation, much less sensitive, both before and after 
 puberty, to locality on the skin. (Table IV.) 
 
A PLAN FOK THR STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 39 
 
 TABLE IV. Sensibilities of girls in private and jwblic schools. 
 
 
 Number 
 of 
 pupils. 
 
 Sensibility to lo- 
 cality. 
 
 Sensibility to pain. 
 
 Right 
 wrist. 
 
 Left 
 wrist. 
 
 Right 
 temporal. 
 
 Left 
 temporal. 
 
 Girls (private schools): 
 Before pubertv 
 
 14 
 80 
 
 186 
 362 
 548 
 
 50 
 117 
 
 mm. 
 18.7 
 17.0 
 
 14.5 
 15.0 
 14.9 
 
 mm. 
 19.2 
 16.6 
 
 13.8 
 13.8 
 13.9 
 
 Grams. 
 664 
 971 
 
 Grams. 
 593 
 
 994 
 
 After puberty 
 
 Girls (Washington): 
 Before pubertv 
 
 After puberty 
 
 
 
 All ages . .... 
 
 
 
 Girls (Chattanooga): 
 Before puberty 
 
 2,480 
 2,589 
 
 2,584 
 2,543 
 
 After pubertv 
 
 
 
 
 
 UNIVERSITY WOMEN, EASTERN STATES (TABLE v). 
 
 Those with poor nutrition, when compared with others, are inferior 
 in weight, sitting height, strength; in distance between orbits, corners 
 of eyes, and from crown to chin, and in distance between zygomatic 
 arches; in short, they are physically inferior in general. 
 
 Comparing the blondes with the brunettes, the blondes are inferior 
 in all measurements except in the distance of crown to chin and dis- 
 tance between zygomatic arches. The blondes are less sensitive to 
 pain. This is in accord with the investigation of this particular point 
 l)\ Miss Carman, in her study of the schools in Saginaw, Mich. a In 
 general the blondes are inferior physically to the brunettes. 
 
 TABLE V. University women. b 
 
 
 , 
 
 
 
 
 GC 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 s 
 
 1 
 
 !>, 
 
 
 JH JJ 
 
 P 
 
 1 
 
 9 
 
 II 
 
 
 fc 
 
 <5 
 
 > 
 
 < 
 
 Nutrition:- 
 
 
 
 
 
 Good 
 
 19 
 
 21 
 
 125 
 
 143 
 
 Fair 
 
 10 
 
 21 
 
 126 
 
 
 Poor _ 
 
 5 
 
 23 
 
 114 
 
 157 
 
 Complexion: 
 
 
 
 
 
 Blonde 
 
 g 
 
 20 
 
 116 
 
 153 
 
 Medium . 
 
 18 
 
 22 
 
 128 
 
 145 
 
 Brunette 
 
 8 
 
 21 
 
 129 
 
 156 
 
 
 
 
 
 Length of 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 #4 
 
 ~* 
 
 
 ,c 
 
 43 
 
 J3 
 
 V 3 
 
 
 s 
 
 s 
 
 
 J5 
 
 Nutrition: 
 
 
 
 
 Good 
 
 57 
 
 57 
 
 62 i 
 
 Fair 
 
 56 
 
 56 
 
 64 < 
 
 Poor 
 
 56 
 
 56 
 
 63 ( 
 
 Complexion: 
 
 
 
 
 Blonde 
 
 56 
 
 56 
 
 62 1 < 
 
 Medium 
 
 57 
 
 57 
 
 63 ( 
 
 Brunette 
 
 57 
 
 57 
 
 63 1 ( 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 1 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 Strength 
 of 
 
 Distance 
 between 
 
 | 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 0) 
 
 
 
 ^, 
 
 "3 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 t* 
 
 ^ T3 
 
 J 
 
 
 *"* ^ : 
 
 b3 
 
 fcn 
 
 e 
 
 he ^ 
 
 *^ g 
 
 -^ tii'S 
 
 "' >. -^ 
 
 
 8 
 
 1 
 
 . 2 
 
 ^ 
 
 S T - 
 
 y c i 
 
 43 
 
 ' 
 161 
 
 89 
 
 77 
 
 64 
 
 99 
 
 29 
 
 234 
 
 58 
 
 164 
 
 89 
 
 79 
 
 64 
 
 100 
 
 28 
 
 235 
 
 57 
 
 163 
 
 88 
 
 66 
 
 57 
 
 97 
 
 23 
 
 230 
 
 68 
 
 158 
 
 88 
 
 76 
 
 65 
 
 95 
 
 29 
 
 230 
 
 15 
 
 162 
 
 89 
 
 75 
 
 62 
 
 101 
 
 29 
 
 236 
 
 66 
 
 163 
 
 89 
 
 79 
 
 64 
 
 99 
 
 27 
 
 233 
 
 Least sensibil- 
 ity to pain. 
 
 14 2,285 I 2,242 
 
 16 1,945 I 1,867 
 
 14 2,670 2,315 
 
 14 2,884 2,315 
 
 14 2,276 2,109 
 
 15 1,931 1.918 
 
 129 
 128 
 125 
 
 126 
 129 
 126 
 
 'Experimental Study of Children, ]>. 1114. 
 
 b Measurements made by Frances A. Kellor of Chicago University and Emily Dunning, M. D., of 
 New York. 
 
40 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 These comparisons from Table V have been given somewhat in 
 detail; but of course the number of persons examined is too small to 
 give weight to the conclusions. 
 
 INTERPRETATION OF PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS. 
 
 We hear a great deal at present about the supposed significance of 
 physical characteristics, anomalies, and the like, in the face, head, 
 mouth, and hands, and not a few earnest people seem to attach mi ch 
 importance to many such signs; but the world of science has as yet 
 shown little confidence in these interpretations of the signs. One, 
 however, should hold himself open to all possible truth. But it is evi- 
 dent that if any of those physical signs are to be proved significant, 
 it must be done by patient observations on a large number of people, 
 faithfully recorded. People must not be selected for such purpose, 
 and all exceptions must be carefully noted and studied. Until this is 
 done few serious investigators can be expected to place much weight 
 on conclusions as to personality drawn from pt^sical characteristics. 
 
 UNIVERSITY STUDENTS, WESTERN STATE. TABLE VI.) 
 
 As a great majority of students have reached adult age, we will 
 compare the students in general as to sensibility to pain. 
 
 The first born (men and women) are more sensitive to pain than the 
 second born. This accords with the investigation by Miss Carman, 
 who found that, in general, sensitiveness to pain decreases in order of 
 birth. 
 
 The second born (men and women) are less sensitive to pain than the 
 later born. This is not in accord with the results of the investigation 
 just mentioned. But in new lines of inquiry with small numbers, ten- 
 tative contradictions are what might be expected. It only shows the 
 necessity of investigation of large numbers if more than preliminary 
 results are to be obtained. Yet, even with small numbers, the probable 
 truth has often been indicated. 
 
 The dolichocephalic (women and men) are less sensitive to pain than 
 the brachycephalic. University women are much more sensitive to 
 pain than university men; this accords with pur previous studies,* 
 in which women were found to be more sensitive to pain than men. 
 In the investigation of the Washington school children, girls were 
 found to be more sensitive to locality on the skin than boys. b It 
 would seem, then, probable that in the female sex there is greater 
 acuteness in sensibilities than in the male sex; but this must not be 
 confounded with the power of endurance in women. 
 
 a Psychological Review, March, 1899. 
 
 b Experimental Study of Children, p. 1005. 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 41 
 
 TABLE VI. University (Western State).* 
 MEN. 
 
 Num- 
 ber of 
 stud- 
 ents. 
 
 
 Sensibility to pain. 
 
 Right 
 temporal. 
 
 Left 
 temporal. 
 
 13 
 23 
 22 
 19 
 13 
 21 
 14 
 34 
 10 
 58 
 
 Blonde . 
 
 Qrams. 
 1,317 
 ,397 
 ,160 
 ,311 
 ,427 
 ,201 
 ,512 
 ,183 
 ,340 
 ,289 
 
 Grams. 
 1,366 
 ,211 
 ,150 
 ,246 
 ,471 
 ,083 
 ,489 
 ,190 
 ,262 
 ,258 
 
 Brunette 
 
 Medium 
 
 First born 
 
 Second born 
 
 Later born ... . 
 
 Dolichocephalic 
 
 Mesocephalic 
 
 Brachycephalic 
 
 
 
 WOMEN. 
 
 8 
 
 Blonde , 
 
 1 
 | 926 
 
 823 
 
 8 
 
 Brunette . . . 
 
 i 885 
 
 848 
 
 22 
 
 Medium 
 
 1 786 
 
 851 
 
 3 
 
 
 i 825 
 
 734 
 
 12 
 
 Second born 
 
 ! 863 
 
 991 
 
 16 
 
 Later born 
 
 i 800 
 
 766 
 
 7 
 
 Dolichocephalic 
 
 820 
 
 948 
 
 15 
 
 Mesocephalic 
 
 926 
 
 894 
 
 16 
 
 Brachycephalic 
 
 817 
 
 804 
 
 38 
 
 
 836 
 
 845 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 
 These measurements were kindly furnished the writer by Prof. B. J. Hawthorne. 
 
 TYPES OF CHILDREN IN GERMANY.* 
 
 Out of 6,758,827 school children in Germany 15 Virchow finds, as 
 shown in Table I, that more than half of the children belong to the 
 mixed type, but more than two-thirds of the rest belong to the blonde 
 type: 
 
 TABLE I. 
 
 Type. 
 
 Number of 
 children. 
 
 Per cent. 
 
 Blonde 
 
 2 149 027 
 
 31 80 
 
 Brunette 
 
 949,822 
 
 14.05 
 
 Mixed 
 
 3, 659, 978 
 
 54 15 
 
 
 
 
 Total. .. 
 
 6, 758, 827 
 
 100 00 
 
 
 
 
 Considering the different colors of hair, as shown in Table II, we 
 see more than two-thirds of the children have blonde hair: 
 
 TABLE II. 
 
 / Color of hair. 
 
 Number of 
 children. 
 
 Per cent. 
 
 Blonde hair 
 
 4 617 546 
 
 68 02 
 
 Brown hair . 
 
 1,988,966 
 
 29.42 
 
 Black hair 
 
 133,864 
 
 1.98 
 
 Red hair 
 
 17 499 
 
 25 
 
 
 
 
 a Article by writer in Pediatrics, Vol. VII, No. 11. 
 
 b Virchow, Arch. f. Anthrop., Bd. XVI., S. 275-475, 1885-86. 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 COLOR OF EYES, HAIR, AND SKIN OF CHILDREN IN GERMANY. 
 
 White children with blue eyes are the most frequent; they are about 
 one-half as frequent as children with blonde hair. Brown eyes con- 
 stitute the smallest number, not over a fourth of the whole number. 
 
 TABLE III. 
 
 Color of eyes. 
 
 Number of 
 children. 
 
 Percent. 
 
 Blue eyes 
 
 2,673 539 
 
 39.65 
 
 Brown eyes 
 
 1 839 214 
 
 27 21 
 
 
 2 242 702 
 
 33 18 
 
 
 
 
 As to the color of the skin we find the percentage of white and 
 brown skin as given in Table IV. 
 
 TABLE IV. 
 
 Color of skin. 
 
 White skin. 
 Brown skin 
 
 Number of 
 children. 
 
 6,184,406 
 571, 628 
 
 Per cent. 
 
 91.50 
 
 8.45 
 
 The majority of those with black hair have a brown skin (Table V). 
 
 As we go west and south in Germany the number of blondes lessens. 
 They are the most frequent in the north. 
 
 If we take the officials of Germany, who belong to the well-to-do 
 classes, we find the largest number of blondes, being 40 or more per- 
 cent, among their children. In the North Friesian Islands the per- 
 centage of blondes is 52.81. 
 
 Among the children of the Government officials, or the well-to-do 
 classes, less than 10 per cent are brunettes. 
 
 In general, there is a relatively greater number of blondes in the 
 country than in the city. 
 
 In the mixed type blue eyes are the most influenced. 
 
 One-third of all the German school children have gray eyes. Another 
 fact is that blonde hair prevails in the mixed combinations, reaching 
 an average of 36.41 per cent. 
 
 Those with brown hair, who are not brunettes, are a branch of the 
 brunettes rather than of the blondes. The hair of women seems to 
 turn dark faster than that of men. 
 
 TABLE V. Percentages. 
 
 
 Blue 
 eyes, 
 blonde 
 hair, 
 white 
 skin. 
 
 Blue 
 eyes, 
 brown 
 hair, 
 white 
 skin. 
 
 Blue 
 eyes, 
 brown 
 hair, 
 brown 
 skin. 
 
 Gray 
 eyes, 
 blonde 
 hair, 
 white 
 skin. 
 
 Gray 
 eyes, 
 brown 
 hair, 
 white 
 skin. 
 
 Gray 
 eyes, 
 brown 
 hair, 
 brown 
 skin. 
 
 Gray 
 
 eyes, 
 black 
 hair, 
 brown 
 skin^ 
 
 Brown 
 
 blonde 
 hair, 
 white 
 skin. 
 
 
 1. 
 
 2. 
 
 3. 
 
 4. 
 
 5. 
 
 6. 
 
 7. 
 
 8. 
 
 Germany 
 
 31 80 
 
 6 20 
 
 1 41 
 
 23 41 
 
 7 05 
 
 1 91 
 
 66 
 
 13 
 
 North Friesian Islands 
 
 52 81 
 
 6 50 
 
 .89 
 
 23. 22 
 
 3.33 
 
 .50 
 
 .13 
 
 6.37 
 
 Prussia, 4,127,766 persons: 
 From 6 to 8 years of age 
 
 35.04 
 
 5.38 
 
 1 
 
 25. 32 
 
 5.47 
 
 1.28 
 
 .37 
 
 14.56 
 
 Over 8 to 10 years of age 
 Over 10 to 12 vears of age 
 
 38.33 
 34 39 
 
 6.13 
 6 48 
 
 1.34 
 1 25 
 
 23.79 
 24 19 
 
 6.13 
 6.73 
 
 1.65 
 1 61 
 
 .46 
 44 
 
 12.49 
 11.99 
 
 Over 12 to 14 years of age 
 
 31 89 
 
 5 96 
 
 1 
 
 25 57 
 
 7 37 
 
 1 44 
 
 37 
 
 11 74 
 
 To 14 years of age 
 
 38.59 
 
 6.11 
 
 1.27 
 
 24.09 
 
 6.20 
 
 1.58 
 
 .45 
 
 12.65 
 
 Over 14 years of age 
 
 26. 25 
 
 6 32 
 
 1.05 
 
 24. 43 
 
 9.63 
 
 1.91 
 
 .58 
 
 10.19 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A PLAN FOB THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 TABLE V. Percentages Continued. 
 
 
 Brown 
 eyes, 
 brown 
 hair, 
 white 
 skin. 
 
 Brown 
 eyes, 
 brown 
 hair, 
 brown 
 skin. 
 
 Brown 
 eyes, 
 black 
 hair, 
 brown 
 skin. 
 
 Blue 
 eyes, 
 red 
 hair, 
 white 
 skin, 
 
 Gray 
 eyes, 
 red 
 hair, 
 white 
 skin. 
 
 Brown 
 eyes, 
 red 
 hair, 
 white 
 skin, 
 
 Other 
 com- 
 bina- 
 tions. 
 
 Whole 
 number. 
 
 
 9. 
 
 10. 
 
 11. 
 
 12. 
 
 & 
 
 14. 
 
 15. 
 
 
 Germany 
 
 9.70 
 
 3.14 
 
 1.21 
 
 0.10 
 
 0.07 
 
 0.06 
 
 0.28 
 
 6,758 827 
 
 North Friesian Islands 
 
 3.29 
 
 .93 
 
 .55 
 
 .46 
 
 .09 
 
 
 .84 
 
 2 369 
 
 Prussia, 4,127,766 persons: 
 From 6 to 8 years of age 
 
 8.32 
 
 2.18 
 
 .58 
 
 .12 
 
 .10 
 
 .08 
 
 .20 
 
 546,949 
 
 Over 8 to 10 years of age 
 
 8.02 
 
 2.47 
 
 .73 
 
 .11 
 
 .08 
 
 .06 
 
 .21 
 
 2,156 025 
 
 Over 10 to 12 years of age 
 Over 12 to 14 years of age 
 
 8.88 
 10.42 
 
 2.59 
 2.69 
 
 .84 
 .91 
 
 .13 
 .13 
 
 .11 
 
 .11 
 
 .07 
 .07 
 
 .30 
 .33 
 
 692,839 
 190,583 
 
 To 14 years of age . . 
 
 8.34 
 
 2.45 
 
 .75 
 
 12 
 
 .09 
 
 .07 
 
 24 
 
 4 070 923 
 
 Over 14 years of age 
 
 13 01 
 
 3 69 
 
 1 73 
 
 08 
 
 09 
 
 09 
 
 98 
 
 56 843 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 From an examination of Table 5 it will be seen that the darkening 
 of the hair is very slight in the pure brown type, and in the mixed 
 form with gray eyes it hardly appears, at least during school days. 
 But darkening of the hair is very frequent in the pure blonde type, 
 where it reaches the highest per cent. 
 
 HAIR OF OTHER NATIONALITIES COMPARED WITH HAIR. OF GERMANS. 
 
 In comparing the results of observations of school children of other 
 nations the following table is made from Virchow's data. A striking 
 feature is the small number of blondes in Switzerland. This may be 
 due to the fact (Virchow) that the country districts were not studied. 
 
 TABLE VI. 
 
 Country. 
 
 Number of 
 school, 
 children. 
 
 Blondes. 
 
 Bru- 
 nettes. 
 
 Blonde 
 hair. 
 
 Brown 
 and black 
 hair. 
 
 Germany 
 
 6, 758, 827 
 
 Per cent. 
 31.80 
 
 Per cent. 
 14.05 
 
 Percent. 
 
 Per cent. 
 
 Belgium 
 
 608 698 
 
 
 27 50 
 
 
 
 Switzerland 
 
 405,609 
 
 11.10 
 
 25.70 
 
 ...... 
 
 
 Austria *-.... 
 
 2, 304, 501 
 
 19.79 
 
 23.17 
 
 44.99 
 
 54.84 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Total 
 
 10, 077, 636 
 
 
 
 ... 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 LONG HEAD AND BROAD HEAD. 
 
 About all European peoples show two different forms of head, a 
 long and small and a short and broad head. Formerly in Germany 
 the long head prevailed, being called the Germanic type, but in recent 
 times short, broad heads have increased, till now they constitute the 
 largest number. a 
 
 RELATION OF COLOR OF SKIN, HAIR, AND EYES. 
 
 The color of the skin, which stands in a certain relation with color 
 of hair and eyes, is an important characteristic for distinguishing races; 
 but in Germany, as in other European countries, there is no uniform 
 relation. Blonde and brown people follow one another in most places, 
 and to-day only a few peoples are wholly blonde. It seems as if bru- 
 nettes were increasing daily. According to Virchow, if it could be 
 shown that the long-headed people were blonde and light colored, and 
 
 "For measurements of Polish and Italian children, see Hearing before House 
 Judiciary Committee on bill for laboratory, etc. 
 
44 
 
 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 the short-headed brunette and dark colored, the course of the mixture 
 and the spread of different peoples (also in prehistoric terms) would 
 present valuable information. 
 
 There is in typical individuals of a race a more or less constant rela- 
 tion between the colors of the skin, hair, and eyes. Frequently all are 
 dark, often they are all light. 
 
 Virchow assumes that since there was never a dark race with light 
 hair, although originally blonde hair can become in adult age dark, 
 that those persons who between the ages of 6 and 1-t have blonde hair 
 should be considered as belonging to a blonde race. There is no race 
 of which the skin, hair, or iris is wholly without pigment. Albinism 
 is a pathological condition. No definite lines can be drawn dividing 
 blondes from brunettes. Every individual has a tendency to a darker 
 shade. 
 
 The majority of children are born with, blue eyes, but with very 
 many the blue soon changes into a brown. This change begins in the 
 first week in life; after -two years the permanent color is in most cases 
 determined. 
 
 The change of color in the hair is much slower. The majority- of 
 children have blonde hair at birth. It becomes dark gradually, some- 
 times not till after puberty. The same is generally true of the skin, 
 only the darkening process extends further into later life. In white 
 races elderly people always have a more colored skin than young peo- 
 ple; the difference is more of quantity than quality. 
 
 Since there is a certain parallelism in the color of skin, hair, and 
 eyes, persons with blue eyes, blonde hair, and white skin are called 
 "blondes," those with brown eyes, brown hair, and brown skin 
 "brunettes." But there is a large number of combinations of less 
 significance. The white races especially show great individual varia- 
 bility in combinations. In making these divisions individuals are gen- 
 erally taken between the ages of 20 and 25. 
 
 The general results of the investigation in the schools of Germany 
 are confirmed by similar studies in Austria, Belgium, and Switzerland. 
 The number of children is so great (over 10,000 000) that these results 
 must be considered as fairly well established. 
 
 GROWTH AND SOCIOLOGICAL CONDITIONS. a 
 
 The following investigations in juvenile anthropometry show experi- 
 mentally the influence of sociological surroundings upon the growth 
 of children. 
 
 TABLE I. 
 
 Number 
 of 
 persons. 
 
 Age. 
 
 Average 
 weight. 
 
 Average 
 heigh'. 
 
 Average 
 chest girth. 
 
 Average 
 lung 
 capacity. 
 
 Average 
 muscular 
 force. 
 
 
 Year s 
 
 Kilos. 
 
 Cm. 
 
 Cm. 
 
 C.Cm. 
 
 Kilos, 
 
 9 . 
 
 10 
 
 24.51 
 
 126. 3 
 
 61 
 
 1,660 
 
 66.5 
 
 34. 
 
 11 
 
 26.18 
 
 128.1 
 
 61.2 
 
 1,700 
 
 68.5 
 
 45. 
 
 12 
 
 28.38 
 
 132. 1 
 
 62.8 
 
 1,860 
 
 79 
 
 41. 
 
 13 
 
 31.75 
 
 137.5 
 
 65.2 
 
 2,045 
 
 95 
 
 28. 
 
 14 
 
 33.06 
 
 140 
 
 66.4 
 
 2,100 
 
 105 
 
 23. 
 
 15 
 
 39.36 
 
 148.6 
 
 69.5 
 
 2, 445 
 
 118.T) 
 
 15. 
 
 16 
 
 41.47 
 
 151.2 
 
 70.3 
 
 2,485 
 
 121 
 
 9 . 
 
 17 
 
 43.20 
 
 151.3 
 
 71.6 
 
 2,660 
 
 136 
 
 6 ... 
 
 18 
 
 44.55 
 
 154.3 
 
 72.6 
 
 3,115 
 
 142 
 
 4 ... 
 
 19 
 
 46.65 
 
 156 
 
 74.2 
 
 3,125 
 
 150 
 
 a Article by writer in the Boston Medical and Surgical Journal. 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 45 
 
 Influence of unfavorable conditions on the life and physical develop- 
 ment of youth is shown in Table 1, by Pagliani. 
 
 These measurements were made on the inmates of an institution in 
 Italy. 
 
 In Table II, by Weissenberg, the number in some of the groups is 
 not large, but the figures show a general regularity. The poor are 
 less in neight and weight than the wealthy classes. 
 
 INFLUENCE OF POVERTY ON NUTRITION. 
 
 In Table 111 Vazhnoff shows the influence of unfavorable conditions 
 on nutrition among Russian children. 
 
 According to Liharzik, growth is regular, and all deviation tends to 
 produce disease, as disease also produces deviation. A large head is 
 frequently accompanied with a contracted chest; here mental action 
 ma} 7 be slow probabty from deficient supply of purified blood. Boys 
 of small frames often have rather large heads and are deficient in 
 repose of character. Citj^-bred children are usually more vivacious, 
 but have less power of endurance than children reared in the country. 
 
 TABLE II. 
 
 Age. 
 
 Length of body. 
 
 Poor. 
 
 Middle 
 classes. 
 
 Weight of body. 
 
 Poor. 
 
 Middle 
 classes. 
 
 Strength of lift. 
 
 10 years. 
 
 11 years. 
 
 12 years. 
 
 13 years. 
 
 Om. 
 
 124.2 
 
 125.9 
 
 130.8 
 
 133.3 
 
 Cm. 
 124.7 
 128.0 
 134.5 
 137.7 
 
 Cm. 
 125.6 
 131.5 
 137.8 
 140.4 
 
 Kilos. 
 25.95 
 26.99 
 29.03 
 32.23 
 
 Kilos. 
 25.69 
 27.29 
 30.75 
 33.34 
 
 Kilos. 
 25.25 
 27.28 
 31.97 
 34.74 
 
 Kilos. I 
 36.2 
 40.1 
 49.4 
 54.5 
 
 Kilos. 
 34.6 
 40.7 
 54.2 
 60.8 
 
 Kilos. 
 32.1 
 40.1 
 53.2 
 60.5 
 
 Age. 
 
 13 years 
 
 14 years 
 
 15 years 
 
 16 years 
 
 17 years 
 
 18 years 
 
 19 years 
 
 20 years 
 
 21-25 years 
 
 26-30 years 
 
 31-40 years.... 
 41-^0 years 
 
 Length of body. 
 Tailor. 
 
 Weight of body. 
 
 Diddle 
 
 class. 
 
 Cm. 
 138.4 
 144.4 
 147.7 
 152.5 
 160.0 
 159. 
 161.0 
 164.5 | 
 162.5 ! 
 162.9 ! 
 162.4 ' 
 164.1 
 
 Om. 
 
 137.7 
 144.8 
 148. 2 
 155.8 
 160.1 
 161.1 
 164.1 
 164.0 
 164.8 
 165.9 
 164.3 
 164.2 
 
 gmith . 
 
 Cm. 
 
 138.4 
 
 143.8 
 
 145.9 
 
 149.7 
 
 157.4 
 
 161.0 
 
 165.0 
 
 163.3 
 
 166.5 
 
 167.8 
 
 167.2 
 
 164.8 
 
 Tailor . 
 
 Kilos. 
 33.52 
 37.47 
 40.07 
 45.52 
 60.10 
 50.76 
 54.24 
 54.67 
 55.37 
 56.91 
 58. 09 
 59. 53 
 
 Middle 
 class. 
 
 Kilos. 
 33.34 
 37.89 
 40.98 
 46.34 
 51.40 
 53.98 
 56.75 
 56.60 
 58. 51 
 61.69 
 60.45 
 62.92 
 
 Smith 
 
 Kilos. 
 
 36.59 
 40.30 
 40.87 
 51.40 
 52.84 
 61.50 
 57.10 
 61.69 
 63.86 
 63.91 
 62.40 
 
 Strength of lift. 
 
 Middle 
 
 Kilos. 
 65.4 
 80.3 
 81.9 
 97.1 
 98.7 
 120.8 
 123. 
 124. 7 
 132.0 
 126.4 
 105.0 
 97.30 
 
 Tailor. Smith 
 
 Kilos. 
 60.8 
 80.1 
 90.6 
 107.2 
 119.9 
 129.6 
 143.4 
 149.9 
 143.7 
 142. 8 
 133.0 
 124.5 
 
 Kilos. 
 67.0 
 80.3 
 89.7 
 111.7 
 138.0 
 136.8 
 175.0 
 175. 2 
 185.5 
 170.9 
 165.0 
 152. 5 
 
 In the report of the anthropometric committee of the British Asso- 
 ciation for the Advancement of Science are given the results of 
 observations in over 50,000 individuals. In Table IV is shown how 
 the growth lessens as we go lower in the social scale; there is a. 
 difference of 5 inches in average statures between the best and worst 
 nurtured classes in the community. 
 
 From this table will be seen the relative statures of boys of the age 
 of 11 to 12 3^ears under different social and physical conditions of 
 
46 
 
 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 life. The zigzag line running through' the means shows the lowering 
 of stature as the boys are farther and farther removed from the most 
 favorable conditions of growth. 
 
 WELL-TO-DO CLASSES SUPERIOR IN HEIGHT AND WEIGHT. 
 
 Dr. Paul Hasse in 1880 measured 2,806 children in Gohlis-Leipzig 
 1,386 boys and 1,420 girls. The average heights and weights at differ- 
 ent ages are shown in Table V. 
 
 TABLE III. 
 
 Age. 
 
 Nutrition. 
 
 Boys. 
 
 Girls. 
 
 Poor. 
 
 Medium. 
 
 Good. 
 
 Total 
 num- 
 ber. 
 
 Poor. 
 
 Medium. 
 
 Good. 
 
 Total 
 num- 
 ber. 
 
 Num- 
 ber. 
 
 Per 
 
 cent. 
 
 25 
 21 
 20 
 13 
 17 
 
 Num- 
 ber. 
 
 Per 
 
 cent. 
 
 Num- 
 ber. 
 
 Per 
 cent. 
 
 Num- 
 ber. 
 
 Per 
 cent. 
 
 Num- 
 ber. 
 
 Per 
 cent. 
 
 Num- 
 ber. 
 
 Per 
 cent. 
 
 38 
 44 
 69 
 16 
 
 1 year 
 
 51 
 38 
 22 
 7 
 2 
 
 90 
 68 
 43 
 25 
 4 
 
 44 
 37 
 39 
 47 
 36 
 
 64 
 76 
 45 
 21 
 5 
 1 
 
 31 
 42 
 41 
 40 
 
 47 
 
 205 
 182 
 110 
 53 
 11 
 1 
 
 20 
 7 
 2 
 1 
 
 25 
 15 
 10 
 16 
 
 30 
 19 
 4 
 4 
 1 
 
 37 
 41 
 21 
 68 
 
 31 
 20 
 13 
 1 
 2 
 
 81 
 46 
 19 
 6 
 3 
 
 2 years 
 3 years 
 
 4 years 
 
 5 years. 
 6 years 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Total... 
 
 120 
 
 21.3 
 
 230 
 
 40.9 
 
 212 
 
 37.7 
 
 562 
 
 30 
 
 19 
 
 58 
 
 37 
 
 67 
 
 44 
 
 155 
 
 TABLE IV. 
 
 Height. 
 
 Total 
 num- 
 ber of 
 obser- 
 vations. 
 
 Public 
 schools, 
 coun- 
 try. 
 
 Middle-class 
 schools. 
 
 Elementary schools. 
 
 Milita- 
 ry asy- 
 lums. 
 
 Indus- 
 trial 
 schools. 
 
 Upper 
 towns. 
 
 Lower 
 towns. 
 
 Agri- 
 cultu- 
 ral la- 
 borers, 
 coun- 
 try. 
 
 Arti- 
 sans, 
 towns. 
 
 Factories and 
 workshops. 
 
 Coun- 
 try. 
 
 Towns. 
 
 
 6 
 16 
 35 
 66 
 118 
 230 
 329 
 361 
 
 441 
 370 
 
 367 
 252 
 132 
 102 
 22 
 12 
 1 
 
 2 
 2 
 9 
 11 
 21 
 28 
 33 
 15 
 
 14 
 6 
 
 7 
 2 
 
 
 3 
 5 
 8 
 13 
 
 27 
 57 
 68 
 58 
 
 
 1 
 2 
 
 4 
 4 
 15 
 24 
 26 
 
 36 
 
 
 
 
 
 3 
 9 
 17 
 23 
 35 
 53 
 
 2 
 5 
 4 
 14 
 32 
 47 
 47 
 
 
 1 
 2 
 
 7 
 15 
 33 
 46 
 
 84 
 
 118 
 123 
 
 143 
 114 
 76 
 59 
 
 7 
 10 
 
 
 58 inches 
 
 2 
 5 
 
 10 
 13 
 36 
 34 
 
 5 
 
 JB1 
 
 46 
 31 
 11 
 
 5 
 3 
 
 
 57 inches 
 
 5 
 ' 3 
 17 
 20 
 38 
 
 59 
 57 
 
 61 
 40 
 20 
 13 
 7 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 56 inches 
 
 55 inches 
 54 inches 
 
 
 2 
 4 
 
 6 
 10 
 11 
 
 10 
 6 
 3 
 1 
 1 
 
 53 inches 
 
 55 
 37 
 25 
 
 23 
 8 
 3 
 
 52 inches 
 
 61 
 40 
 
 27 
 20 
 1 
 4 
 
 58 
 36 
 
 32 
 14 
 7 
 5 
 1 
 
 51 inches 
 50 inches. . . . 
 
 28 
 
 17 
 12 
 4 
 7 
 1 
 
 49 inches 
 
 48 inches 
 
 47 inches 
 
 46 inches 
 
 
 
 45 inches 
 
 
 
 
 44 inches 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 43 inches 
 
 42 inches. 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Total 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 2, 862 
 
 150 
 
 294 
 
 392 
 
 304 
 
 181 
 
 293 
 
 52.17 
 52 
 
 341 
 
 840 
 
 66 
 
 Average height 
 Mean height 
 
 52.60 
 52.5 
 
 54.98 
 55 
 
 53.85 
 54 
 
 53.70 
 53.5 
 
 53.01 
 53 
 
 52.60 
 52.5 
 
 51.56 
 51.5 
 
 51.20 
 51 
 
 50.02 
 50 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 47 
 
 Comparing the poor with the well-to-do classes, the results show 
 that for boys of the same age the height varies from 0.7 to 4 centime- 
 ters in favor of the well-to-do classes; for girls it varies from 1.7 to 
 4.1 centimeters in favor of the well-to-do. The children of the well- 
 to-do classes excel also in weight for the same age; for boys the excess 
 runs from 0.3 to 4.7 pounds; for girls from 1.6 to 4.6 pounds. In 
 general the difference between the classes is not so great as in other 
 places, as in Freiburg and Turin, except in Bost<5n, where the differ- 
 ence between the classes is less marked. 
 
 Hasse also gives data concerning the weak or defective children, who 
 generally can not attend school regularly. Such children are usually 
 abnormally developed or have some chronic ailment. In the primary 
 schools 9 per cent belonged to this class. A striking fact is this, that 
 in many cases these children in certain years were over normal that 
 is, were taller and heavier than other children. 
 
 This suggests that there is a certain normal relation between mental 
 and physical development, the finding of which is one of the aims of 
 anthropometry. 
 
 TABLE V. 
 
 Age. 
 
 Height. 
 
 Weight. 
 
 Boys. 
 
 Girls. 
 
 Boys. 
 
 Girls. 
 
 6-7 vears 
 
 Cm. 
 110.2 
 114.4 
 119.4 
 123.9 
 129. 1 
 132.4 
 138.2 
 140.7 
 146.2 
 
 Cm. 
 109.3 
 113.7 
 117.7 
 124.0 
 128.6 
 133.9 
 139.5 
 145.1 
 149.1 
 
 Pounds. 
 42.7 
 45.8 
 49.3 
 53.4 
 57.5 
 61.9 
 69.1 
 71.8 
 79.8 
 
 Pounds. 
 40.9 
 44.7 
 48.1 
 52.4 
 57.0 
 63.2 
 70.5 
 77.2 
 86.5 
 
 7-8 years . . 
 
 8-9 years 
 
 9-10 years . . 
 
 10-11 years. 
 
 11-12 years 
 
 12-13 years 
 
 13-14 years 
 
 Over 14 years 
 
 
 HYPNOTISM." 
 
 In a new line of inquiry, although the phenomena may be as old as 
 mankind, there inevitably arises a confusion of ideas. Each investi- 
 gator starts out from some special point. At first the facts are isolated 
 and often seem to be contradictory. But as investigation progresses, 
 increasing greatly the number of data, points that had little meaning 
 come to assume in the light of other facts a definite significance. Then 
 classification begins, and we see the foundation of a science gradually 
 forming. Such in brief has been the course of hypnotism. 
 
 When in France some ten years ago many cures by hypnotic sug- 
 gestion were reported, the Germans, who had little confidence in the 
 French, were naturally incredulous, and, with the exception of a few 
 men, regarded these cures as mythical. Here, as in other instances, the 
 French have shown themselves to be the innovators. But the Ger- 
 mans, though cautious at first, never fail, when once they have entered 
 a field, to carry investigations on with their well-known thoroughness. 
 
 One of the men. who were instrumental in introducing the study of 
 hypnotism into Germany was Professor Forel, of Zurich. At this time 
 the writer had the privilege of attending his clinics. Many experiments 
 
 a Article by writer in The Chautauquan. 
 
48 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 were made. Forel, in the presence of the class, hypnotized a trained 
 nurse and extracted a tooth without her feeling it in the least. In another 
 experiment he told her, while in the hypnotic state, that at the next meet- 
 ing of the class she must take his hat down from its place when he began 
 to lecture and place it on his manuscript. This was done in the pres- 
 ence of the class. In a week from this time, when the next lecture 
 took place, as Forel began to speak, the nurse arose, then hesitated 
 somewhat, and finally took his hat down from the nail upon which it 
 was hanging and placed it upon his manuscript. She was of course in 
 her normal state, not knowing she had been told to do this a week 
 before when in the hypnotic condition. Her hesitation was due to her 
 normal disinclination to the impropriety of interrupting the professor 
 in this way. But her normal hesitant feeling was not strong enough 
 to overcome the command which was impressed upon her very forcibly 
 the week before, while she was in a hypnotic condition. There were, 
 so to speak, two selves in conflict, her normal self and her hypnotic 
 self, and the stronger self prevailed. Forel admitted in both experi- 
 ments that he could not be certain that the hypnotic command would 
 be obeyed. He repeated the command to her several times with much 
 emphasis, saying, "You must take my hat down; you can not help it; 
 it is absurd not to do it," " Your tooth will not hurt; you can not feel 
 it; you will not know it is out." 
 
 It is unnecessary to remark that this uncertainty of causing the 
 h3 r pnotic self to control the normal self would seem to make the appli- 
 cation of hypnotism in most surgical operations impracticable. The 
 reader may ask, Could a criminal command be so enforced upon one in 
 a hypnotic stateas to result in an overt act in the waking state; that is, 
 is a post-hypnotic crime possible? An answer to this question would 
 take us too far at present, but it may be said, in a general way, that it 
 depends upon the strength of the normal moral self, whether the crimi- 
 nal hypnotic self can overpower it. It is obvious that it would be 
 easier to hypnotize a person to commit a crime who had already done 
 such things. Thus moral habits, well formed, are a safeguard under 
 all conditions, for even in the hypnotic self they rise up unknown to 
 the normal self and resist the operator's criminal suggestion. 
 
 In this study we wish to deal with the curative side of hypnotism, 
 and more especially with recent experiments and views of French 
 specialists. 
 
 If waking is the true expression of the active and free mind, sleep, 
 on the contrary, is the expression to a variable degree of its non- 
 activity. The complete isolation in which sleep places the sleeper in 
 removing him from all cause of distraction and the auto-suggestion to 
 put his mind and organism in repose produce a reparative and benefi- 
 cial effect, which gradually, by the distribution of the nervous forces, 
 restore the equilibrium disturbed by work while waking. Hypnotic 
 sleep is produced by the same concentration of mind as ordinary sleep, 
 but instead of being due, as in the latter case, to self-suggestion, it is 
 effected by suggestion from without. 
 
 Subjects plunged artificially into the most profound sleep, in place 
 of a general and absolute isolation of the senses, may retain a slight 
 connection of thought and sensation with the hypnotist alone. This is 
 because they fall asleep thinking of him, and their active thought con- 
 tinues automatically from them to him. The proof of this is that the 
 subject only performs acts suggested by the hypnotist. If prolonged 
 
A PLAN FOB THE STUDY OF MAN. 49 
 
 natural sleep, effected by an habitual and unconscious suggestion, 
 restores poise and nervous energy, all the more has artificial sleep, 
 properly directed, like results, especially if prolonged for some time. 
 Simple affirmations to the waking subject sometimes have the power 
 to produce curative effects, and these affirmations may become much 
 more efficacious if they are made during artificial sleep. In this case 
 the subject, isolated from the world and retaining but a greatly dimin- 
 ished sensibility, can not be distracted by impressions previously felt. 
 At the same time his will has lost its initiative; he accepts and submits 
 to what is imposed on his mind. 
 
 Incitation, which is called suggestion, addressed to the mind of the 
 sleeper, whose inert nervous force is centered in the idea of sleep, must 
 without resistance direct this force by turns to any part of the organ- 
 ism; from this results an action on the organs in proportion to the 
 amount of attention fixed on the idea of sleep. When a suggestion is 
 made to cure the sleeping patient, deprived of initiative power, it 
 causes either a depression or an excitation of an organ or a part of the 
 nervous system; or the brain diminishes its active influence on the 
 tissues according as the nervous force is accumulated in it; or, on the 
 contrary, it augments this influence in the same proportion. The more 
 emphasis there is centered on the idea of sleep the greater become the 
 curative effects obtained by suggestion; that is, the nearer we bring 
 the subject to a state of profound somnambulism, the more susceptible 
 we render him to a quick and complete cure. 
 
 Whatever method may be employed to obtain the cure of the sick 
 submitted to suggestion, whether simple affirmations of suggestive 
 force are made to them when awake, or whether favorable emotions 
 are produced, we induce in the diseased organs effects either sedative 
 or exciting according to the curative idea which we express. These 
 actions could not be produced if the mental and physical faculties were 
 not transformable, if the mind was not closely allied to the matter. 
 Suggestions can not cure all morbid affections, but it has at least, and 
 especially in sleep, a beneficial influence over them, even those which 
 are incurable. 
 
 With the aid of Professors Bernheim, Beaunis, and Liegeois, Liebault 
 was enabled to produce on a hysterical somnambulist the apparitions 
 of reddening spots on the skin, blisters, and stigmata by the single action 
 of the idea they had suggested. On other subjects they obtained sep- 
 arately like results. If emotion is added to the power of suggestion 
 to reenforce it, the results are stifl more decided. In two somnambu- 
 lists they were able by simple suggestion to produce the slightest 
 modifications in the skin. As a result of strong emotion added to sug- 
 gestion they caused a redness in the form of a double cross to appear 
 on the hand of one, and blisters of the epidermis on the hand of the 
 other, which took several days to entirely pass away. 
 
 The suggestion during natural sleep must be made without the con- 
 sent of the patient and not at his instigation. Suppose the conscious- 
 ness of the sleeping subject to have been previously freed from all 
 imaginative representation and a receptivity created similar to that of 
 the ordinary hypnotic subject and conformable to the laws of tho 
 diminution of consciousness. The intervention itself must convey sug- 
 gestions, distinctly articulated, in such manner that there is synchro- 
 nism between the emissions of the voice of the therapeutical psychologist 
 and the respiratory movements of the subject. It would be well to 
 
 S. Doc. 400 4 
 
50 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 suspend the intervention whenever the patient gave evidence of waking 
 up or his respiration quickened. The suggestion should never be 
 brusque or sudden, and the beginning and end should be thus: The one 
 gradually increased, the other progressively diminished, but both 
 enunciated in a purposely drawling and monotonous voice. When the 
 suggestion is finished the subject must continue to sleep, to dream of 
 the things suggested, and not to waken until the hour determined upon. 
 
 Suggestion during natural sleep has right to a prominent place in the 
 treatment of mental diseases. It also finds place in the diverse branches 
 of the psycho-therapeutic domain. In this way we may learn more as 
 to the psychology of sleep. 
 
 Mesmerism, hypnotism, and suggestion are perhaps effects of the 
 same cause, but these effects are certainty produced under different 
 conditions and according to different laws. Boirac agrees with Durand 
 de Gros that suggestion and mesmerism are two distinct agents equally 
 real and independent one from the other, which can counterfeit each 
 other as they can also combine for the production of common effects. 
 Thus there may be suggestion without mesmerism and mesmerism with- 
 out suggestion. There may be a pseudo-mesmerism which is but sug- 
 gestion, and a pseudo-suggestion which is only mesmerism; finally, 
 there may be inseparable mesmerism and suggestion; suggestive mes- 
 merism or mesmeric suggestion. That suggestion exists without mes- 
 merism is continually proved. "When," says Boirac, " without 
 looking at or touching a subject, I say, 'Close your eyes; now you can 
 not open them,' and he vainly tries to do so; when I add, 'They will 
 open of themselves when I have counted seven, 'and the effect announced 
 is produced, it is evident that mesmerism has nothing to do with the 
 phenomena and they must be explained by suggestion alone." 
 
 But suggestion is not only independent of mesmerism, it can in many 
 cases take its place, or rather simulate all its effects. Here, for exam- 
 ple, is an experiment often tried with certain subjects: I place my 
 open hand above the hand of the subject. After several seconds he 
 declares that he feels a very strong impression of heat; presently this 
 heat becomes intolerable and he begs me to take my hand away. I 
 reply that I do not hinder him from withdrawing his, but after unsuc- 
 cessful effort he declares it impossible, and, in fact, the hand seems to 
 be paralyzed. Nevertheless it moves, rises or falls as soon as I make 
 these movements, as if an invisible thread attached them. Would one 
 not believe oneself to be in the presence of a veritable magnetic 
 phenomenon? Yet there is nothing but the counterfeit of magnetism 
 by suggestion. To convince oneself it is only necessary to change 
 one condition of the experiment, that which permits operator and sub- 
 ject to suggest unknown to each other. Example: I say to the subject, 
 " Close your eyes; now you can not open them," and the subject makes 
 vain efforts to unseal the lids. If then I begin by holding my hand 
 above his *to make it rise or fall, as he is not apprised by sight he feels 
 nothing and does not move. My hand, a moment before so efficacious, 
 no longer exercises any influence. But there are cases where, sug- 
 gestion being eliminated, the magnetic effects remain just as distinct 
 and complete, the subject being truly magnetic and pseudo-magnetic 
 or purely suggestible. 
 
 It is evident that suggestible subjects with whom we can obtain the 
 counterfeit of magnetism are more common than the true magnetic 
 
A PLAN FOB THE STUDY OF MAN. 51 
 
 subjects, therefore Bernheim and all pure suggestionists are of good 
 faith when they claim to have victoriously refuted mesmerism. 
 
 Boirac cites two out of five cases of persons who possessed this 
 remarkable element. The one, G. P., a young electrician; the other, 
 L. V., a student of law and philosophy. In experimenting with them 
 precaution was always taken to bandage the eyes; then they were told 
 to tell as soon as they felt anything, under these conditions the most 
 varied and precise effects were obtained in all parts of the body, corre- 
 sponding to positions and movements of the operator. 
 
 In the case of G. P., Boirac once placed mesmerism and suggestion 
 in opposition. He says, "I told him I wished to experiment on the 
 time necessary to produce the magnetic effect and asked him to tell 
 me the instant he began to feel it. I said I would act exclusively by 
 attraction in his right hand and asked him to concentrate all his atten- 
 tion on that side. After this preparatory suggestion 1 said. M begin,' 
 making a movement with my rignt hand but without placing it oppo- 
 site that of my subject. At the end of two or three minutes the sub- 
 ject, who was very attentive, murmured: 'It is strange, but I feel 
 absolutely nothing, 1 then suddenly, 4 Oh! I do feel something, only it is 
 in the left hand and is not an attraction, but a tingling or pricking.' r 
 Boirac'had, in fact, silently placed his left hand (which always produced 
 tingling, while the right produced attraction) close to the left knee of 
 
 This proves, in this case at least, that suggestion is powerless to sim- 
 ulate the effect of magnetism. When the subject is eminently suggest- 
 ible, he may be advised to fix all his attention on one of his hands, 
 being told that he will feel attracted by an irresistible force. As soon 
 as the operator says, " I begin," the subject's hand rises, although the 
 operator has made no movement. In this instance suggestion simu- 
 lates magnetic action perfectly, but if at the same time, without saying 
 anything, the operator places his right hand vis-a-vis to his other one 
 it will be attracted, the two effects being simultaneous. Identical in 
 appearance, they are in realit} 7 produced by two distinct causes the 
 one by magnetism, the other by suggestion. 
 
 Again, the subject being still in the charmed or credulous condition, 
 it is suggested that, in order to act exclusively on one side of his body, 
 the operator will render the other inert, and he ascertains that there 
 is, in fact, paralysis and anesthesia of that side. Here, again, the opera- 
 tor has obtained by suggestion a phenomenon of attraction in the mem- 
 bers where sensibility and motility remained intact, but if he place his 
 right hand near the knee or foot paralyzed by suggestion, he finds that 
 in spite of the suggestion there are movements of attraction. 
 
 Thus not only can mesmerism produce its effects independent of sug- 
 gestion, but it can in certain cases annul the effects of suggestion. 
 There is consequently, besides pseudo-suggestive mesmerism, a pseudo- 
 mesmeric suggestion. If it is scientifically proven that magnetism 
 exists, it becomes necessary to have regard to its possible intervention 
 in the ensemble of phenomena attributed to hypnotism and especialh r 
 to suggestion. 
 
 The Nancy school said with justice that the old magnetizers did not 
 cease to make suggestions unwittingty and suggestionists should expect 
 to have it said that they have unwittingty employed magnetism. It is 
 possible that the gaze, the contact, the passes, and the personality of 
 
52 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 the operator do not act on certain subjects except through purely sug- 
 gestive influences, but it is also possible that with certain other subjects 
 a magnetic influence is added to or takes the place of suggestion. As 
 long as these two agents, each as real as the other, are always liable to 
 enter into play and combine their actions, neither has a right a priori 
 to the effects produced by one to the exclusion of the other. 
 
 It is then permissible to suppose that if certain operators, such as 
 Liebault and Bernheim, succeed so easily in suggesting so large a 
 number of persons, it is not alone because of their great skill, their 
 long experience, and consummate knowledge of suggestive technic, 
 but that they unwittingly possess an exceptional magnetic power. 
 This, too, would explain the great inequality in the operations of 
 different suggestionists. 
 
 One of the phenomena which most attracted the attention of the 
 ancient mesmerists was that known as the u charm of a look." In cer- 
 tain subjects there has been found a peculiar disposition to fall under 
 the fascination of a gaze by an action analogous to that which takes 
 place in certain animals. Such was the case with a young lady artist 
 treated by Berillon. When enjoined to look the operator in the eyes, 
 this person's eyes would open wide, the pupils dilate, and a singular 
 fixed look come into them. One would say that there was in the mind 
 of this subject but one fixed idea, not to lose sight of the eyes of the 
 operator. In fact, if the latter rose the subject also rose; if he turned 
 his head, she leaned forward and endeavored not to lose sight of his 
 eyes. 
 
 The spontaneous apparition of this somewhat rare phenomenon was 
 observed from the beginning of the hypnotic treatment. The patient 
 had suffered for several years from an involuntary habit of putting 
 her paint brushes between her lips in order to better point them. The 
 result was a saturnine intoxication. No advice, no effort of her will 
 could break the habit. At the first treatment the therapeutic aim was 
 reached. The operator said, " You can no longer put your brushes 
 in your mouth, and if you try to do so your arm will become paralyzed." 
 
 The patient, on returning to the clinic, complained of a persistent 
 numbness in the arm, which, while it prevented her from canning the 
 brushes to her mouth, also hindered her from painting. A suggestion 
 was made that would enable her to work but at the same time prevent 
 her from putting the brushes in her mouth. It was then only neces- 
 sary to develop in her the faculties of visual memory and the manual 
 ability necessary in the practice of her art. This was an easy task, as 
 she distinctly belongs to the visual type and was gifted in the highest 
 degree with visual memory. 
 
 Those subjects susceptible to fascination owe it to the facility with 
 which they concentrate their spontaneous and voluntary attention in 
 the visual function. 
 
 The fixity of gaze that one experiences on realizing the charm is 
 but the experimental exaggeration of one form of attention. It is 
 probable that identical phenomena could be produced in those subjects 
 who belong to the auditive type by calling their attention to agreeable 
 and captivating sounds. 
 
 We should discriminate between the prognostic and treatment of 
 obsessions which result from a series of incidental onuses (moral shock, 
 fear, etc.) and those united to a constitutionally hereditary condition. 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OP MAN. 53 
 
 In the first case the prognostic is more favorable and treatment by 
 hypnotic suggestion is indicated. 
 
 In such cases the treatment, which is necessarily long, must be 
 methodical and progressive. The first treatments are confined to 
 having the patient remain seated in an attitude of sleep with the eyes 
 closed. In this way the mental education of the subject begins; he 
 becomes more and more docile, more and more ready to be hypnotized. 
 From the moment the first light sleep appears the arterial tension is 
 lessened and this lessening of the tension is perceptible to the sphyg- 
 momanomete. a Soon the sleep is augmented and the patient can per- 
 form automatic acts. By these gymnastics one succeeds in modifying 
 the normal condition of the subject and awakens in him diverse apti- 
 tudes of his cerebral activity. 
 
 It was by this procedure that Dr. Berillon undertook the treatment 
 of the following case: The patient on returning home one evening :as 
 informed that a neighbor in an access of frenzy had attempted to 
 strangle her child. The woman was very much distressed and passed 
 a bad night. In the morning as she went to embrace her child she 
 felt a strong impulse to squeeze his neck. Seized with alarm, she 
 rushed to her pl^sician, who tried to reassure her. From that time 
 she was obsessed by the idea of homicide. The least contact with 
 her child or even the thought of him was sufficient to arouse this 
 obsession and throw her into a paroxysm. She was submitted to 
 mental treatment and recovered entirely. 
 
 One of the interesting studies is that of the artifices by which sug- 
 gestion is reenforced. In the following case the artifice consisted of a 
 psycho-mechanical action. Mr. T., 56 years of age, had from his 
 infancy the habit of biting his finger nails. In spite of all efforts in 
 that direction he had been unable to break himself of the habit. In 
 the face of such an automatic habit one might well believe that the 
 mental condition of one so disordered must present other manifesta- 
 tions, but there was nothing of the kind. Mr. T. was neither vicious 
 nor impulsive; he felt himself capable of resisting many temptations, 
 but the habit of biting his nails escaped the sovereignty of his will. 
 
 When asked to explain the mechanism of his habit, he said: "I know 
 the habit is very annoying, and I attribute to it a series of gastro- 
 intestinal troubles. I also believe that it has aggravated pulmonary 
 affections. I have a most ardent desire to be cured. I have followed 
 the advice of the most celebrated manicures, but the habit persists in 
 spite of my efforts and vigilance. 1 can not look at my nails without 
 feeling ill at ease and humiliated. " It was at once agreed that the patient 
 undergo psycho-therapeutic treatment; but as he showed disquietude 
 at the idea of being hypnotized, it, was proposed to treat him by sug- 
 gestion in a waking state, which proposition h accepted. In order 
 that the mental impression might not be inefficient, -the suggestion was 
 reenforced by a mechanical process, the efficacy of which had many 
 times been verified with children. The patient being seated in an arm- 
 chair with his arms resting on those of the chair, the operator took 
 hold of his wrists and said: "Try to put your hand to your mouth; 
 you can not; the pressure which I exercise on your hand is an obstacle 
 which you can not overcome. Now, whenever the habitual impulse 
 
 a An instrument to measure blood pressure in the arteries. 
 
54 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 returns you will feel this same pressure on your hand. The resist- 
 ance, however, will not be caused by my hand, but by your own mind, 
 in which I have created a brake. The force expended to throw off the 
 brake will give you time to recover yourself, to become conscious of 
 what you were about to do, and interpose }^our own will." 
 
 This exercise was repeated several times for each hand, and the 
 seance was ended. Three days later Mr. T. again called on the doc- 
 tor. He had not once put his fingers to his mouth. He said that 
 every time his hand rose automatically he had distinctly felt a heavy 
 sensation in the forearm, which prevented the movement. This sensa- 
 tion of pressure was such that his arm felt really numb, and it would 
 have cost him considerable effort to overcome it. He desired to have 
 the resistance reenforced, as it seemed to diminish on the third day. 
 A second seance of suggestion was given, and it was not necessary to 
 renew the treatment. 
 
 Six weeks later Mr. T.'s nails had grown long and he was convinced 
 that he was definitely cured of the habit. 
 
 We have given these cases of cure through suggestion to illustrate 
 tneir naturalness. While there is a tendency to make them either 
 "wonderful' or mythical, the}^ are in reality no more complex a 
 phenomenon than sleep itself. The desire to make them of a mirac- 
 ulous origin was due to a failure to comprehend their real nature. 
 There may be those who are skeptical as to hypnotic phenomena, but a 
 skepticism that remains such in the presence of facts refutes itself. 
 
 TRAUMATIC HYPNOTISM. a 
 
 Hypnosis is a psychical state in which an individual is more than 
 usually susceptible to suggestions. As is well known, the degrees of 
 suggestibility are many. Making the distinction between physiological 
 and pathological hypnotism, the traumatic hypnotism would, of course, 
 fall under the latter head. We have been led to employ the term " trau- 
 matic" from an investigation of the following case. The case is all 
 the more interesting since the patient is a physician. She gave the 
 account herself to the writer. 
 
 Patient says: 
 
 I was in a village cart coming up the street; the horse was spirited; a man tried to 
 stop him from running away. The last thing I remember is calling to him to get out 
 of the way. The following, of which I was unconscious, has been told me by others: 
 The cart struck another wagon and threw me into the air, and I came down in a 
 heap, as if one were going to dive into the water, striking on my back and side, hav- 
 ing the lines wound around my hands. I was pulled forward and up by the horse 
 starting and dragged about 20 feet, when the lines slipped off of my hands. I did 
 not say anything at this moment. They picked me up for dead and carried me into 
 a drug store. I then began to talk with ttfem, looking deathly pale. They asked me 
 if I was hurt. I answered, "No; not at all; I am all right." I would moan every 
 now and then during the conversation. Quite a number of my friends came in, and I 
 called one by name. Then I took off my bonnet and walked back where I could 
 wash my face and hands. I moaned all the time I was doing this. They all thought 
 I knew what I was doing. I walked out toward the hack, but told them I preferred 
 to wait till the crowd got out of the way. On the way home my daughter got into 
 the hack, and I told her not to worry; that I was all right. I walked from the hack 
 into the house. The doctor asked me to sit down, but I said I did not dare to, for I 
 should lose control of myself. I asked to have a pin taken out of my dress. They 
 gave me some whisky. Then I suggested if it would not be a good idea to take a hot 
 bath. My daughter asked me where the arnica was, and I told her in the office on 
 second shelf, which was correct. 
 
 a Article by writer in Science, vol. xix, No. 466. 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 55 
 
 Then they gave me the hot bath, and while the servant was pouring some water 
 on my head I came to myself for the first time since calling to the man to get out of 
 the way, but only for a few seconds, hearing onlv voices and feeling something strike 
 my bead, giving pain. I was then taken out of the bath and put into bed; I told 
 them how to unfold the bed; then the doctor put a saturated cloth on the wounded 
 part of my head; I told them to get towels and put them on the pillow to prevent 
 soiling it. " Then I began to be very delirious [patient now passes from hypnotic into 
 a delirious state] and talked incessantly about a railroad accident; my husband is 
 constantly on the road, and I have worried sometimes about4t. I repeated the same 
 things over, saying the railroad switch was wrong, etc. This delirium lasted about 
 an hour. The'surgeon arrived, and on putting his finger between the scalp and skull 
 I felt a flash of lightning and saw it. I said, "I can not stand this pain," and then I 
 became conscious for the first time of the injury on the back of my head. I was in 
 agony; I could feel distinctly a grating when his finger was put under the scalp, 
 and on pressure in one spot "there was a bubbling sensation that seemed to shoot 
 right over the brain. During this time I was conscious, but did not see anything. 
 It is three weeks since the accident occurred, and I have had headache continually, 
 being a reecho of the old pain. When I try to read, the right eye sees double; my 
 head feels double; the wounded side feels thick; 1 have had very unpleasant d ream's 
 since. 
 
 According to the description of the surgeon, the wound was on the 
 right parietal protuberance over the third descending convolution: it 
 was a contusion. 
 
 Inquiries of those who saw the accident and subsequent events con- 
 firm the statement of the patient. When picked up her eyes were 
 closed; then water was poured on her head, and she opened her eyes; 
 she could not quite remember her husband's name; then she said she 
 felt better and went and washed her face, etc., as already described. 
 
 It is interesting to note the states of consciousness: First, uncon- 
 sciousness at time of accident; then, water being poured on her head, 
 patient passes into the hypnotic state; this lasts nearly an hour, during 
 which she so conducts herself that her friends do not suspect but that 
 she is herself. During this hypnotic state suggestibility ma\^ be said 
 to have been normal, since she responded to everyone naturally. Her 
 normal self seemed to control her hypnotic self fully; this latter self 
 was the only one during the hour which was conscious. 
 
 SURGICAL OPERATIONS DURING HYPNOTIC SLEEP. a 
 
 I desire to give somewhat in detail two cases of surgical operations 
 during hypnotic sleep by Dr. Schmeltz, of Nice. 
 
 The writer may be allowed to say that, while attending clinics, he 
 has witnessed the extraction of a large, painful tooth (b} T Forel, of 
 Zurich) during hypnosis, where the patient who was an intelligent 
 trained nurse, had not the least consciousness of the operation. 
 
 While there can be no doubt that in certain cases hypnotism may be 
 as serviceable in surgery as the usual anaesthetics, we, however, do 
 not believe that it is generally practicable. But it is interesting to 
 note special cases under special conditions in which it has been useful. 
 
 CASE I. Amputation of the toeast. Miss M.. 20 years of age, born 
 in Italy, consulted Dr. Schmeltz for a swelling in the right breast. 
 During the examination of her malady, which was a very large sar- 
 coma, he observed that the young woman could very easily be plunged 
 into a hypnotic state. By a steady gaze and a few downward passes 
 he in a few seconds put her to sleep, catalepsy and anaesthesia being 
 apparently complete. As treatment, the doctor proposed a complete 
 
 "Article bv writer in the New York Medical Journal. 
 
56 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 ablation of the diseased glands. The neighboring glands were in no 
 way hardened. Her general condition was good, and there was no 
 inherited cancer in the family. 
 
 The young woman, with the consent of her parents, readily agreed 
 to be operated upon under hypnotic anaesthesia. 
 
 Desiring to be absolutely sure of the success of the operation, Dr. 
 Schmeltz hypnotized his patient at intervals of two and three days, 
 and was successful, especially as to the anaesthesia in fact, disinfected 
 pins were stuck deep into different parts of her body withou* produc- 
 ing a shadow of pain. 
 
 On the day set for the operation, in spite of the suggestion made 
 the day before for the young woman to be at the doctor's office at 7.30 
 a. m., she did not arrive until 9, and then entered reluctantly. Her 
 parents had indiscreetly told her of the time set for the operation, and 
 it was impossible to obtain complete anaesthesia. It was not until after 
 the departure of the other physician, whom Dr. Schmeltz had invited 
 to be present, that she regained confidence. The anaesthesia was then 
 produced, and, owing to a suggestion which led her to believe that the 
 operation would be postponed a week, all fear disappeared. She 
 declared during the sleep that she had been terrified by the thought 
 of the operation, and therefore could not sleep as desired. She gave 
 assurance that the operation could take place next day, because on 
 waking she was convinced that she had eight days before her. 
 
 The next day she arrived at the hour fixed during the sleep. Anaes- 
 thesia was complete from the first, and the patient seemed admirably 
 disposed. 
 
 Two other physicians assisted Dr. Schmeltz. After a minute exam- 
 ination of the hands and diseased part, Dr. Schmeltz made the classic 
 oval incision for the amputation of the breast, which permitted him 
 to take out that much-diseased organ with the aponeurosis of the 
 large pectoral. A thorough examination of the axilla showed that the 
 ganglia were not diseased. After five tubes were inserted the wound 
 was closed by means of 32 metallic sutures. During the entire oper- 
 ation, which lasted about an hour, the part was continually washed 
 with a sublimate solution. Ten arteries were involved and were 
 twistec! by the forceps. After a fresh wash of sublimate had been 
 applied the region was covered with iodoform, making an antiseptic 
 and compressive dressing. 
 
 At the beginning of the operation the assistants were somewhat 
 excited, and begged the operator to have chloroform and ether in 
 reserve; but they were quickly reassured when they saw the patient 
 absolutel}' insensible in an anaesthesia such as is obtained by large 
 doses of chloroform. 
 
 Dr. Schmeltz operated slowly and at -his ease. The patient appeared 
 to feel very gay, and from time to time laughed loudly, as though to 
 testify that she felt no pain. To aid the operation she took the most 
 favorable attitudes, extending her right arm, and thus avoiding the 
 necessity^ of having it held. 
 
 The results of the operation were satisfactory in every respect; her 
 temperature did not rise above 37.3 C. (99.1 F.}. The tubes were 
 withdrawn the third day. Until a complete cure was effected, which 
 was on the fifteenth day, but one dressing was made, consisting of 
 iodoform and absorbent cotton. The sutures were removed as soon 
 as the reunion was complete. 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 57 
 
 Throughout the operation the patient's face was very pallid, but the 
 pupils or her e}^es did not dilate, and her pulse was not feeble. 
 
 A number of physicians saw Miss M. at this time; they also saw the 
 tumor, which weighed about 4 pounds. 
 
 CASE II. Ectropion of the lower left eyelid. Miss V., 18 years of 
 age, was attacked by ectropion when 10 months old, as a result of an 
 abscess in the suborbital region, which had been lanced by a physician. 
 
 She had undergone two operations and the lid fell lower. When 
 she consulted the doctor she told him that she had suffered so much 
 from the inhalations of chloroform that she would never again undergo 
 an anaesthesia produced in that way. 
 
 A seance of ten minutes sufficed to convince the doctor that the 
 operation could take place during a state of complete magnetic insen- 
 sibility. Dr. Macario and Dr. Huillet were invited to be present at 
 the operation. 
 
 All the usual antiseptic measures were taken, and, after putting the 
 patient in a profound sleep, her eye was washed with a sublimate solu- 
 tion of 6 to 1,000. The patient, in a state of somnambulism, at once 
 said, u That is a very strong remedy that you use." When asked if 
 the irrigation burned, she said, " Not at all; I do not feel the slightest 
 pain." 
 
 A V-shaped incision was made in the lid and the fragment removed. 
 Three pins were then placed parallel through the ends of the wound 
 and a metallic thread united them. A wash of sublimate with vas- 
 eline an'd iodoform was spread on the seam; a dry antiseptic dressing 
 held the eye immovable. The pins and wire were removed on the 
 fifth day; the wound was thoroughly united, and healed without the 
 shadow of a complication and without a drop of pus. 
 
 The operation was performed slowly, and the e3 r e, without any aid 
 whatever, remained wide open, in spite of the contact with the instru- 
 ments. 
 
 Owing to the pallor of the face and quasi absence of respiration, it 
 was for a moment believed that the patient had fainted, but the large, 
 soft pulse showed that this pseudo-syncope was but the effect of hyp- 
 nosis. The patient did not feel the slightest pain, and when she awoke 
 she would not believe that she had been operated upon. 
 
 THE POWER OF SUGGESTION. a 
 
 The term " suggestion" is often preferred to that of "hypnotism," 
 because it is the fundamental factor in hypnotism. Suggestions may 
 be made by signs which are visual, auditive, olfactory, or tactile. 
 Hypnotism may be defined as an artificially induced sleep in which 
 there is suggestibility and hallucinability with insensibility to most 
 impressions, and upon waking remembrance of little or nothing that 
 has taken place. 
 
 Dunmd *de Gros, while hypnotizing an individual whom he had pre- 
 viously directed to gaze steadfastly at a small brilliant object for the 
 space of fifteen minutes, said to him in a positive tone, "you will run 
 on a gallop and you can not stop without my permission." 
 
 That which he declared took place. The attainment of such a result 
 involves as a first condition the participation of the consciousness and 
 
 a Article by writer in the Philadelphia Medical Journal. 
 
58 A PLAN FOK THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 intelligence of the subject; this is proven by the fact that the affirma- 
 tion has no effect until comprehended. If spoken to in a language he 
 does not understand, the subject makes no reference to the suggestion. 
 For the success of the method, in suggestion experiment it is neces- 
 sary that the subject have a certain moral aid, a certain faith, that he 
 believe, to a certain extent, the incredible assurances that are made 
 him. The affirmation is not generally effective unless articulated in a 
 peremptory manner and by a person whose voice, face, and entire 
 bearing suggest conviction and persuasion. It is a universal fact that 
 personal magnetism is a powerful aid to the hypnotist. To an old 
 practitioner there is no doubt that the disposition to submit to sugges- 
 tion lies in individual credibility and authority. Thus, in order that 
 the suggestion may operate effectually, it is indispensable that its 
 expression be comprehended by the subject and that it obtain a certain 
 adhesion on his part. To induce hypnosis through suggestion the 
 attention of the subject must be fixed on one idea, exactly as one puts 
 oneself into the autohypnotic state necessary to success in a spiritual- 
 istic seance. The attention must be concentrated and one must think 
 only of the phenomena to be produced. 
 
 This may be one reason why the subjects the most sensitive to hyp- 
 notism are also those who best realize spiritualistic experiences. All 
 methods to induce hypnotic sleep aim to fix the attention of the subject 
 and to pla} r on his imagination. 
 
 In the neurotic the attention frequently can not be concentrated for 
 any length of time. Contradictory ideas prevade the mind-, and the 
 imagination wanders continually. Thus, neurotics, though very sug- 
 gestible when awake, are difficult to hypnotize. 
 
 EMOTION AND SUGGESTION. 
 
 Emotion as a physiologic state was studied by Professors James and 
 Lange, who claimed that it is but the consciousness of the neurovascu- 
 lar variations which are produced in the organisms. Among the emo- 
 tions, there are two which have a particularly paralyzing action on the 
 will sadness and fear. Besides these two fundamental types there 
 are several secondary ones. Thus, with melancholia there is depres- 
 sion, discouragement a feeling of weakness and powerlessness. With 
 fear their is inquietude, apprehension, timidity, anguish, and terror. 
 All of these emotions may have an inhibitory action on the will. 
 Sadness, according to Lange, is an abnormal constriction of the small 
 blood vessels producing a general anemic condition, which shows itself 
 in the pallor of the tissues, in coldness, a diminution of secretions, 
 dyspnea, certain digestive troubles, and a diminution of voluntary 
 energy. Fear may also be due to spasmodic contraction of the small 
 blood vessels. 
 
 ABOULIA AND EMOTION. 
 
 Aboulia is a condition in which volition is impaired or lost. It may 
 be divided into general and special aboulia. By general aboulia is 
 meant that state in which depressive emotion is so developed that it 
 plays a preponderant role in physical life and constantly interferes in 
 the exercise of voluntary activity. The native instability of the vaso- 
 motor system disturbs the vascular equilibrium from the slightest 
 cause, so that there is always a quantity of loose emotion which is read y 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 59 
 
 to attach itself to the idea which commands the act and to influence 
 it in its realization. This original tendency to emotion may exist in 
 various degrees. When very prominent, it corresponds to what may 
 be described as "nervous anguish." When emotion is thlis brought 
 into play , apropos of a voluntary determination, it immediately opposes 
 its inhibitory action to the dynamic power of the will, and a struggle 
 results at times extremely painful and accompanied by characteristic 
 symptoms pallor, cold perspiration, oppression, and palpitation. 
 
 The timid, who almost always have aboulia through emotion, know 
 this uneasiness. They know that the most deliberately planned act 
 may be suddenly prevented, at the moment of execution, by a stupid 
 emotion which seizes the throat, crushes the breast, presses the heart, 
 covers them with cold perspiration, and deprives them of all power. 
 Sometimes by energetic force they succeed in overcoming this inhibi- 
 tion; frequently, however, they are incapable of overcoming it and are 
 constrained to renounce their plans. All reasoning is vain; they are 
 obliged to yield to this force, which is stronger than they. Emotion 
 does not always attain to such intensity, and manifests itself under 
 other circumstances by a resistance which interposes like a brake 
 between the idea and the act. Thus the timid seldom realize what they 
 desire. In them nervous energy, instead of spending itself in acts, is 
 transformed into vasomotoric phenomena. In special aboulia, emotion 
 is not generalized, but localized in a constant manner in this or that 
 territory of the voluntary activit} 7 . It is not a permanent infirmity, 
 but an intermittent and elective incapacity to act. 
 
 The following cases may serve to illustrate the power of suggestion: 
 
 Case 1. Durand de Gros, taking the vegetative life as the objective of a disturbing 
 suggestion, said to a subject (making him swallow a glass of water and a bread pill): 
 " You have taken a powerful purgative, which will act very quickly," and the event 
 did not fail to follow the announcement. 
 
 CASES OF CURE OF OBSESSION BY SUGGESTION. 
 
 We give below some cases of persons, healthy up to a certain epoch, 
 being more or less under the domination of ideas of which they could 
 not disabuse themselves, and which forced them to commit acts con- 
 trary to their wills. These cases were treated by Dr. Brain well: 
 
 Case 2. M. A., aged 24 years, suffered from disordered glands in the neck and 
 face. Cured of these, he went to the seashore, where he fell and was wounded in 
 the perineum. This formed an abscess, which opened and let the pus enter the ure- 
 thra. The doctor found a very bad-looking wound by which the urine escaped. He 
 told him to use a catheter regularly and the wound would heal. Sometimes before 
 he could introduce the catheter the urine escaped by the wound. This became more 
 frequent, and at last he allowed the urine to escape, no matter; where he was. This 
 was often the case at night. He was hypnotized at the first seance. While sleep- 
 ing, it was suggested to him to think no more of this thing, to retain the urine for 
 eight hours, and to pass it by the catheter. After this seance the patient was abso- 
 lutely free from his obsession, and the wound healed completely in a year without 
 any operation. 
 
 CaseS. M. B., a young man of athletic habits, who loved all kinds of sport, as 
 bicycle, football, etc., lost his mother by cancer of the breast. Fear seized him that 
 he would contract the same disease, and he came to believe that he had a cancer in 
 in the left breast. He seldom left his room, and when he went out he wore an 
 overcoat for fear that cold might aggravate the supposed disease. One day he thought 
 he felt pains in his arm, and thenceforth carried it in a sling. Upon examination 
 no trace of cancer was found, but the muscles of the arm were atrophied from lack 
 of exercise. Being easy to hypnotize, he was quickly put to sleep and cured. 
 
 Case 4- M. D., aged 42 years, suffered from infancy from an obsession which made 
 
60 A PLAN FOB THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 life intolerable. *He fancied that everybody watched him and criticised him. If 
 anyone looked at him, even a child, he blushed. The idea that Home one might 
 look at him also made him blush. This obsession forced him to give up his business 
 and he was haunted by thoughts of suicide. This man was cured after long-con- 
 tinued treatment, for, being refactory to sleep, he was only brought under its 
 influence at the fifteenth seance. He had no return of the trouble. 
 
 A somewhat analogous case is that of a merchant who fancied that he committed 
 errors to his disadvantage in the affairs which he undertook. After he had accom- 
 plished what he undertook he felt embarrassed and believed that everyone noticed it. 
 This last idea possessed him equally when he went about in the world. He was 
 entirely cured in six months. 
 
 Most of the experiments were successful. Those whom Bramwell 
 did not cure were refactory to hypnotism. In these cases he did not 
 succeed in provoking sleep, the mind of the sick man being so occupied 
 by his obsessions that he could not hear what was said. 
 
 Many persons are predjudiced against hypnotism and decide to use 
 it only when all else fails. Almost all patients have had some violent 
 emotion. With one, it was the death of a member of his family which 
 produced the obsession that his wife would die also. With another, 
 it was an emotion caused by the sight of a drunkard on a railroad, 
 which produced the idea of never being able to travel on a train again. 
 
 Berillon insists that these obsessions are generally associated with 
 the daily occupations of the sick person, and show a pronounced pro- 
 fessional character. 
 
 The greater number of authorities say that an obsession is different 
 from a mental disease in that the patient considers his obsession as 
 independent of his being. But tbis Taw has exceptions. One of Dr. 
 Bramwell's patients became superstitious. Little by little he came to 
 attribute his bad times to bad days. There are many superstitions 
 which do not show other symptoms of disease or degeneracy. The 
 unassimilation of an idea of obsession sometimes constitutes a morbid 
 element, and this, it appears, depends rather upon the individual and 
 peculiar circumstances than upon the obsession itself. 
 
 Obsessions may consist in a hypertrophy of the attention; the idea 
 itself is normal, but its quantity, intensity, and degree are not so. 
 Everybody can not have obsessions; for example, idiots, who possess 
 little voluntary attention. Many very intelligent patients are not pre- 
 vented by their obsessions from doing valuable work. The greater 
 number are emotional, but it does not follow that the emotional brain 
 is a degenerate brain and that the accidents to which it is exposetl are 
 the consequences of a finer constitution than that of the ordinaiy brain. 
 
 AUTO-HYPNOTISM NOT ALWAYS ADVISABLE. 
 
 Case 5. Dr. Bonjour often suggested to a patient that no one else could hypnotize 
 him. One day the young man received a visit from a relative, who was pleased to 
 hear of his cure. He told him how he had been treated: "I had only to count 20 
 to be in catalepsy," said he; "stop, I willshowyou " and calling a servant "Emily! 
 go set the electric alarm at 2 o'clock. I am going to hypnotize myself, and that will 
 wake me in a quarter of an hour." In twenty minutes he closed his eyes and his 
 body was relaxed. At the end of several minutes the maid, instead of executing the 
 order received, went into his mother's room and rang the electric bell several times. 
 The room communicated with the chamber of the hypnotized man. He rose imme- 
 diately, ran into his mother's chamber crying: "The robbers! where are they?" 
 Seeing no one, he dragged the furniture about and reached everywhere, went into 
 another room, looked under the beds, went to the cellar, then, seeing his brother, 
 threw himself upon him forcibly to injure him. When Dr. Bonjour arrived the 
 attack had lasted three or four hours. The doctor could not awake him. At last he 
 awoke and said that upon hearing the bell, which his mother never used, he believed 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 61 
 
 her to be in danger from robbers; hence his attack. He could not recall what he had 
 done during the attack. After having calmed him and promised that he was cured, 
 Dr. Bonjour advised him never to undergo this experience again, and suggested to 
 him the uselessness of his efforts to hypnotize himself. The patient tried several 
 times to count, as he was accustomed to do, without succeeding in putting himself 
 to sleep. 
 
 As Bonjour could not be often with patients who lived far away, he 
 suggested to them the case of self -hypnotism by counting, for example, 
 20 or 30 or more, in order that if the} r awake the} 7 could put them- 
 selres to sleep again immediately. It is necessary to suggest to 
 patients that no one else can hypnotize them; but in .some cases it may 
 be wise to suggest in addition that they can not hypnotize themselves. 
 
 HYPNOTISM AND MORAL EDUCATION. 
 
 Suggestion may be a moral agent and educator, or a curative agent 
 of physical ills. As an illustration of this we give the following case 
 of Bourdon: 
 
 Case 6. B., aged 13 years, had always been anaemic and nervous; from the age of 
 2 years she slept badly and was very restless at night. She was the daughter of an 
 arthritic mother, who also suffered from gravel, and of a father addicted to drink. 
 At the age of 7 years she had articular and visceral rheumatism, which seemed to 
 have affected the left side of her heart. A little later she had a severe fright; her 
 father, in a state of intoxication, had struck his father-in-law with a gun. Later she 
 had dizziness, syncope, then great nervous crises, convulsions, palpitations of the 
 heart at any sound or movement, constant fear, and loss of consciousness when play- 
 ing or at rest. Her character changed; she became peevish and choleric, especially 
 at the approach of the crises. She ate very little and did not go to the closet. Her 
 nose frequently bled, increasing her anaemia and sense of oppression. At the age of 
 12 she had long periods of sleeping; she cried in her sleep, had violent nervous 
 attacks, always announced by greater impatience and fretfulness. In a word, she 
 had hysteric somnambulism. " She was rude and unamiable, disobedient, idle, dirty, 
 although a little coquette, combing her hair every instant; she bit her nails; she 
 ran after boys. It was not known whether she practiced onanism. She had, 
 besides, profuse hemorrhages from the nose and difficult menstruation; her monthly 
 periods she had once at the age of 13; they had never returned. Hypnotism was 
 difficult, sleep was not at all profound, but it increased a little at each new seance. 
 The operator looked at her, and told her to sleep; also used his hand. He said to 
 her, insisting upon it often, that she must not sleep during the day, but only at 
 night, as other people did; that she should not be any more afraid in the evening 
 or at night than during the day. He suggested to her amiability, goodness, gentle- 
 ness, thoughtfulness, affection for her relations, thankfulness to them for their kind- 
 ness, obedience, docility, cleanliness without coquetting, the care of her hair only 
 in the morning, love of work, and the desire to do good, horror of evil, distaste for 
 biting her nails, indifference toward boys; then, that she should have no more hem- 
 orrhages from the nose; that the blood should take its natural course; that her 
 appetite should return and increase; that she should digest her food properly and 
 go morning and evening to attend to the calls of nature; that she should have no 
 more palpitations of the heart in a word, everything that might redeem the situa- 
 tion as much from a moral as from a physical point of view. These suggestions were 
 repeated several times, softly, but in a manner to impress them upon her mind, and 
 this prolonged her sleep several hours each day. These seances were repeated daily 
 for ten days, then weekly, then semimonthly, then at intervals more or less distant. 
 Each time some ground was gained. The crises were less and less frequent and less 
 and less strong. At last perseverance was rewarded by good results, and as the 
 younjr patient seemed to acquire a taste for sleeping, fearing that it might grow into 
 a habit, it was suggested to her that, as she was growing better and better, she did 
 not need to sleep so often. This treatment was accompanied by a tonic and massage 
 of the body. At the beginning a blister was applied near the heart, with the hope 
 of destroying or diminishing the valvular exudations left by the rheumatism. Sev- 
 eral times by the aid of suggestion the wound (dried up by the blister) was made to flow 
 and cease to flow as often as it seemed necessary. The heart grew better and better, 
 and whether the action of these two means be illusion or not, there was scarcely 
 any palpitation. The hypnotic sleep was each time easier and better, though never 
 deep. 
 
62 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 The young girl was completely cured; she was transformed physic- 
 ally and morally. There were about forty -two seances in all. Thus 
 hypnotic suggestion can be a salutary aid in moral education. Experi- 
 ments have already shown to what extent the passions, instincts, tastes, 
 and psychic faculties can be definitely modified by hypnotic suggestion, 
 and one can riot help smiling at the protestations, as eloquent as they 
 are incompetent, against " the outrage upon the rights of humanity by 
 the practice of hypnotism." 
 
 STUDY OF THE HYPNOTIZED STATE. a 
 
 Pfypnologists have frequently expressed regret at not being able to 
 procure personal and exact observations made during hypnosis. The 
 difficulty is that profound hypnotic sleep generally renders personal 
 observations impossible because of amnesia whjch accompanies it. 
 Even when the hypnosis is light and does not exclude all memory it is 
 difficult to procure information from sincere persons accustomed to 
 psychological observations. The majority of subjects are sick people, 
 more or less nervous, who see nothing in the experiments but a pre- 
 text to be theatrical, and consequently their testimony must be taken 
 with caution. As a result it is very difficult to analyze the suggestion, 
 the manner in which it is perceived by the subject, and the mechanism 
 by which it is executed. 
 
 A possible way to escape these difficulties may be, first, in not taking 
 sick people as subjects, but persons accustomed to psychological stud- 
 ies and exact analysis; second, in simplifying the suggestion as much 
 as possible, so that the accessory phenomena do not take a preponder- 
 ant part and thus mask the principal phenomenon; and, finally, in 
 placing the subject in a condition which, if not normal waking, is not 
 a state of profound hypnosis, and in which he retains absolute liberty 
 of mind and his faculties of attention and analysis, the memory being 
 neither abolished nor weakened. 
 
 To this end we give a number of experiments by Dr. Joire on his 
 pupils. At the first seance there were present 16 students, the major- 
 ity belonging to the faculty of medicine, the others to law and letters. 
 
 Mr. C., a medical student, offered to serve as a subject. His eyes 
 were covered by a band made expressly for the purpose a double 
 black cloth mask with an opening for the nose, and on each side a 
 large pad of cloth which filled up the hollow between the cheek bone 
 and the nose and the subject placed in the middle of the room. 
 Longitudinal passes were then made before his face and the whole 
 length of his body; then his hands were held a few minutes regarding 
 him fixedly. 
 
 The doctor moved away and stood three or four j^ards in front of 
 him, at the same time mentally suggesting that he raise the left arm. 
 In a few seconds this arm, which hung by his side, began to show 
 successive movements one would say contractions such as a feeble 
 current of electricity would produce passing in the flexor muscles of 
 the hand and forearm. After these movements the arm moved out 
 from the body and rose without bending to a horizontal position as 
 though moved by an invisible spring. While the left arm was thus 
 raised it was suggested that the subject raise the right arm, and shortly 
 
 a Article by writer in the Medical Summary, Philadelphia. 
 
A PLAN FOB THE STUDY OF MAN. 63 
 
 it went through the same movements with remarkable precision. Then 
 a like suggestion was made which caused the arms to fall in their 
 former position. They fell slowly with the same automatic move- 
 ment, not as they would if inert and fatigued by their own weight. 
 
 This all took place in full light and absolute silence. 
 
 This subject gave an account of his sensations. When the passes 
 were made he felt a sort of general numbness or- dizziness; then the 
 left arm obeyed the influence of a strange impetus and was pulled for- 
 ward and upward by force. The force then ceased to be felt and the 
 movement of the arm was arrested. The same force was felt in the 
 right arm, and after a few seconds it was felt in both arms in an inverse 
 sense, which determined the lowering and returning of the arms to 
 their normal position. 
 
 The second experiment was made on Mr. B., a medical student. 
 The same preparations were made as in the first case. The subject was 
 placed in the middle of the room well in the light. The doctor then 
 stood three yards in front of him, leaning with his hands on the back 
 of a chair behind him, and suggested that he should raise the right leg, 
 the doctor himself accompanying the suggestion by the movement. 
 In from fifteen to twenty seconds the subject rested all the weight of 
 his body on the left leg, bent the right knee till only the toe touched, 
 and finally lifted it entirely. The bandage was taken off and the doctor 
 breathed on his eyes, and~he then related his sensations. He did not 
 emphasize the numbness, which, however, he declares he felt before 
 the suggestion, but he distinctly felt an unexpected and involuntary 
 contraction of the muscles in the thigh, which caused the raising and 
 bending of the knee. 
 
 At the second seance M. X. , a medical student, who had been present 
 at the first, said he was not convinced of the reality of the impulse 
 which the subjects claimed to feel. He did not doubt their good 
 faith, but thought there must be auto-suggestion and that the spon- 
 taneous movement only chanced to be the one desired, etc. Dr. Joire 
 proposed to repeat the experiments on him. He being skeptical and 
 prejudiced against auto-suggestion, a successful experiment would 
 have all the more value. M. X. was blindfolded (he declared that he 
 was convinced that to try an experiment on him was useless) and passes 
 made on the head and body, he at the same time being told not to 
 imitate from memory and not to resist any distinct impulse. The 
 operator tnen stood about two yards from him and began a mental 
 suggestion to move the left arm out, but parallel with the body, and 
 then to bend the forearm up onto the arm. In a very few moments 
 the automatic movements began, slowly, but without hesitation. 
 
 When asked why he made the movement M. X. confessed, with 
 some surprise, that he had felt a force drawing his arm in the direc- 
 tion followed, that he at first resisted, but the impulse continued to act 
 and became very strong, when he no longer resisted. 
 
 One of the subjects who had served before was then led from the 
 room, while those remaining made a chalk line with numerous curves 
 on the floor. When all was ready the blindfolded subject was led into 
 the room and placed at one extremity of the line. The operator, with- 
 out touching the subject, fixed his attention on the line which he was 
 to follow. This line began at the door, described a circle to the left, 
 turned to the right, and again a large circle to the left. The subject 
 
64 A PLAN FOB THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 followed the line, step by step, very exactly, stopping and seeming to 
 hesitate at the curves. 
 
 The same experiments were repeated several times with different 
 subjects, which permitted the operator to gather the impressions of 
 each under exactly the same conditions. Each of the subjects experi- 
 enced the same sensations and analyzed them in the same way. 
 
 It is of great interest then to find in what condition the subjects are 
 at the time of receiving the suggestion. In appearance they are awake, 
 and, in fact, if questioned after the experiment, would unanimously 
 reply that they had not slept. In reality they were not in a sound 
 sleep, but neither were they in a normal waking condition. The proof 
 is found in the fact that when the passes were made they all experienced 
 a change; as they said, something seemed to isolate them, and there 
 was a vague numbness and tingling all over the body. 
 
 The subjects were in a state which has been described as medianic 
 or passive the attention to whatever came from the person suggesting 
 was exalted to a point which it could not attain in a normal condition. 
 It is probably this modification of the subject which admits of the 
 establishment of communication between himself and the operator by 
 which he can be impressed by an influence purely psychic. This 
 psychic correspondence between several individuals does not appear 
 to be abnormal or even peculiar to the hypnotic state, but in the 
 4 'medianic" state there is an orientation peculiar to this nervous 
 influx, and at the same time a concentration of force toward some one 
 individual. 
 
 It has been ascertained that the presence of another person, and who 
 makes an effort contrary to the suggestion, considerably hinders the 
 experiment and can even prevent a complete success. 
 
 Mental suggestion requires a considerable effort of will on the. part 
 of the operator, an effort which must be sustained without interrup- 
 tion throughout the time required for the suggestion. 
 
 This constant effort of will, this fixit}^ of the attention, concentrated 
 on a single object, is not as easy as may be imagined and requires a 
 certain education or training. 
 
 PEDAGOGIC HYPNOTISM. a 
 
 One of the chief workers in hypnotism as applied to pedagogics is 
 Dr. Berillon, of Paris. We desire in the main to present his ideas, 
 but before doing so, the writer will describe briefly a visit to his clinic. 
 
 On arriving at the clinic we found most of the patients already 
 there. The doctor remarked we could visit a while in his private 
 office, as most of the patients would hypnotize themselves. When 
 we entered the clinic there were nine or ten persons of different ages 
 and sexes who had been looking intensely at hypnotic mirrors or 
 similar contrivances, and most of them were already asleep. The 
 fact that the doctor had hypnotized them in this room many times 
 and with the aid of these instruments, the fact that he had arrived, 
 and their confidence that he could hypnotize them as soon as he came, 
 all of these conditions enabled most of them to put themselves to 
 sleep. The doctor then proceeded to deepen the sleep of his patients, 
 making various suggestions adopted to their special troubles. 
 
 a Article by writer in the "Medical Progress/' Louisville, Ky. 
 
A PLAN FOR TTE STUDY OF MAN. 65 
 
 HYPNOTISM USEFUL FOR ABNORMAL CHILDREN. 
 
 By repeated suggestions during hypnotic sleep, in which condition 
 suggestions have more weight and a deeper and more lasting etfect, 
 it is possible to develop the faculty of attention and to correct evil 
 instincts in vicious, unruly, and obstinate children, incapable of the 
 least attention and of the least application. There are as many 
 reasons against the use of hypnotism in the education of normal, 
 healthy children as there are reasons for its employment in the cases 
 of bad, vicious, or sulky, subjects. It is expressly and emphatically 
 stated that this means of educating a child must not be resorted to till 
 all other methods have failed, and must always be applied under the 
 direction of a competent and experienced physician. Dr. Berillon has 
 accomplished by means of suggestion the cure of cases of kleptomania, 
 lying, biting of the finger nails, cowardice, fear of the dark, etc. It 
 it possible through the hypnotic state to modify the ideas of children, 
 change their characters, correct acquired habits, and form new ones; 
 increase the power of attention and of memory, awaken and develop 
 natural aptitudes, and vary the intensity and modality of perception. 
 There are, therefore, in hypnotism the elements of a true experi- 
 mental pedagogy. 
 
 The object of the use of suggestion in pedagogy is to correct 
 impulses and automatic habits in children, and to bring out their 
 natural aptitudes arrested in their development. This result may be 
 brought about in two ways first, by the creation of psychical inhibi- 
 tory centers and the cultivation of the power of self-control, and, 
 second, by the exercise and the automatic stimulation of psychic 
 energy and the excito-motory functions. 
 
 REQUISITES OF PEDAGOGIC HYPNOTISM. 
 
 Certain fundamental requisites are necessary to the obtaining of 
 these results. To begin with, it is necessary to study the natural 
 suggestibility of subjects. In order thus to diagnose their suscepti- 
 bility to suggestion, it is necessary to suggest to them, in the waking 
 state, to perform in spite of themselves a series of simple acts. 
 The result of this suggestion gives the measure of their suggesti- 
 bility. In certain children a suggestibility will be revealed much 
 greater than their appearance would lead one to expect. The impor- 
 tance of this experiment will be understood when the fact which we 
 give as an actual psychological law is stated. The suggestibility of a 
 subject is directly related to his intellectual development. 
 
 The second requisite is to induce in the child a hypnotic condition 
 or at the very least a passive state that is to say, a physiological con- 
 dition characterized by the suppression or diminution of the different 
 activities of his mind and by the increase of automatism. The third 
 requisite, the subject being in a passive state, is to associate with the 
 verbal suggestion a psycho-mechanical action. In cases where it is 
 desired to correct a more or less irresistible impulse or an automatic 
 habit the psycho-mechanical action will have for its object the creation 
 of an " inhibitory center." This will result either in making it 
 mechanically impossible for the subject to perform the act indicated, 
 or in causing in him by suggestion a psychic paralysis. These maneu- 
 vers should be repeated till the image of the check is fixed in the brain 
 
 S. Doc. 400 5 
 
66 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 of the subject. In cases where it is desired to overcome a condition 
 of mental activity the desired result will be arrived at by use of the 
 image or thought of action and an automatic impulsion repeated as 
 often as necessary to awaken mental activity. The fourth requisite is 
 to formulate all suggestions with precision and clearness. It is neces- 
 sary that the visual, auditory, or motory images presented to the brain 
 should be definitely outlined. 
 
 After the subject has automatically and unconsciously performed 
 the suggested acts he must be awakened to consciousness by degrees, 
 and the same acts must be performed with his conscious participation. 
 
 Finally, the subject being completely conscious, there remains noth- 
 ing more to do but to assure him that he can inhibit his impulses by the 
 simple action of his own will power. * 
 
 If this procedure be carefully followed, pedagogic hypnotism, which 
 seems at first glance an enslaving of the consciousness, will show 
 itself "o be instead a development of individual consciousness and of 
 personalit} r . 
 
 As an illustration of the utility of hypnotic or suggestive method, we 
 give in detail the case of a schoolboy affected with nervous trembling. 
 
 NERVOUS TREMBLING CURED BY HYPNOTIC SUGGESTION. 
 
 The following observation treats of a youth of 15 years of age, 
 pupil in a public school in Paris: Fernand F. was very intelligent, 
 usually gave satisfaction by his work, and regularly occupied one of the 
 first places in the various classes. Toward the month of December he 
 was astonished to see his writing uncertain and his hand shaky. He 
 paid little attention to it at first, but soon it became aggravated and 
 troubled him very much; tor example, in tracing a letter he was 
 obliged to go over it several times, to proceed by starts and jerks, and 
 to make additions sometimes angular, sometimes round. He was 
 thus rendered incapable of taking notes or writing from dictation. 
 He also frequently had geometrical designs to make, but he found it 
 impossible to do this sort of work, as he could not make use of the 
 drawing pen. 
 
 The school programme included manual work in carpentry, etc. , in 
 which F. had achieved a certain skill, but as a consequence of this 
 manipulating the wood and iron after an extraordinarily intense effort, 
 which fatigued him very much, and then the results obtained were but 
 trembling he became maladroit and uncertain and only succeeded in 
 mediocre. In every respect F.'s studies were seriously compromised, 
 the more so as the trembling increased from day to day. 
 
 To add to this, F. was many times a day subject to auditive hallu- 
 cinations, generally when he fixed his attention firmly on one object. 
 These hallucinations were in keeping with the subject which occupied 
 him at the moment, and arose more particularly when he was working 
 at his geometry. At times it seemed to him that one of his masters 
 stood behind him and spoke imperiously to him, but more often the 
 hallucination was not external. What he heard was an internal voice, 
 grave and severe, which engrossed all his attention, which subjugated 
 and possessed him. During this time his features were immobile and 
 his gaze fixed; he seemed stultified or plunged into a sort of intellec- 
 tual torpor. After several minutes he would realize that he was the 
 toy of an illusion and would pull himself together, rise, pace up and 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 67 
 
 down, and thus conic back to ordinary life. Once free from the hal- 
 lucinations, he did not recall the words he had heard; even their sense 
 escaped him. He was distinctly conscious that the voice was rough 
 and imperious, but he dared not affirm that the words were distinct. 
 He was aware that the voice was more often internal and that it was 
 of purely subjective origin. 
 
 i . realized that his case was abnormal, even pathological, and attrib- 
 uted it to the derangement of his nervous s}'stem. In the beginning 
 of February he determined to procure treatment, and to this end went 
 to the clinic for nervous diseases. 
 
 It was there that Dr. Farez was enabled to study him and to treat 
 him in concert with Berillon. 
 
 ANTECEDENTS OP F. 
 
 This youth was very sparing in details concerning his hereditary 
 antecedents. The majority of the members of his family lived in the 
 provinces, and he scarcely knew them. -He had never heard of any of 
 his relatives or antecedents having had mental trouble or neuropathic 
 defects. He had neither brother nor sister; his parents, aged respec- 
 tively 40 and 50 years, were very well. His mother was very nerv- 
 ous and exhibited an exaggerated emotivity; the slightest thing^ caused 
 her to weep; yet she was neither hasty nor choleric, but, on the con- 
 trary, possessed a rare equality of temper, and, moreover, was credu- 
 lous and trusting in the extreme. 
 
 F. resembled his mother both mentally and physically. As a child 
 he had been very healthy. Although but 15 years old, he seemed at 
 least 17 or 18; he was tail, and, judging from his large frame, one 
 would have thought him solid ard vigorous; nevertheless he experi- 
 enced a sensation of feebleness and lassitude, especially in his limbs. 
 
 ANATOMICAL PECULIARITIES OP F. 
 
 The cerebral cranium was abnormal and asymmetric, more developed 
 than ordinarily, and the temples very prominent, the right one more 
 than the left, and there was a deep depression in the top of the head 
 above the temples in the region which corresponds to the coronal 
 suture and to the anterior portion of the sagittal suture, which indi- 
 cated an untimely synostosis. The right temple showed the trace of 
 an old contusion, and on top of the head immediately back of the left 
 temple, quite near the median line, antero-posterior, was a compara- 
 tively new scar. In fact, some months previous to the appearance of 
 the above-named symptoms F. had been struck on that spot by a stone 
 and had been unconscious for several hours. 
 
 DISPOSITION OF F. 
 
 F. was of a tranquil and gentle disposition, rather timid. Ordina- 
 rily he appeared grave and serious as would a mature man; he was 
 neither expansive nor yet too reticent; he laughed immoderately, though 
 seldom; he had a horror of fights, and if spoken to roughly he refrained 
 from responding, though he suffered cruelly and even cried in secret. 
 He was neither capricious nor fantastic. He exhibited a great deal of 
 patience and perseverance, and his studies seemed to be his only occu- 
 pation. He was very impressionable, and in class was a constant prey 
 
68 A PLAN FOE THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 to anxiety; he blushed, and profuse perspiration covered his entire 
 body; he expected every minute to be questioned, and feared lest the 
 questions find him unprepared. He thus underwent a veritable moral 
 torture, which was ended and followed by aglow of satisfaction as soon 
 as the recitation was over. This experience is too common in recita- 
 tion, where the object seems to be to find out who knows the lesson 
 (not very important knowledge), the teacher being a sort of mental 
 detective. He experienced the same anguish when the compositions 
 were read for places, fearing he would not be among the first. 
 
 Finally his memory failed and he could not work for any length of 
 time without becoming fatigued, but, being very courageous, he over- 
 came the fatigue and applied himself to his studies not only during the 
 day, but far into the night. When he went to his meals, in order not 
 to lose any time from hL studies he ate very fast and in a gluttonish 
 manner, and immediately after the repast he began work. His diges- 
 tion was defective, which caused abnormal fermentation. 
 
 SYMPTOMS. 
 
 The trembling consisted of slight oscillations, regular and rhyth- 
 mical, little apparent when in repose; it became exaggerated when F. 
 made voluntary movements, and especially in writing. In the trans- 
 verse sense his writing showed hesitations, breaks, and retouchings, 
 while the downward strokes in the curves and long loops were full of 
 small and almost regular undulations. F. trembled more when he 
 tried to write slowly and also toward evening, but more especially 
 after fatigue or any emotion. This tremulousness was not confined to 
 the arms, but was also in the legs, and at intervals even appeared in 
 the lips and eyelids. It was more noticeable in the hand because of the 
 great inconvenience it caused him. The tremulousness came on very 
 gradually; it existed before the blow on the head, but was extremely 
 slight. 
 
 TREATMENT OF F. 
 
 In his first visit to the clinic he was made to look fixedly at an arm- 
 chair; then it was energetically asserted that he was about to submit 
 to a species of fascinations toward the chair; that he would feel him- 
 self drawn toward it; that he would, by virtue of an irresistible force, 
 go and sit in it and fall into a profound sleep, all of which was real- 
 ized in a few moments, proving that he was ver} T suggestible. In fact, 
 at each seance he fell asleep with the greatest ease. 
 
 While he was in the hypnotic sleep, suggestions were made him in 
 accordance with his case. He was persuaded that he had been lacking 
 in self-control; that he trembled when writing because he had not suffi- 
 cient energy to fix his attention firmly on his work or to control the 
 trembling. He was assured that by means of hypnotism he would be 
 given the moral energ} r which he lacked; that in future he would be 
 absolute master of his movements, that he would direct them in per- 
 fect consciousness, and would be able to prevent his hands from trem- 
 bling; he would also have the power to concentrate his mind on any 
 single object; that he would never be distracted or possessed by any 
 hallucinations; that the lassitude would disappear and the muscles 
 recover their normal vigor. At the same time a simulation of a gen- 
 
A PLAN FOB THE STUDY OF MAN. 69 
 
 eral massage of the limbs was made. Then, to reenforce the suggestion, 
 he was told that by special passes his body would be filled with mag- 
 netic fluid, which would secure the realization of all that had been 
 told him. 
 
 Intervention during hypnosis was not confined to psychic sugges- 
 tions; this was accompanied by mechanical treatment. While F. con- 
 tinued to sleep, his hand was held firmly and directed in such manner 
 as to make him accomplish, without trembling, movements correspond- 
 ing to the form of certain letters. Then he was told to trace in the air 
 words indicated, which he soon did with great assurance. While still 
 in the hypnotic sleep, with eyes tight shut, he was told to write with 
 a pen on paper. Trie letters were remarkably distinct and correct. 
 
 This double treatment was applied once a week during three months, 
 and at the end of each seance a remarkable amelioration was observed. 
 At the end of this time F. was pronounced cured, and he once more 
 became an excellent pupil. His memory was better and more prompt, 
 light work no longer fatigued him, and he was able to apply himself 
 successfully to his school duties. His writing was firm and flowing, 
 his geometrical designs exact, he had recovered his old skill at manual 
 work, and his hallucinations had completely disappeared. 
 
 At the beginning of the treatment the amelioration obtained by each 
 hypnotic sleep did not become definite all at once; the progress was 
 regularly maintained during three, four, or even five days, but dimin- 
 ished on the day before that set for the next treatment. To be more 
 clear we will make a comparison: Take, for instance, a storage battery 
 which has been charged with sufficient electricity for considerable 
 work, but all work is impossible when the potential energy previous^ 
 stored has been exhausted. Thus every Thursday our youth went, so 
 to speak, for a fresh supply of moral energy, which was spent little by 
 little during the week. One Thursday F. was unable to attend the 
 clinic, and a fortnight elapsed without his receiving treatment, or, to 
 adhere to our metaphor, without being recharged, so at the end of 
 this time he was in the same condition of a fortnight before, conse- 
 quently the amelioration was not present, as nothing had hindered its 
 retrocession. 
 
 Thus the cure was necessarity slow and gradual, but was finally 
 obtained through patience, perseverance, and tenacit}^. It was not 
 sufficient to gain ground each time; it was also necessary to maintain 
 it. F. was afterward obliged to take an examination, and there was 
 reason to apprehend bad effects from overstudy and emotive anguish, 
 so care was taken to again subject him to hypnotic and psycho- 
 mechanical treatment as a proph^latic to relapse. Thanks to this 
 intervention, the cure was made permanent in spite of the unfavorable 
 circumstances surrounding the subject. 
 
 In cases of this kind, as in many others, hypnotism not oi\\y aids, 
 cures, and renders the cure permanent, but is an operation which 
 enables one to forestall a repetition and to fight successfully against 
 conditions favorable to a return of the disease. 
 
 What is the role of the mechanical treatment which accompanies 
 suggestion ? 
 
 All motory habits can be revived by what is called an association of 
 synergetic movements. These movements in a measure form part of 
 one mechanism; they concur to the same end; they enter into play 
 
70 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 together and have no signification aside from the definite purpose for 
 which they are associated. But it may happen that these movements 
 lose their clearness, their precision, their fixity, that they become dis- 
 associated and cease to besynergetic; or it might be that these supple- 
 mentary movements subjoined superpose those which are indispensable. 
 From this, the motor habit may be perverted or deviated, and it is 
 expedient to set it right, to render it fixed and regular; in a word, to 
 reeducate it. This is quickly and surely accomplished by the mechan- 
 ical treatment during hypnotic sleep, which subjects the various move- 
 ments to a beneficial discipline and creates anew the association. As 
 a consequence we possess a treatment of the diverse motor habits, and 
 besides, one may have recourse to this intervention, not only to rectify, 
 but also to conserve and even create motor habits. 
 
 We have learned, says Farez, that psychotherapeutists are the natu- 
 ral and frequently the indispensable assistants of educators. 
 
 The case in question is a fresh example of the fecundity of the sug- 
 gestive method. Thus hypnotism is an instrument of mental and moral 
 orthopedy; it is capable of assuring not only the education of the 
 intelligence of the will and of the disposition, but also of precision, of 
 address, and dexterity in the motor domain. 
 
 SOME RECENT RESULTS FROM THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 It may be interesting to give some of the results of recent investiga- 
 tions of modern man. The statement of these results will indicate 
 how incomplete and unsatisfactory our knowledge of living man is. 
 As there can be no more important study than man himself, the need 
 of bringing this study up to the degree of accuracy equal to that of the 
 sciences is evident. But this can be done only by patient investigation 
 with instruments of precision applied to many persons of all classes. 
 To these psycho- physical results must be added a sociological study of 
 all the outward conditions in which the individuals have existed from 
 childhood up. This combination of psycho-physics and sociology will 
 make both more useful to the community. 
 
 The conclusions below, although based upon a considerable number 
 of cases or experiments, can be held only as tentative that is, while 
 true for the individuals experimented upon, they have only a general 
 probability when applied to all persons. To be generally true, most 
 of the conclusions would have to be based upon a very large number 
 of experiments. 
 
 Some of the conclusions may seem so obvious as not to need an 
 experimental basis, but commonly accepted ideas may prove to be 
 more false than true when submitted to rigid tests, for general impres- 
 sions are sometimes based on conspicuous exceptions. 
 
 It is not intended here to note results from all those who have done 
 research work. In giving the conclusions we have followed the work 
 of the investigators as much as brevity would allow, giving the general 
 idea in as few words as possible. As will be seen, much research has 
 been done by Americans. 
 
 a For further discussion see "Study of man" (by writer), in American Journal of 
 Sociology, May, 1901, University of Chicago. 
 
A PLAN FOB THE STUDY OF MAN. 71 
 
 RESULTS. a 
 
 Large children make their most rapid growth at an earlier age than small ones 
 (Bowditch). 
 
 Maximum growth in height and weight occurs in boys two years later than in girls 
 (Bowditch). 
 
 First-born children excel later born in stature and weight, (Boas). 
 
 Healthy men ought to weigh an additional 5 pounds for every inch in height 
 beyond 61 inches, at which height they ought to weigh 120 pounds (Lancaster). 
 
 Chest girth increases constantly with height and is generally half the length of the 
 body ( Landsberger) . 
 
 Chest girth and circumference of head increase in parallel lines (Daffner). 
 
 The relatively large size of head as compared with body in children may be due 
 to the fact that from birth on the child needs its brain and senses as much as when 
 it is grown (Weissenberg). 
 
 Boys grow more regularly than girls, but the growth of girls during school years 
 is greater than that of boys (Schmidt). 
 
 In boys in school the muscles of the upper extremities increase with age as com- 
 pared with those of the lower extremities because of their sitting more than standing 
 (Kotelmann). 
 
 Breadth of face increases much more rapidly in proportion to the growth of head 
 in breadth and ,ength (West). 
 
 Tall boys (naval cadets) are much more likely to have completed their growth at 
 an earlier age than those short in stature (Beyer. ). 
 
 Children born in summer are taller than those born in winter (Combe). 
 
 Boys of small frames often have large heads and are deficient in repose of character, 
 and when the chest is contracted and mental action slow, this mental condition is due 
 probably to lack of supply of purified blood (Liharzik). 
 
 Delicate, slender people are much more subject to typhoid fever than to consump- 
 tion (Hilderbrand). 
 
 Women students who have had infectious diseases are superior in weight, height, 
 strength, and lung capacity to those having had hereditary diseases (MacDonald) . b 
 
 Some defective children are over-normal that is, they are taller and heavier than 
 other children (Basse). 
 
 Growth degenerates as we go lower in the social scale (British Association for 
 Advancement of Science). 
 
 Dull children are lighter and precocious children heavier than the average child 
 (Porter). 
 
 Urban life decreases stature from five years of age on (Peckham). 
 
 Truant 'boys are inferior in weight, height, and chest girth to boys in general 
 (Kline). 
 
 Righthandedness is natural, and the superiority of the right over the left hand 
 increases with growth (Smedley, F. W.). 
 
 SIGHT. 
 
 Visual perceptions are not copies of a physical world, but mainly the result of 
 experience and utility (Cattell). 
 
 In the association of images frequency is the most constant condition of suggesti- 
 bility (Calkins, Mary W.). 
 
 If the eye is the expressing sense, all lengths are greatly underestimated, the error 
 decreasing as the length increases (Jastrow). 
 
 The recognition of an ordinary picture requires one-fifth of a second or less, the 
 time decreasing as the familiarity increases (Colegrove, F. W.). 
 
 An object is recognized more readily when inverted than in either of the two 
 intermediate portions of quarter-reversal, and more readily than in the erect mirror 
 position or the position inverted (Dearborn, G. V.). 
 
 Visualization decays as age advances and abstract thought increases (Armstrong 
 and Judd). 
 
 a For a full understanding of some of the results one of course must consult the 
 
 iginal articles. 
 
 b Philadelphia Medical Journal, April 20, 1901. 
 
72 A PLAN FOE THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 Localization seems to depend much more on fusion than upon motor tension of 
 the eyes (Hyslop). 
 
 The effects of fatigue are more lasting toward the side portion of the retina than 
 near the center (Washburn, Margaret F. ). 
 
 From the commencement of a momentary illumination until the appearance of an 
 after-image 0.344 second elapses (v. Vintschgau and Lustig) . 
 
 The eye when in the primary position can be rotated from this position 42 out- 
 ward, 45 inward, 34 upward, and 57 downward (Schuurmann). 
 
 The sense of sight is much more accurate in estimating length than the sense of 
 touch aided by the muscular sense (Swift, E. J.). 
 
 When colored objects are very small and illumined only for a short time, the 
 normal eye first fails to perceive red (Aubert). 
 
 When retinal fields (colored squares or figures) are presented in succession the 
 new field dominates in consciousness (Pace, E. A.). 
 
 There is good evidence for believing that we can get an after-image from a mental 
 image (Downey, June E.). 
 
 Red and yellow are visible at greater distances than green and blue (Misses Tanner 
 and Anderson). 
 
 The pleasantness of colors generally increases with their saturation (Cohn, J. ). 
 
 The optic nerves, especially the left optic, in Laura Bridgman, are very small, 
 when compared with those in normal brains (Donaldson). 
 
 Children can not see colors as far in indirect vision as adults. Difference in sex 
 makes no perceptible difference in the extent of color range (Luckey, G. W. A.). 
 
 In comparison of a fixed object with one which is moved toward or from the eye 
 the moved object is generally underestimated (McCrea and Pritchard). 
 
 In the audibility of shrill notes there is a remarkable falling off of the power as 
 age advances (Galton). 
 
 Beats are more precisely perceived by the ear than by other sense-organs (Horing, 
 Mach). 
 
 We distinguish more easily the direction from which noises mixed with musical 
 tones come than that of tones (Rayleigh). 
 
 The fixedness of auditory localization can indeed influence the optical impression 
 (Miinsterbergand Pierce). 
 
 The conception of a rhythm demands a perfectly regular sequence of impressions 
 within the limits of about I second and 0.1 second (Bolton, T. E.). 
 
 The auditory element in reading is a much more persistent factor than articula- 
 tion (Secor, B. S.). 
 
 Tones of liminal intensity, attentively followed by practiced observers, evince the 
 fluctuations ordinarily described as " fluctuations of attentions " (Cook, H. O. ). 
 
 There is no good evidence for supposing that cutaneous sensations play any part in 
 the localization of sound (Angell and Fite). 
 
 MEMORY. 
 
 In young children a memory image is smaller than its object, while in adults it 
 may exceed the object in size (Wolfe, H. K.). 
 
 The memory which acts quicker acts better (Bigham, J.). 
 
 The memory image tends to grow larger as the time interval increases (Warren and 
 Shaw). 
 
 The memory image is more readily producible after five minutes than after one 
 minute (Bent ley, I. M.). 
 
 Matter memorized orally appears to be retained slightly better than that memorized 
 visually (Whitehead, L. G.). 
 
 It is absurd to assume that the memorizing of any subject gives valuable memory 
 training (Kirkpatrick, E. A.). 
 
 Sentences are remembered inversely in proportion to their length and number of 
 nonessentials contained (Shaw, J. C.). 
 
 Great men, though often absent-minded, have strong memories in the lines of their 
 interests (Yoder). 
 
 The accuracy of memory is enhanced if, during the interval, the attention is 
 deflected from the thing to be remembered to something else (von Zwetan Radosla- 
 wow-Hadji-Denkow). 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 73 
 
 SKIN. 
 
 The skin over the joints is more sensitive than elsewhere; touches on the back are 
 more distinctly felt than touches on the front of the body; touches on the left side 
 are not so well localized as on the right side (Krohn and Bolton). 
 
 The greater the mobility of the part, the greater the sense of locality on the skin 
 (Vierordt). 
 
 A weight held by one limb seems to become lighter as soon as we contract other 
 muscles of the limb, which, however, are not required -to act in supporting the 
 weight (Charpentier). 
 
 The sensibility to cold is generally greater than to heat, that of the left hand greater 
 than the right (Goldscheider). 
 
 Limbs which are asleep feel heat and not cold (Herzen) . 
 
 The greater the sensibility of the skin the more rapidly can stimuli succeed each 
 other and still be perceived as single impressions (Bloch). 
 
 Two points touching the skin feel wider apart than when moving along the skin 
 (Fechner). 
 
 The pain threshold increases with the area of stimulation, but, like the tactile 
 threshold, much more slowly than in direct proportion. The most sensitive parts 
 of the body are those where the skin is not separated from the bone by muscular and 
 other tissues (Griffing, H.). 
 
 In cutaneous perception of form, the tip of the tongue ranks first, then come the 
 finger tips and lips (Major, D. R.). 
 
 TASTE AND SMELL. 
 
 Taste sensations, so far as their discriminative or intellectual value is concerned, 
 are the composite result of the mingling of sensations of smell, touch, temperature, 
 sight, and taste (Patrick, G. T. W.). 
 
 Sweet is tasted best on the tip of the tongue, sour on the edge, and bitter at the 
 base, acid equally on the tip and edges, but less at the base (Kiesow, F.). 
 
 Saline substances are tasted most rapidly (after 0.17 second); then come sveet, 
 acid, and bitter (v. Vintschgau). 
 
 Odorous bodies diminish the number of respirations (Gourewitsch). 
 
 Weber's law applies to smell (Gamble, Eleanor). 
 
 MOVEMENT. 
 
 The thought of a movement already begins it, facilitates it, quickens it; yet atten- 
 tion to a practiced movement in many instances embarrasses it, hinders it, lengthens 
 it (Baldwin). 
 
 Accuracy in judging space by movements of the arm increases with age (Gilbert). 
 
 Automatic movements of the speech organs do take place and are far from uncom- 
 mon (Curtis, H. S.). 
 
 There is a gradual increase of motor ability with age; the increase in mental abil- 
 ity is not so well marked. Boys slightly surpass girls in motor ability, while the 
 reverse obtains in mental ability (Bagley, W. C. ). 
 
 In involuntary motor reaction there is a strong tendency to expansion under agree- 
 able stimuli, and to contraction under disagreeable stimuli (Miinsterberg). 
 
 Contraction of the extensor muscles is more pleasant in itself than contraction of 
 the flexors (Dearborn, G. V. N.). 
 
 The individual who is fairly accurate and very quick is generally more accurate 
 when he takes more time (Fitz, G. W.). 
 
 The average knee jerk varies in amount at different times of day, being as a rule 
 greatest in the morning and very much less at night, and in general large after each 
 meal (Lombard). 
 
 ATTENTION. 
 
 The constant of attention for any activity increases with (1) the effort of the accom- 
 modation of the special sense organs; (2) the effort in coordination of the muscles; 
 (3) the effort of the memory, and (4) the number of simultaneous activities (Welch, 
 Janette C.). 
 
 The time question in attention is not a case of a " sensory" versus a " motor" 
 reaction, but of a sensori-motor less habitual versus a sensori-motor more habitual 
 (Angell and Moore). , 
 
 In perceptual attention there is a general increase in the rapidity of respiration. 
 This is also characteristic of heightened mental activity (MacDougal," R. ). 
 
74 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 VOLITION. 
 
 The power of volition of the ego seems to induce changes in the cerebral centers 
 and connected organs of sense apparently without any use of the muscular system to 
 control the nature of those changes (Ladd). 
 
 Mental images themselves constitute the motives, the springs of action, for all we 
 do (Lay, W.).. 
 
 Positive feeling seems to indicate that the function exercised is supported by 
 a good amount of nervous energy, and negative feeling the opposite condition 
 .Hylan, J. P.). 
 
 If the volitional temperament is unfavorable, practice will have no effect in deter- 
 mining the two types of reaction time (Titchener, Hill, and Watanabe). 
 
 STIMULATION AND SENSATION. 
 
 Intensity of sensation is exactly proportional to the duration of simulation, the 
 time being less than necessary to produce a maximum effect (ixmgh, J. E.). 
 
 The threshold of sensation for the sense of pressure in an average person is 2 milli- 
 grams on the forehead, temple, and back of forearm, 5 milligrams on nose and chin, 
 and 15 milligrams on under surface of fingers (Scripture). 
 
 Equal increments of sensation are produced by increments of stimulus in geomet- 
 rical progression (Morgan, C. L. ). 
 
 The minimal time of stimulation which will yield an after sensation is about 5 
 seconds with a pressure of 150 grams (Spindler, F. H.). 
 
 In judgments of comparison with a mental standard, there is an absence of any 
 correspondence with Weber's law (Wood worth and Thorndike). 
 
 MORAL SENSE. 
 
 fpung children think of the results of action; older children consider more the 
 motive that leads to action (Schallenberger, Margaret). 
 
 The humane instinct in children is much stronger than the destructive instinct 
 (Barnes). 
 
 As age increases, children have more sense of their own value, submit to punish- 
 ment less, but feel more responsibility (Frear, Caroline). 
 
 Moral action in child life is more a matter of imitation than intellect (Street, J. K. ). 
 
 Girls show less interest in material things than boys, and admire the aesthetic 
 more (Chandler, Katherine). 
 
 READING AND WRITING. 
 
 Many acts called intelligent, such as reading and writing, can go on quite auto- 
 matically in ordinary people (Solomons, Leon ML, and Stein, Gertrude). 
 
 In reading, the size of type is the all-important condition of visual fatigue. No 
 type less than 1.5 mm. in height (eleven-point) should be used, the fatigue increas- 
 ing rapidly even before the size becomes as small as this (Griffing and Franz). 
 
 In learning to interpret the telegraphic language it is intense effort which edu- 
 cates; each new step in advance seems to cost more than the former (Bryan and 
 Harter). 
 
 In writing, men respond to an increased difficulty by intensifying the volitional 
 impulse; women, by a reduction in the size of the characters written (Diehl, A.). 
 
 Rapid readers do their work better, as well as in less time, and retain more of the 
 substance of what is read (Quantz, J. O.). 
 
 As to legibility of small letters, w, m, q, p, v, y, j, and f are good; h, r, d, g, k, b, 
 x, 1, n, and u are fair, and a, t, i, z, o, c, s, and e are poor (Sanford). 
 
 Eye movements in reading are not materially different from those made in response 
 to peripheral stimuli as the eye looks back and forth between two fixation points 
 (Dodge and Cline). 
 
 In adding, the effect of alcohol seems to be a slight quickening; in reading and 
 writing, alcohol produces a period of quickening followed by a period of retardation 
 (Partridge, G. E.). 
 
 ILLUSIONS AND DREAMS. 
 
 In perception of visual form each observer has certain habits of illusion, or certain 
 typical modes of associative completion, which persist with modification throughout 
 his records (Hempstead, L.). 
 
 Illusions are mainly due to autosuggestion (Tawney, G. A.). 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 75 
 
 Men are less prone than women to illusions of weight (Wolfe, H. K.). 
 
 Dreams are the product of light sleep, representing the reinstatement of conscious- 
 ness after the early and profound sleep (Patrick and Gilbert). 
 
 The delusions of the waking hours seldom or never come to harass the sleep of the 
 monomaniac (Pilcz, A.). 
 
 Illusions are easily built up when suggested along the lines of firmly fixed asso- 
 ciations, and consequently the brightest children are more suggestible under these 
 conditions than the dullest ones (Dresslar, F. B. ). 
 
 BLUSHING AND FEAR. 
 
 Blushing comes from shyness and fear, is unnatural and morbid, increases at 
 puberty, and it, greater in women than men ( Partridge, G. E. ) . 
 
 In boys, fear increases from ages 7 to 15, and then declines; in girls, from 4 to 18. 
 Girls fear more than boyi (Hall). 
 
 POWER OF ESTIMATION. 
 
 Younger children underestimate weight and size (proportion) and overestimate 
 time (Franz and Houston). 
 
 Weights are discriminated a little better through the hand than through the foot 
 (Kinnaman, A. J.) 
 
 In the estimation of measurement men are more accurate than women (Bolton, 
 T. E.). 
 
 Time perception can alone be accounted for as a process. Nearly all persons under 
 nearly all conditions find a particular length of time interval more easily and accu- 
 rately to be judged than any other (Nichols, H.). 
 
 MISCELLANEOUS. 
 
 Students entering college have heads on the average 19.3 cm. long; 15 per cent 
 have defective hearing; their average reaction time is 0.174 sec.; they can remember 
 seven numerals heard once (Cattell and Farrand). 
 
 In reaction time, the ear-lip coordination is the fastest (Angell and Moore). 
 
 Lower races seem to have shorter reaction times than higher races; they are more 
 automatic (Bache, R. M.). 
 
 The mental processes of the highest animals are not radically different from those 
 of men, but man has capabilities of feeling and intellection which animals can not 
 attain (Mills, W.). 
 
 Mental exercise causes less inflow of arterial blood into the arm, and so does sleep 
 (Mosso). 
 
 Vascular tonicity increases dicrotism (double-beating pulse) and high pressure 
 diminishes it (Binet). 
 
 In general, sensitiveness to pain decreases in order of birth (Carman, Ada). 
 
 Those who have endured the most hardihood in life are usually the least sensitive 
 to pain (MacDonald). 
 
 City children are more vivacious, but have less power of endurance than country 
 children (Liharzik). 
 
 Among United States naval cadets there is a great preponderance of blondes 
 (Beyer). 
 
 The insane show an excess of 5 per cent of light eyes, with dark hair, and criminals 
 of 10 per cent of dark eyes, with dark hair, over the general population (Roberts). 
 
 In Germany 40 per cent of the children of the well-to-do classes are blondes and 
 less than 10 per cent brunettes (Virchow). 
 
 The endurance (ergographic work) of boys is greater than that of girls at all ages 
 (Christopher, W. S.)- 
 
 The desire to make the objective conditions correspond with the subjective ones 
 requires unity in our lorms, and is the one essential condition for the emergence of 
 the aesthetic consciousness (Pierce, E. ). 
 
 In religion conversion is not a unique experience, but has its correspondence in the 
 common phenomena of religious growth (Starbuck, E. D.). 
 
 Continuous intellectual work during several hours produces a decrease in the heart 
 beats (Vaschide). 
 
 Weather conditions which are physically energizing and exhilarating are accom- 
 panied by an unusual number of excesses in deportment and the minimum of deaths 
 and mental inexactness, while the opposite meteorological conditions show the re- 
 verse effects (Dexter, E. G.) 
 
76 A PLAN FOE THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 In literature red indicates man; blue and green, nature; and white, yellow, and 
 black, imagination (Ellis, Havelock). 
 
 High percentile rank in height, weight, and chest circumference in growing chil- 
 dren is nearly always found associated with a superior grade of mental work, as that 
 is determined in our schools (Beyer). 
 
 WASHINGTON CHILDREN. 
 
 There is a very general representation from all States among the residents of Wash- 
 ington. Conclusions concerning the children, therefore, may be more applicable to 
 our country as a whole. We give some results from our study of 20,000 children in 
 the public schools. 
 
 As circumference of head increases mental ability increases. 
 
 Colored girls have larger circumference of head at all ages than white girls. 
 
 Boys have greater circumference of head than girls, yet girls are superior to boys 
 in their studies, but girls show higher percentages of average ability, and so less vari- 
 ability, indicating less power of adaptation. This is interpreted by some to be a 
 defect from an evolutionary point of view. 
 
 In white children brightness decreases with age in most studies. In colored 
 children the reverse is the case. 
 
 Dull children are the most unruly, and unruly children are the dullest. 
 
 Mixture of nationalities does not seem to be favorable to the development of mental 
 ability in the offspring. 
 
 The pubertal period of superiority of girls over boys in height, sitting height, and 
 weight is nearly a year longer in the laboring classes than in the nonlaboring (pro- 
 fessional and mercantile) classes. 
 
 Children with abnormalities are inferior in height, sitting height, and weight and 
 circumference of head to children in general. 
 
 Abnormalities are most frequent at dentition and puberty. 
 
 CRIMINOLOGY. a 
 
 Criminology is a branch of sociolog}^, and treats of those actions, 
 thoughts, and feelings which are especially dangerous either to the 
 individual or society. Drill says that crime is a sensible measure of 
 the degree of health, strength, and prosperity of a given society in a 
 given moment of its existence. The social organism suffers from dis- 
 ease just as the individual. Thus there is a social pathology, which 
 considers the morbid states of society and the anomalies opposed to 
 nature, and shows their coexistence and the derivation of one from the 
 other. 
 
 Criminology proper may be divided into general, special, and practi- 
 cal. General criminology consists in a summary and synthesis of all 
 the facts known. Special criminology concerns the investigation of 
 individual cases, physically, psychically, and historically considered. 
 Here, perhaps, is the most promising field for the advancement of 
 criminology as a science. The practical side, which includes all 
 methods and institutions for the prevention or repression of crime, is 
 the most familiar to the public. 
 
 SCIENTIFIC METHOD. 
 
 The study of criminology, like the study of medicine, should be car- 
 ried on by scientific methods that is to say, all the conditions, occa- 
 sions, and causes of crime must be investigated first, if the treatment 
 is to be a rational one. " Sound pathology, sound medicine," is as true 
 as it is familiar. 
 
 a See "Abnormal Man" (by writer) for further details; published by U. S. Bureau 
 of Education. 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 77 
 
 A practical advantage in the study of criminals is, that they being 
 in prison, questions can be asked and investigations permitted that 
 would be very difficult outside of prison. The exact conditions, such as 
 diet, regularity in manner of living, etc., being known, make it more 
 favorable for scientific inquiry. And since the criminal is living on the 
 bounty of the State, there is no valid reason why he can not be utilized 
 (provided always that it is in a humane way); for the very object of 
 such an investigation is ultimately to benefit the State by lessening 
 crime. The method is, by a thorough diagnosis, to trace out the under- 
 ly ing and constant causes of crime, and thus be enabled to apply direct 
 means toward its prevention and repression. The study of the crim- 
 inal can also be the study of a normal man; for most .criminals are so 
 by occasion or accident, and differ in no essential respect from other 
 men. Thus an individual, becoming excited in discussion, or under 
 the influence of liquor, or on account of an insult, may, on the spur of 
 the moment, strike the offender with the nearest object in his reach. 
 If it is a hammer, he becomes a criminal; if it is a book, he is not a 
 criminal. 
 
 But even where the individual is criminal by nature, it is generally 
 his moral and not his intellectual side that is abnormal; so that methods 
 found to be successful in mental education will be applicable outside 
 of prison; and vice versa, any experiment that fails in prison may save 
 the community from making a similar mistake. Thus the prison or 
 reformatory may also serve as a laboratory for experiments on humanity 
 for the good of humanity itself. The pressing need of the present is a 
 sytem of education that will prepare the average young person for 
 actual life. Such a system will not be found by arguments or theories, 
 but must come from experiments. Any prison method that might be 
 found successful for the moral, intellectual, and industrial training of 
 the weak in life would a fortiori be applicable to societ} r at large. 
 
 PRISON DISCIPLINE. 
 
 It is almost a truism of prison discipline that the conditions inside 
 should approach those outside as near as possible, so that on the pris- 
 oner's release the change may not be so sudden as to precipitate his 
 early fall. He probably became an evil doer gradually, and if he becomes 
 a good citizen the change must be as gradual. The importance of the 
 application of the individual method in prison discipline is evident here. 
 It seems rational that one in charge of a penal or reformatory institu- 
 tion should know at least the important details as to the character and 
 life of every individual under his charge. The practical value (not to 
 mention the scientific value) is obvious. This applies as well to all the 
 underofficers, who are much more in contact with the men. We say 
 it seems rational, if the men are to have intelligent and proper treat- 
 ment. But, as a matter of fact, in almost all our institutions, if not all, 
 ignorance of such details is the rule among those in charge, and this 
 ignorance seems to be the most intense among those who are in closest 
 relation with the inmates, the very ones whom such knowledge might 
 assist the most. 
 
 The real trouble, as in other institutions, is the want of thoroughly 
 trained men. It is as true of a prison as of a university that buildings 
 do not make it, but men. The public, however, are unwilling to pay 
 for trained men. Even the wardenship of a prison is not regarded as 
 
78 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 a very high political office, nor are intellectual qualifications a conspic- 
 uous requisition. The regular duties of a warden (not to mention his 
 political ones) leave him little time and less energy to make an indi 
 yidual study of his prisoners, and too many of the underofficers are 
 incapable from lack of education or intelligence, or both. Many of 
 the criminals are more intelligent than those over them. The psycho- 
 logical effect is apparent. Given ten of the most disorderly men in a 
 prison, and one of the lowest paid officers (as is too often the case) to 
 take charge of them, the result is likewise evident. 
 
 Having considered the point of view from within the prison, we 
 may briefly take up the point of view of the citizen outside, who is of 
 much more value than the criminal. The value of the criminal is very 
 small in comparison, but it is infinitesimally so when the whole com- 
 munity are considered. In a sense the criminal is important, simply 
 because the community make him so. Just as a flaw in one little part 
 of a mechanism can throw the whole into disorder, so the criminal is 
 important, since by his crime he can throw the whole community into 
 excitement. Why, then, should he have so comfortable quarters and 
 many privileges at the expense of the community ? Simply because it 
 is more economical for the community (not to mention higher moral 
 and religious reasons) to treat him well than otherwise. History 
 records the results of. the vengeance theory, and shows at least its 
 uselessness. 
 
 APPLICATION OF SCIENTIFIC METHOD. 
 
 By the application of the scientific method is meant that all facts, 
 especially psychological (sociological, historical, etc.), physiological, 
 and pathological, must form the basis of investigation. Psychological 
 facts that can be scientifically determined, as affecting humanity, bene- 
 ficially or not, are comparatively few in number. Physiologically, 
 more facts can be determined as to their effect on humanity, but it is 
 preeminently in the field of pathology that definite scientific results 
 can be acquired. As to the difficulty of investigating psycho-ethical 
 effects, it may be said physiological psychology and psycho-physics 
 have not as yet furnished a sufficient number of scientific facts. 
 
 By the scientific application of chemistry, clinical and experimental 
 medicine, with vivisection, to physiology, many truths of ethical 
 importance to humanity are made known, but there is much here to be 
 desired; for example, what is said about questions of diet and ways of 
 living in general is scientifically far from satisfactory. The develop- 
 ment of pathology in medicine has been without precedent. Its direct 
 ethical value to humanity is already very great; but the outlook into 
 the future is still greater. It is only necessary to mention the discov- 
 ery of the cholera and tuberculosis germs (a conditio sine qua non of 
 their prevention). Immunity in the case of the latter woulcf be one of 
 the greatest benefactions yet known to the race. Medicine can be said 
 to be the study of the future, especially in the scientific and prophy- 
 lactic sense. It is to experimental medicine that scientific ethics will 
 look for many of its basal facts. 
 
 In emphasizing the scientific method as the most important it is not 
 intended to exclude others. The a priori method has been of inesti- 
 mable value to philosophy, ethics, and theology, and to science itself in 
 the forming of hypotheses and theories, which are often necessary 
 anticipations of truth, to be verified afterwards. The a priori method 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 79 
 
 is related to the a posteriori method as the sails to the ballast of the 
 boat: the more philosophy the better, provided there are a sufficient 
 number of facts; otherwise there is danger of upsetting the craft. 
 
 The present office of ethics is, as far as the facts will allow, to sug- 
 gest methods of conduct to follow and ideals to hold that will bring 
 humanity into a more moral, physiological, and normal state, enabling 
 each individual to live more in harmony with nature's laws. Such an 
 applied ethics must study especially the phenomena manifested in the 
 different forms of pathological humanity and draw its conclusions 
 from the facts thus gathered. 
 
 But there are many scientists who look wit l suspicion upon the 
 introduction of philosophical thought and methods into their field. We 
 may call them pure scientists, that is to say, those who believe that 
 the term scientific truth should be applied only to that form of truth 
 which can be directly verified by facts accessible to all. Yet from this 
 point of view the arrangement, classification, formation of hypotheses 
 and theories, or philosophical conclusions are not necessarily ille- 
 gitimate, provided those processes are clearly distinguished* from 
 each other and rigidly separated from the facts. Perhaps the study 
 which, more than all others, will contribute toward a scientific ethics 
 is criminology, the subject-matter of which touches the popular mind 
 very closely, owing, in a great measure, to the influence of the press; 
 and though this has its dangers, yet it is the duty of this, as of every 
 science, to make its principles and conclusions as clear as possible to 
 the public, since in the end such questions vitally concern them. 
 
 Crime can be said, in a certain sense, to be nature's experiment on 
 humanity. If a nerve of a normal organism is cut, the organs in which 
 irregularities are produced are those which the nerve controls. In this 
 way the office of a nerve in the normal state may be discovered. The 
 criminal is, so to speak, the severed nerve of society, and the study of 
 him is a practical way, though indirect, of studying normal men. And 
 since the criminal is seven-eighths like other men, such a study is, in 
 addition, a direct inquiry into normal humanity. 
 
 The relation also of criminology to society and to sociological ques- 
 tions is already intimate, and ma}^ in the future become closer. Just 
 what crime is at present depends more upon time, location, race, 
 country, nationality, and even the state in which one resides. But 
 notwithstanding the extreme relativity of the idea of crime, there are 
 some things in our present social life that are questionable. A young 
 girl of independence, but near poverty, tries to earn her own living at 
 f 3 a week, and if, having natural desires for a few comforts and some 
 taste for her personal appearance, she finally, through pressure, over- 
 steps the bound, society, which permits this condition of things, imme- 
 diately ostracizes her. It borders on criminality that a widow works 
 fifteen hours a day in a room in which she lives, making trousers at 10 
 cents a pair, out of which she and her family must live, until they 
 gradually rundown toward death from want of sufficient nutrition, fresh 
 air, and any comfort. It is criminally questionable to leave stoves in 
 cars, so that if the passenger is not seriously injured, but only wedged 
 in, he will have the additional chances of burning to death. It has been 
 a general truth, and in some cases is still, that so many persons must 
 perish by tire before private individuals will furnish fire escapes to 
 protect their own patrons. It seems criminal to grant licenses to 
 hotels, where a sudden fire in the night would almost certainly cause 
 the death of human beings. It is a fact that over 5,000 people are 
 
80 A PLAN FOE THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 killed 3 r early in the United States at railroad grade crossings, most 
 of whose lives could have been spared had either the road or the rail- 
 road passed either one over the other. But it is said that such im- 
 provements would involve an enormous expense; that is, practically, 
 to admit that the extra money required is of more consequence than 
 the 5,000 human lives. And yet, strange as it may seem, if a brutal 
 murderer is to lose his life, and there is the least doubt as to his pre- 
 meditation, a large part of the community is often aroused into moral 
 excitement, if not indignation, while the innocently murdered railroad 
 passenger excites little more than a murmur. 
 
 There is, perhaps, no subject upon which the public conscience is 
 more tender than the treatment of the criminal. 
 
 Psychologically, the explanation is simple, for the public have been 
 educated gradually to feel the misfortune and sufferings of the crim- 
 inal; it is also easier to realize, since the thought is confined generally 
 to one personality at a time. But if the public could all be eye-wit- 
 nesses to a few of our most brutal railroad accidents, the consciousness 
 gained might be developed into conscientiousness in the division of 
 their sympathies. But this feeling, however paradoxical, is a sincere, 
 though sometimes morbid, expression of unselfish humanitarianism; 
 for the underlying impulses are of the most ethical order, and over- 
 cultivation is a safer error than undercultivation. The moral climax 
 of this feeling was reached when the Founder of Christianity was 
 placed between two thieves 
 
 INSTRUCTION IN CRIMINOLOGY. a 
 
 In a report prepared by Lombroso for the International Penological 
 Congress is the question whether it will be advisable to organize in- 
 struction in penal science. That is, by what means could there be 
 added the positive study of the facts and questions of application, 
 without interfering with the performance of duties and without preju- 
 dice to the administration. 
 
 In our own country and Europe science and the university have 
 manifested little interest in criminological subjects. They have taken 
 the position of the public that crime is a necessary and incurable evil, 
 and so there is little use in troubling about it. Yet penitentiary and 
 carcerial sciences are the most complicated and most susceptible to 
 instruction of all other sciences. To construct the most healthy, most 
 economical, and best adapted prison cell or workshop is a desideratum. 
 The same is true as to the construction of women's prisons, houses of 
 arrest for accused persons, innocent or guilty, andplaces for witnesses. 
 
 At present our jurists study law books much more than they do 
 criminals; and yet perhaps one-half of the time of our courts is con- 
 fined to criminals. Criminals are considered by many jurists, prison 
 employees, and the public as normal men, who are unlucky and unfor- 
 tunate. The individual study of the criminal and crime is a necessity 
 if we are to be protected from ex convicts, the most costly and the most 
 dangerous class we have. But the criminal can not be studied without 
 being seen and examined. For the love of science and humanity we 
 permit the examination of the sick, of pregnant -women by young men, 
 manipulation in surgical clinics of fractured members; the visiting, 
 examination, and individual study of the insane, although these are 
 sometimes injurious to the insane. But the criminal may not receive 
 
 a For a bibliography of criminology see Hearing before House Judiciary Committee 
 on bill to establish a laboratory, etc. (57th Congress, 1st session). 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 81 
 
 visits, may not submit to a scientific examination. Why should crim- 
 inals be so privileged a class ? An accused innocent person may have his 
 name and life, with photograph, published in the newspapers; and yet 
 objections are raised to the study of habitual criminals for scientific 
 purposes. 
 
 Benedikt, a specialist in craniology at the University of Vienna, 
 sa} T s that to correct the criminal and protect society the criminal must 
 be studied scientifically. For this puspose the universities, higher 
 courts of justice, and prisons should have places for instruction and 
 investigation. 
 
 CRIMINALS NOT SO ABNORMAL. 
 
 Should a philosopher desire to study normal human nature experi- 
 mentally, he could do this best in prison, for probably nine-tenths of 
 prisoners are criminals by occasion that is, their crime is due mainly 
 to bad social conditions; their personality differs little or none at all 
 from that of the average man, so that any results gained here relate 
 to normal man. But there is an additional advantage, questions can 
 be asked and investigations permitted that would be difficult with 
 normal man outside of prison. The prisoner has much less to lose and 
 will often make confessions that few outside of prison would care to 
 make, giving the deepest insight into human nature. Another advan- 
 tage is that the exact conditions, such as regularity in habits of life, 
 diet, etc., are known, and thus a more favorable condition of scientific 
 inquiry is afforded. This is especially true in reformatories, industrial 
 schools, houses of refuge, etc. ; most of the inmates are entirety normal; 
 it is abnormal surroundings, such as poverty or drunkenness at home, 
 that brought them here, and not abnormal natures in the children 
 themselves. But it may be added, that if children remain long enough 
 in such conditions they will be liable to develop whatever criminal 
 tendencies are in them. It is generally admitted that about 10 per 
 cent of inmates are incorrigible; that is, the}^ are criminals by nature. 
 As their incorrigibility is shown by repeated acts, it is not so difficult 
 to select these cases. This is not saying that such and such a case can 
 not be cured, but intelligent prison officials of long experience doubt 
 the probability of reformation. 
 
 CRIME NOT A DISEASE. 
 
 This fact of incorrigibility may be a reason why crime has been con- 
 sidered a disease. Reports from the principal penitentiaries of this 
 country recently gathered by the Bureau of Education show 82 per 
 cent in good health, 11 per cent in fair health. If crime is a disease, 
 it would seem that it has little to do with what is ordinarily designated 
 under this term. Some have sought by the study of criminals' brains 
 to show anatomical anomalies indicating disease; but there is little 
 agreement in these investigations. But if there were agreement, it 
 would only indicate probabilities, not certainties, for comparatively 
 few brains of criminals have been studied. Even in the case of the 
 insane it is not demonstrated that mental disease necessarily involves 
 brain disease; yet most investigators believe that it does, and with 
 good reason. But there have been cases of insanity in which cerebral 
 anomalies have been sought for in vain. To say that the cause was 
 functional and so did not leave any traces is a hypothesis, but not 
 knowledge in the scientific sense. Now, in the case of the criminal, the 
 too common statement that crime is disease, is speculation, not fact. 
 
 S. Doc. 400 6 
 
82 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 FREEDOM OF CRIMINALS 7 WILL. 
 
 A general sociological and ethical maxim is that the idea of wrong 
 depends upon the moral, intellectual, and physical danger or injury 
 which a thought, feeling, volition, or action brings to humanity. 
 
 This principle should be applied to degrees of exaggerated wrong or 
 crime. But it may be asked if the degree of freedom or of personal 
 guilt should not be the basis of punishment. The force of this objec- 
 tion is evident; the idea of freedom has been the basis of criminal law; 
 it has also been sanctioned by the experience of the race; and, although 
 no claim is made of carrying it into practice without serious difficul- 
 ties in the way of strict justice (difficulties inevitable to any system), 
 yet it has been not only of invaluable service, but a necessity to 
 humanity. This is not only true on criminal lines, but this idea has 
 been the conscious basis of our highest moral ideals. 
 
 But at the same time the exaggeration of the idea of freedom has 
 been one of the main causes of vengeance, which has left its traces in 
 blood, fire, and mart3 T rdom; and though at present vengeance seldom 
 seeks such extreme forms, yet it is far from extinct. On moral and 
 on biblical grounds, as far as man is concerned, vengeance can find 
 little support. With few exceptions, a revengeful tone or manner 
 toward a prisoner (the same is true outside of prison) always does 
 harm, for it stirs up similar feelings in the prisoner, which are often 
 the cause of his bad behavior and crime. Kindness, with firmness, 
 is the desirable combination. 
 
 If we were obliged to withhold action in the case of any criminal for 
 the reason that we did not know whether or in what degree he was 
 innocent or guilty, from the standpoint of freedom of will, the com- 
 munity would be wholly unprotected. If a tiger were loose in the 
 streets, the first question would not be whether he was guilty or not. 
 We should imprison the criminal, first of all, because he is dangerous 
 to the community. 
 
 THE STUDY OF CRIMINALS. a 
 
 At present our jurists study law books, not criminals, and yet 
 nearly one-half the time of our courts is given to criminals. The indi- 
 vidual study of the criminal and crime is a necessit3 r , if we are to be 
 protected from ex convicts the most costly and most injurious citizens 
 we have. 
 
 A complete study of a criminal includes his history, genealogy, and 
 all particulars concerning himself and his surroundings previous to and 
 during his criminal act; also a study of him in tlie psychophysical 
 sense that is, experiments upon his mind and body with instruments 
 of precision measuring, for example, his thought-time, sense of sight, 
 hearing, touch, taste, smell, pressure, heat, and cold; also an examina- 
 tion of his organs after death, especially of his brain. It is evident 
 that no one person could make an adequate study of a criminal. The 
 microscopical anatomy of the brain alone, with its physiology, is more 
 than the life work of many men could accomplish. Criminology, 
 therefore, depends for its advancement upon the results of numerous 
 departments of investigation. 
 
 a " Education, and Patho-social studies" (by author), published by the United 
 States Bureau of Education; also "Le Criminel-Type " (by author) /published in 
 France. 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 83 
 
 CRIMINOLOGY NOT YET A SCIENCE. 
 
 In a rigid sense criminology is no more a science than sociology. 
 Like many other branches of study, they are called sciences by cour- 
 tesy. But the empirical study of human beings, with whatever class 
 it begins, is an important step toward a scientific sociology. Crimi- 
 nology is an initiatory step in the direct study of individuals themselves 
 and their exact relations to their surroundings. The practical and 
 scientific value of such study consists in showing more clearly what 
 normal society is or ought to be, just as the study of insanity gives by 
 contrast an insight into mental health. 
 
 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE CRIMINAL'S BRAIN. 
 
 As already indicated, knowledge of the criminal's brain, as well as of 
 the brain in general, is very inadequate, so that any definite conclusions 
 are unwarranted. It may be said that the fact of a criminal having 
 mental anomalies and at the same time cerebral or cranial ones, does 
 not show that either one is the cause of the other, although it may 
 justify a presumption that they are in some way related; for such con- 
 clusions are based upon the anatomy rather than the physiology of the 
 brain; as to the latter, little is known. It is easy to conceive that brain 
 circulation, qualitative and quantitative, has as much to do in its effect 
 on the mind as anatomical conditions. It is, however, reasonable to 
 assume that in the last analysis every physiological irregularity is 
 based upon an anatomical one; }^et the reverse may be assumed also. 
 The probability would seem to be that the physiological and anatomical 
 mutually act and react, one upon the other; and to decide which is 
 primary is wholly beyond our present knowledge. 
 
 s 
 
 MEASUREMENTS OF EMOTION. 
 
 * Measurements of sensibility by instruments of precision have not 
 been carried very^ far. As an illustration of the probable importance 
 of this method of study, we give a diagram of the plethysmograph of 
 
 Mosso. The purpose of this instru- 
 ment is to show the effect of the emo- 
 tions upon the circulation of the arterial 
 blood. 
 
 This instrument is one among others 
 belonging to the Bureau of Education, 
 constituting the nucleus of a physio- 
 educational laboratory. It consists of 
 a cylindrical vessel, G, suited for the 
 limb (the arm); the opening through 
 which the limb is introduced is closed 
 with caoutchouc and the vessel is filled 
 with water. The arrangement is such 
 that any increase or decrease in the vol- 
 ume of water in the vessel G causes the weight N to rise or fall. On 
 this weight is attached a small bar which can be made to register its 
 upward or downward movement on a revolving cylinder. As the arm 
 enlarges from an increased supply of blood the curve registered on the 
 cylinder is upward. Since the flow of venous blood is regarded as 
 uniform in the passive limb, an increase of the volume of the arm 
 
 The Plethysmograph. 
 
84 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 shows a greater velocity in the flow of arterial blood in the limb. By 
 having the criminal insert his arm into the cylinder, some of the effects 
 of ideas on his emotional nature through the circulation of the blood 
 will be registered, giving involuntary testimony as to his nervous and 
 physical nature. Thus, in the case of one when the sentence of a judge 
 was read, a decrease in flow of blood was observed by the lowering 
 of the curve, but the sight of a cigar or a glass of wine raised the 
 curve, which is equivalent to an increase in flow of arterial blood in 
 the arm. In the case of a brutal murderer, the flow was little affected 
 by the sight of a pistol, whereas in normal man there is a decided 
 effect. The value of such an instrument for investigations on normal 
 people will also be evident when we consider that both mental depres- 
 sion and sleep may cause the curve to lower; during straining and 
 coughing the curve rises, but falls in sighing. 
 
 Although little has been done with the plethysmograph as yet, it is 
 easy to see the important bearing it may have on educational and 
 psycho-physical questions. Thus a pupil with his arm in the vessel 
 can be set to performing mathematical calculations or composing sen- 
 tences, or varied ideas may be presented to his mind, and the effects 
 of these mental states or studies on the circulatory system can be seen. 
 As it is very probable that an increase of circulation in the arm, 
 psychically caused, means a decrease of circulation in the brain, we 
 are able to study directly the influence of different mental conditions 
 on circulation in the brain. 
 
 MORAL OBTUSENESS. a 
 
 The extreme moral insensibility of habitual criminals can not be 
 better shown than by their words and acts, often naively expressed. 
 A criminal whose brother was being executed stole a purse and watch 
 and said, " What a misfortune my brother is not here to have his 
 share." Some speak so coldly and unconcernedly of their crimes in 
 court that they would be taken for witnesses rather than authors of 
 their deeds. Pity for the suffering of others is very feeble. One 
 reminds the priest (preaching to him repentance) of the wine he had 
 promised him fifteen days previously; and when mounting the scaf- 
 fold the last and only thing which he said was to ask his wife, who 
 was his accomplice, to give him credit for 37 francs. Another, from 
 the three executioners desired to choose his "professor." Another 
 complained of the condition of the streets through which he was 
 brought to the scaffold. 
 
 THE DECEITFULNESS OF CRIMINALS. 
 
 Perhaps the greatest power of deceit of which man is capable has 
 been shown on the scaffold. There are too many people who believe 
 that no one would tell a falsehood when facing death. The fact that 
 many hold this idea encourages criminals to insist on their innocence 
 to the very last. Especially is this true of the more intelligent crimi- 
 nals; for they see they have little to lose but some things to gain as 
 far as their reputation is concerned; for if they do not confess, many, 
 perhaps, may believe them to be innocent or even consider them martyrs. 
 Then, too, they may deny their guilt for~the sake of their family. 
 
 "For criminal psychology and cases of recidivation see Hearing before Committee 
 on Judiciary of the House on bill to establish a laboratory, etc. 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 85 
 
 Criminals probably fear death more than other men, but their 
 intense vanity helps them to conceal it, just as their lack of foresight 
 and impetuosity makes them appear courageous. Not a few have 
 been known to confess their faults to Him wha grants divine pardon 
 and then proclaim with a loud voice their innocence and die in contra- 
 diction with themselves. 
 
 PREVENTION OF CRIME. 
 
 "When the cause of a particular crime is found, this indicates the 
 most active cause, but not the only one. There may be specific rem- 
 edies for specific cases, but they can only be determined by special 
 study of the individuals. While some cases can not be reached, the 
 great majority can be made susceptible to reformation, or at least 
 improvement. Often the truest and best advice a physician can give 
 to his patient is to keep up the general health, and nature will be his 
 best servant in resisting all attacks of disease. The same principle 
 applies in aiding one to overcome temptations to evil or crime. Such 
 a remedy consists in moral and intellectual habits being implanted in 
 children, which will give a constant resistance to all temptation, and 
 be even an unconscious force when self-control is lost. Little can be 
 expected from palliative remedies as long as this educational remedy is 
 not thoroughly carried out. 
 
 BERTILLON SYSTEM OF MEASUREMENT. 
 
 Crime is encouraged from the difficulty of distinguishing one person 
 from another, so that habitual and professional criminals escape pun- 
 ishment. 
 
 The Bertillon system, although intended primarily for a practical end, 
 can be made of scientific value as far as it goes. Its measurements are 
 length and width of head, distance between zygomatic arches, length of 
 left foot, of left middle finger, left little finger, left forearm, and length 
 and width of ear. There is a descriptive part, including observation of 
 the bodily shape and movements. Deformities, peculiar marks on the 
 surface of the body resulting from disease or accident, and other signs, as 
 moles, warts, scars, tattooings, etc., are noted. Experience has shown 
 that absolute certainty of identity is possible by the Bertillon system. 
 But the full benefits of a practical system of identification can not be 
 reached unless applied to all individuals. There might be at first sen- 
 timental objections, as has happened in things subsequently of great 
 utility to society. No one who intended to be an honorable citizen 
 would have anything to fear; but, on the contrary, it would afford 
 protection to humanit3 r in enabling society to find its enemies. This 
 certainty of identification would discourage dishonest voting, assist in 
 recognizing deserters from the Army, in enforcing laws, and in facili- 
 tating many business matters. 
 
 CRIMINAL ARISTOCRACY, OR THE MAFFIA. 
 
 The aristocratic sentiment is found among the lower forms of life, 
 where it does not seem to have degenerated, as in man. It is easily 
 traced through the savage world up to man, where, if it does not take 
 the form of a government, it seems to exist in classes or individuals as 
 
86 A PLAN FOB THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 much as ever. While this is manifest enough in the higher circles, it 
 is just as evident among the unfortunate and lower. The poor on the 
 second floor of the tenement house consider themselves superior to 
 those on the top floor. In the almshouse and insane asylum the same 
 feeling is the cause of many petty quarrels. Among criminals, both in 
 and out of prison, the aristocratic sentiment often shows itself in the 
 form of associations. The highway robber detests the petty thief, and 
 the most brutal murderers hate liars and consider them cowards. 
 
 Association strengthens criminals- by discipline, develops their old 
 savage tendencies and causes them through vanity to commit atrocities 
 that would be repugnant were each of them alone. 
 
 The purpose of criminal associations is almost always to appropriate 
 the property of others. The} T are mostly composed of unmarried 
 young men, who are without education. In their organizations many 
 nave an armed chief with dictatorial power, and his authority, as in 
 savage tribes, comes from personal qualities. There is sometimes a 
 division of labor there is an executioner, a schoolmaster, secretary, 
 priest, physician, and sometimes a surgfeon, charged to disarticulate 
 the fingers, so that expertness at stealing can be acquired. Some asso- 
 ciations are not allowed to steal in the locality where they live, so that 
 they may have safe domicile. If anyone is put in prison for a small 
 offense, they take the precaution to hide nails and files in the cracks in 
 the walls. When they walk with their booty, the women go ahead, 
 holding the packages as if nursing a child. In some societies each has 
 a manual for action and dictionary for slang; some imitate epileptics 
 by falling down in a crowded street, simulating a fit, and consorts pick 
 the pockets of those pressing up to see the supposed victim; others 
 play the part of the insane or deaf-mute. 
 
 One of the well-known criminal organizations is the Maffia, an asso- 
 ciation of malefactors, whose home is in Sicily. As a rule, it has no 
 secret sects, statutes, regular meetings, or organization. Its power, 
 however, is veiy great; it is incarnated in the Sicilians. It is divided 
 into two clans, the Maffia of the city and the Maffia of the country. 
 They operate together, sustain one another, and divide the booty. 
 The members of the city Maffia steal, assassinate, seek to get posses- 
 sion of the large proceeds, and to hold the association in their grasp. 
 The rustic members are bands of from ten to twenty brigands, who 
 infest the country, causing terror everywhere. The Maffia are pro- 
 fessional criminals, and desire to become rich by this method. They 
 have their own code of justice, which is not social justice; their ver- 
 dicts are unchangeable and prompt. A witness condemned by the 
 Maffia is killed within twenty-four hours. They work by terror. A 
 judge will avoid condemning a criminal through fear of being 
 stabbed. A witness against the criminal shares the same danger. The 
 prefect of Palermo defines the Maffia as a latent and pernicious power 
 in a country where corruption and reaction against authority is a 
 heritage of the past. By the aid of this society people of every class 
 yield to a reciprocal assistance in view of defense, plunder, gain, 
 power, vengeance in using all the means that law, morality, and civil- 
 ization detest and condemn. The rich practice it to protect their per- 
 son and property. 
 
 There are classes of Maffiosi the Maffioso of action, that is, brigand, 
 the thief, or the assassin; the secret Maffioso, who gathers and distrib- 
 utes the news and is a silent aid for the perpetration of crimes; the 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 87 
 
 Maffioso manuten golo, through fear or interest, is the purveyor and 
 receiver of stolen goods for the Maffiosi of action. 
 
 The Bassa Maffia is a lower grade of the society. Here any scamp 
 who thinks he has courage can become a Maffioso; he threatens to kill 
 some one and is honored by all. The Alta Maffia seeks to make a 
 show of good manners, and at the same time to be in accord with the 
 brave of the Maffiosi of low extraction. 
 
 The Bravi, or supreme chiefs, are sometimes elegantly clothed and 
 wear 3 el low gloves. Then there are the stabbers and the thieves. 
 They seek financial aid in enterprises of vengeance, in clandestine lotter- 
 ies, in illicit profit from public works, and sometimes in blackmailing. 
 
 They all follow faithfully their unwritten code. Here are some of 
 the principles: To keep absolute silence concerning the crimes which 
 they witness, and to be ready to give false testimony in order to cover 
 up traces; to give protection to the rich for money considerations; to 
 defy public force at all times and everywhere, and always to be armed; 
 to fight a duel for the most frivolous motives, and not to hesitate to 
 stab treacherously; to avenge at any price injuries received, even if one 
 is intimately related to the offender. Whoever is found wanting in 
 any of these respects is declared infamous, which means that he should 
 be killed without delay, even if in prison; if weapons are wanting, to 
 suffocate him in his pail. He receives also an order to give himself 
 up to death. Knowing the condemnation to be irrevocable, he strictly 
 obeys. Before killing a comrade, one notifies him by drawing a cross on 
 his door or by shooting a pistol at his house. Lombroso has seen many 
 escape death by seeking mercy in being shut up alone in a prison cell. 
 
 Like ordinary rascals, they have their slang. They say "sleep" in- 
 stead of death, ' ' cats " for war, ' 4 ruby " for eye, ' ' product of extortion " 
 for linen, "tic-tac" for revolver. Their principal home is in prison. 
 They are firm in their hatred. Lombroso tells of one, who, feeling 
 himself the weaker one, kept his vengeance for fifteen years, until at 
 last his adversary was condemned to death. Then he petitioned the 
 Naples court and obtained the favor of filling the office of executioner. 
 
 The most complete organization of criminal aristocracy is the Cam- 
 morra at Naples. The Maffia is a variety of the Cammorra. A further 
 study of the Maffia can be pursued perhaps in no better way than by 
 describing the Cammorra. 
 
 This organization consists of a number of prisoners, or ex-convicts, 
 formed into small independent groups, but under one hierarchy. The 
 aspiring candidate must prove that he is courageous and that he can 
 keep a secret. He should kill or wound anyone who would name to 
 him the sect; if victims were wanting, he must fight with one of his 
 future colleagues with a knife. Formerly the test was a more difficult 
 one, where the candidate was obliged to raise a piece of money while 
 the Camniorrists pierced it with their daggers. He must submit to an 
 apprenticeship of two, three, and sometimes eight years; he is in service 
 of another, who gives him most fatiguing and perilous things to do, allow- 
 ing him a few cents once in a while, for charity's sake. After he has 
 gained the esteem of his master by zeal and submission, a meeting is 
 called and his reception as a Cammorrist is deliberated upon. If 
 received, he must fight again in the presence of the assembly; he takes 
 the oath over two daggers forming a cross, that he will be faithful to 
 his associates, show himself in everything an enemy of authority; have 
 no relation at all with the police; never denounce thieves, but to have 
 
88 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 a particular affection toward them, as toward those who expose their 
 line continuaJily. After this a banquet finishes the celebration. 
 
 One of the most important matters is the distribution of "lacam- 
 morra," a little vessel which contains the extortions in gambling rooms, 
 brothels, from those who sell watermelons and newspapers, from hack- 
 men and beggars, and from prisoners. These last furnish the best 
 revenue. On entering prison the " unfortunate "must give a tenth of 
 his possession, and pay for drinks, food, gambling, and for sleeping 
 on an easier bed. 
 
 A Cammorrist can not kill a comrade without permission from the 
 chief, but in revenge he can make away 'with anyone else. If there 
 are doubts as to the fidelity of a colleague, before condemning him 
 they send him a plate of macaroni; if he refuses to eat it (for fear of 
 poison, perhaps) they feel certain of his guilt, and his condemnation is 
 pronounced, and lots are drawn to indicate the apprentice who must 
 execute it. This is done punctually, as shown by this fact: A prisoner 
 tells the governor of a castle that a Cammorra had been established 
 for some time, and that it was his misfortune to be one of the chiefs. 
 One of the laws is to compel all the convicts to pay 2 cents a day. A 
 certain convict, Razo, would not submit to this. The chiefs of the 
 Cammorra voted unanimously to put him to death. But the lot fell to 
 him (the chief) to strike the blow; he accepted and was to commit the 
 crime that morning. But on reflection at the sad consequences of such 
 a forfeit, the cause of which was only 2 cents, he restrained his arm 
 and went out of the castle. He then begged the governor of the castle 
 to isolate him, for, after this treachery, his comrade chiefs would kill 
 him without pity. 
 
 Yet the Cammorra is not wholly without heart, as shown in the case 
 of the young girl whose lover had been condemned to death for re- 
 fusing to pay his contribution. She asked that her lover might be 
 pardoned, and it was accorded to her with Olympian majesty. 
 
 CRIMINAL SUGGESTION.* 
 
 It is a common experience that when one of a party yawns another 
 is liable to do the same. There is an instinctive suggestion to look 
 when the crowd are gazing on the street. This elementary power of 
 suggestion becomes morbid in the case of the habitual thief. Any 
 desirable object he sees suggests taking it; there is a spontaneous feel- 
 ing too tempting to resist. If questioned closely why he takes it the 
 man's last and repeated answer is simply that he likes to. 
 
 It was the custom in Denmark during the last century to have a pro- 
 cession of priests, repeating psalms, accompany the criminals from 
 prison to the place of execution, after which a sermon was preached. 
 The contagious suggestion from this display made condemned crimi- 
 nals ambitious to die amid such pomp. The result seemed to be a large 
 increase of murder in the country. At one time martyrdom became 
 so contagious in the church that it was forbidden. Religious history 
 contains many examples of excessive enthusiasm arising from ner- 
 vous contagion. In massacres, after a few men have been killed the 
 sight of blood intoxicates the crowd, who rush upon the prisoners with 
 fury and reckless murder. 
 
 a Further data and consideration of crimes of hypnotisers will be found in Hearing 
 before House Committee on Judiciary on bill to'establish a laboratory, etc. 
 
X B H A K 
 OF THE 
 
 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MATSf. UNI 8 
 
 ^ 
 
 Aubry a defines the will of a crowd as the resultant o 
 and reactions of the individual wills in contact. This collective will 
 can be led by suggestion to act contrary to the principles of many of 
 the individuals who compose it. What an excited crowd will do no 
 one can predict; the most timid man has been transformed into a beast. 
 In the French Revolution certain men blamed the assassins severely; 
 but later these same men, finding themselves, irom curiosity or by 
 accident, in the presence of a massacre, were overcome by the excite- 
 ment and participated in the slaughter. In a crowd some people are 
 taken with dizziness; others, not knowing what is going on, are influ- 
 enced by the noise, or notified, and give way to the least impulsion, 
 imitating those around them, not knowing why; they may take arms 
 without suspecting results. It is thus that riots sometimes arise. 
 
 War springs often from a patriotic suggestion, and frequently over 
 some insignificant question; it is encouraged by the younger element 
 in the nation rather than by the more experienced. The nation strives 
 to annihilate its neighbors; there is thought of little else than the 
 need to kill the enemy; this continuous suggestion becomes contagious 
 and causes each citizen, however egotistic and selfish, to be willing 
 to give up his personal interests and business and fight for his country. 
 Aubry sa}^s that war is a neurosis, a homicidal insanity. 
 
 In Europe, where dislike or hatred exists between nations, the im- 
 mense standing armies are a constant suggestion of future utilization; 
 they are a menace to the temporary equilibrium of the forces of hatred. 
 The frequent outbursts of anarchistic or socialistic radicalism in the 
 destruction of life or property are symptomatic of the neurotic temper 
 of the times, and are a sign of a deeper social disease arising from the 
 unfortunate condition of many in poverty or on the verge of poverty. 
 Such discontented persons are particularly susceptible to dangerous 
 suggestions, which can be fanned into a flame by the daity reading of 
 detailed accounts of crime against government, property, or life. 
 Every daring robbeiy, every throwing of dynamite or other riotous 
 act, is almost certain to be followed by similar crimes. 
 
 A woman who throws vitriol upon her lover is seldom convicted. 
 She is described in the newspapers; the color of her hair and her other 
 charms are dwelt upon; her letters and her photograph are published. 
 Women with more imagination than intelligence are fully prepared to 
 imitate the heroine when any peculiar grievance or temptation affords 
 occasion. The force of such suggestion has been known to result in 
 epidemics of vitriol throwing. 
 
 With those illustrations of the influence of criminal suggestion upon 
 society as a whole, we may pass to the consideration of cases b of an 
 experimental nature, and other special cases. 
 
 The difference between criminal suggestion, criminal hypnotism, and 
 somnambulism in its deeper stages is one of degree, and thus individual 
 cases may be found in these several stages. 
 
 It is possible during somnambulism to compel certain persons, con- 
 trary to their will, to commit immoral or criminal acts; and, according 
 to the Nancy school, this can be accomplished after the subject has 
 returned to his normal state and at an exact time which has been pre- 
 viously suggested to the subject during the hypnotic state. The writer 
 
 a La Contagion du Meurte, Paris, 1888. 
 
 b We are indebted for some of these to Dr. Emile Laurent, formerly "interne" in 
 the prisons of Paris. 
 
90 A PLAN FOE THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 has heard Professor Forel tell a woman in the hypnotic state that 
 when she awoke she would see all the students headless. On awaking 
 she looked puzzled, and, on being asked why, said that the students 
 were without heads. The school of Salpetriere does not admit that 
 post- hypnotic suggestions are irresistible. It maintains also that a 
 person while in a state of somnambulism is always a person who can 
 manifest volition in resisting suggestions repugnant to a profound 
 sentiment. Brouardel holds that the somnambulist realizes only agree- 
 able and indifferent suggestions. Delboef a says that the hypnotized 
 person knows that he is playing a comedy. Laurent b avows that he 
 has seen some somnambulists successfully resist all post-hypnotic sug- 
 gestions, and others who were unable to resist doing acts repugnant to 
 themselves. 
 
 Thus Liegeois shows that a hypnotized person can be made to sign 
 a false note; and that if it is suggested to him that he owes the money 
 in question, he will, on awaking, hold the note in memory and con- 
 sider it genuine. Liegeois said to a very suggestable lady, "You 
 know that I lent you 500 francs; kindly sign a note that will give me 
 security." "But, sir," the lady replied, "I do not owe you anything; 
 3^ou never lent me any money." "Your memory fails you, madame. 
 I will recall the circumstances. You had asked me for this sum, and I 
 consented to lend it to you. I gave it to you here yesterday in five- 
 franc pieces." By the force of his look and by his affirmation Liegeois 
 gave an impression of sincerity. Madame hesitated; her thought was 
 troubled; she tried to remember; obedient to the suggestion, she at 
 length recalled the loan. This suggestion assumed in her mind a real 
 character, and she signed the note. 
 
 While it is undeniable that one can in this manner be made to sign 
 a false note or will, it is doubtful whether the experiment would suc- 
 ceed in ordinary life, outside of the laboratory. It would be necessary 
 that the note should be made payable very soon, for the suggestion 
 might not remain very long; also the patient would reason about it; 
 subsequently the truth would be found out, and the hypnotizer would 
 be in danger. 
 
 One may put his subject under hypnotic influence and say to him or 
 her: "You will steal [such and sucn a sum at such a time]; you will 
 bring it to me;" or "you will kill [such and such a person], whom I 
 detest. After you have done this you will awake; but you must not 
 remember that I have made you do this; you will believe that you 
 acted of your own accord." Experimental suggestions of this nature 
 have succeeded; but if they should be tried in reality the perpetrator 
 would be more liable to be detected than if he committed the deed him- 
 self; for in the former case the person hypnotized would afterwards 
 show by his words and actions that something was wrong; suspicion 
 would be aroused, and it would be discovered that he was hypno- 
 tizable, and he himself as well as friends would attribute it to the 
 hypnotizer. 
 
 It is possible to violate the conscience of a person in the somnam- 
 bulistic state and to make him to divulge the deepest secrets. Liebaut 
 hypnotized a lady, and affirmed that he was a priest and that she had 
 
 *L' Hypnotisms et la Liberte des Representations Publiques. 
 b Les Suggestions Criminelles. 
 
 c De la Suggestion et du Somnambulisme dans leurs rapports avec la jurisprudence 
 etla "m&licine" legale, Paris, 1889. 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 91 
 
 come to confession. She played her part seriously. Another physi- 
 cian had questioned his hypnotized patient with too much curiosit}^. 
 The patient, after some hesitation, much blushing and embarrassment, 
 said: u Mon Dieu! J'ai aime Monsieur." The physician awoke her 
 immediately. A similar case was that of a lady who, during* the hyp- 
 nosis, answered questions with a confidence so serious and dangerous 
 to herself that the physicians hastened to awaken her. 
 
 Bernheim mentions that certain subjects who have been frequently 
 hypnotized show a disposition when awake to obe} r suggestions. For 
 example, children, who are very impressionable, have hallucinations 
 and give false testimon}^. Laurent cites a mysterious case of a 14- 
 year-old girl, belonging to the Reformed confession, who disappeared, 
 ilk 
 
 Nineteen Jewish families resided in the town where she lived. The 
 report soon spread that, in order to obtain her blood to mix with the 
 unleavened bread, the Jews had killed her. She had disappeared just 
 before Easter. A cadaver was discovered in the river and recognized 
 by certain persons to be the body of the girl. The mother of the 
 
 irl, however, was incredulous, and would not recognize her daughter, 
 hirteen Jews were arrested on account of the statement of the son of 
 the sexton, a boy 13 years of age. After being questioned at length 
 by the commissioner, the boy made confessions: He heard a cry; he 
 went out and looked through the keyhole of the lock of the temple; 
 he saw Esther stretched upon the ground; three men held her while the 
 butcher bled 'her by the throat and collected the blood into two bowls. 
 In court the boy persisted in those confessions. The presence of his 
 father, with twelve other Jews who were threatened, and the ardent 
 supplications that he should tell the truth were of no avail . He repeated 
 the statements. 
 
 Bernheim's explanation is that the commissioner by questioning the 
 boy suggested the matter to him. His imagination was struck with 
 terror; the scene was called up before him; a retroactive hallucination 
 took possession of him, and he fancied all the incidents in the scene 
 which the commissioner had mentioned. It was just as one can do 
 experimental^ in profound sleep; the hallucination is created; the 
 remembrance of the fictitious vision is so vivid that the subject can 
 not escape from it. 
 
 Liegeois reports a case of a woman who being accused of infanticide 
 at first denied it, but on being further questioned by the police com- 
 missioner, and asked whether she had not placed the child where the 
 pigs were kept, after much hesitation admitted it. The sage-femme 
 had already asked her the same question and she had confessed. She 
 renewed her confession before the judge and the court: "1 took my 
 child; I opened the door of the place where the pigs were; I threw it 
 in; 1 don't believe that it cried; I did not see it move." When this 
 woman was taken to prison it became known that she was in an 
 advanced stage of pregnanc} 7 . This showed conclusively that the 
 crime of which she was accused and convicted was impossible. On 
 being questioned further, she said that her parents and the sage-femme 
 had pressed her to make the confession; that they frightened her with 
 the prospect of a severer condemnation if she did not confess. Laurent, 
 while admitting that the woman was vividly impressed, does not 
 believe that it was a matter of suggestion. He thinks it was a matter 
 of persuasion by force, if she knew that she had not committed the 
 crime. It is not impossible, however, that suggestion and persuasion 
 cooperated. 
 
92 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 An example of a hysterical hereditary case a is that of a man who 
 allowed another person, whom he knew but slightly, to confide to him 
 stolen property, which he was persuaded to carry to the pawn shop. 
 Whether he was dupe or accomplice, the initiative of his crime was 
 not in him. A few days later the same man was imprisoned for three 
 months on account of being deceived. Again at liberty, he became 
 acquainted with a woman who made him sell for her a gold watch and 
 chain that she had stolen. The man was gentle, well-disposed, and 
 generous, but he was easily influenced. His will had been paratyzed, 
 and in each crime his accomplice had the control of him. 
 
 Then, there is the phenomenon of autosuggestion, which can take the 
 form of vengeance. Some men, when enraged, treasure up thoughts 
 of revenge against which neither reason nor sentiment is of avail. 
 After the criminal act is accomplished, the fixed idea disappears, and 
 the subject becomes himself again. He is surprised at his act, and 
 realizes that he was out of himself. 
 
 Aided by her son a woman murdered and mutilated her infirm hus- 
 band on the highway. They left his body, without reflecting that it 
 would be necessary to give explanations next morning. Dr. Laurent's 
 notion is that the woman and her son had lived for months with the 
 fixed idea of ridding themselves of this man, who had kept them in 
 poverty; that they were haunted by the suggestion of murder; and 
 that, having only a rudimentary conscience, they did not attempt to 
 struggle against the temptation. To add to the autosuggestion, 
 another man, who was enamored of this woman, had promised to 
 marry her; this further obscured their conscience, and rendered the 
 murderous suggestion all-powerful. Thus they lost prudence, and 
 committed a crime certain to bring them to the gallows. 
 
 Tropmann is another case, best explained by auto-suggestion. Here 
 is a young man, without bad antecedents, who commits an unheard-of 
 montrosity, with premeditation and great skill. He assassinates an 
 entire family of seven or eight persons. He enticed the father into a 
 forest of Alsace, poisoned him with prussic acid, and buried him. He 
 dug a ditch in a field, enticed the elder son there, brutally murdered 
 him, and buried him. He dug another trench for the mother and 
 children, and, after enticing them there, killed them with a pickax and 
 buried them. Tropmann desired to go to America to pass himself off 
 for the father, and by some unknown means realize the modest fortune 
 of this exterminated family. He was a man insignificant in appear- 
 ance; his physique and moral character would not indicate that he was 
 capable of such an infernal act. Bernheim is of the opinion that, in 
 whatever way this idea may have entered his mind, it finally became 
 an irresistible auto-suggestion, just as a fixed idea of suicide may cul- 
 minate fatally. 
 
 It may be said that there is no specific method of procedure in order 
 to prevent such crimes. In social as in bodity diseases there are cer- 
 tain conditions that no remedy can reach. While symptomatic and 
 palliative treatment is possible, the state, of social therapeutics, like 
 that of medical, is unscientific and far from satisf actor} 7 . Often the 
 truest and best advice a physician can give to his patient is to keep up 
 the general health; nature will be his best servant in resisting all 
 
 a Laurent, "Les Suggestions Criminelles. " 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 93 
 
 attacks of disease. The same principle is applicable to a diseased con- 
 dition of the social organism. Since there is no "specific," the remedy 
 must be general, gradual, and constant. It consists in religious, 
 moral, industrial, and intellectual education of the children and youth, 
 especially of the poor unfortunate and weakling classes. The most 
 certain preventive is the early incarnation of good habits in children, 
 which, becoming part and parcel of their nervous organization, are an 
 unconscious power when passion or perplexity or temptation causes 
 them to lose self-control. Without this inhibitory anchor many are 
 certain to go astray. This power is generally proof against all crimi- 
 nal hypnotic suggestion. The methods by which such an education is 
 to be best accomplished are as yet problematic. 
 
 EDUCATION AND CRIME. 
 
 It is an undisputed fact that the moral side- of education is as diffi- 
 cult as it is important. This becomes most apparent in the education 
 of the dependent, weak, and criminal classes. Any educational sys- 
 tem that can succeed here can with slight modifications succeed in the 
 community at large, for all men have tendencies, however slight, 
 toward these defects; but, by force of character or surroundings, the 
 great majority have been able to resist to such a degree as not to fall. 
 
 But it may be asked to what extent methods of education for normal 
 individuals may be adapted to those who are abnormal. An individual 
 may be said to be abnormal when his mental or emotional character- 
 istics are so divergent from those of the ordinary person as to produce 
 a pronounced moral or intellectual deviation or defect. To distinguish 
 such abnormality from disease is difficult, if not impossible; but in 
 general an abnormality is called disease as soon as it reaches a certain 
 degree; but it may also be an excessive degree of the normal, just as 
 in the physical man in a single diseased cell the normal or physio- 
 logical processes are not changed in kind, but only in degree, or 
 simply act at an inappropriate time. In general it may be said that, 
 while all diseases are abnormal, not all abnormalities are diseases. 
 The fact that the same functions are involved in both normal and 
 abnormal processes (psychical and physical) is one explanation why 
 the same methods of education are found applicable to both. 
 
 CLASSES OF SOCIETY. a 
 
 If, then, the average man in the community is taken as a normal 
 type and individuals are classified according to their degree of like- 
 ness or unlikeness to him, there will result in general the following 
 divisions: 
 
 (1) The normal class of individuals, who greatly exceed all other 
 classes in number; these in every community constitute the conserva- 
 tive and trustworthy element and may be said to be the backbone of 
 the race. 
 
 (2) The dependent class, as represented in almshouses, hospitals, 
 asylums for orphans and the homeless, and similar charitable institu- 
 tions. According to the census of 1880, in the United States the 
 whole number of such individuals, for example, amounted to 123,626. 
 
 (3) The delinquent class, as found in all penal and reformatory insti- 
 tutions, which, according to the same census, amounted to 70,077. 
 
 a For a bibliography of genius, insanity, pauperism, alcoholism, and crime see 
 Hearing on Bill (H. R. 14798) before Committee on Judiciary to establish a laboratory 
 to study the criminal, pauper, and defective classes. 
 
94 A PLAN FOB THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 (4) The defective class. Here belong the insane, feeble-minded, 
 idiotic, and imbecile, amounting in all to 168,854; and also the deaf, 
 dumb, and blind, numbering 82,806 in all. 
 
 (5) Men of genius or great talent. 
 
 The total number of these first four classes in the United States for 
 1880 was 445,363. This, of course, is far below the reality, since 
 many are not sent to the institutions from which the census is taken. 
 It will, however, give an idea of the comparatively small number of 
 distinctively abnormal individuals that is, less than half a millon out 
 of fifty million inhabitants. It is surprising that so small a part of 
 the community can cause so much trouble, danger, and expense. But 
 it is in a social mechanism as in a mechanical, where one little part 
 may throw the whole into disorder. Yet the importance of this part 
 does not lie in itself, but in its relations to the others. Thus one 
 crank or one criminal can throw the whole community into excitement 
 often causing great injury. 
 
 The delinquent classes approximate nearest to the normal type, for 
 the majority deviate principally in one respect, that is, in a weakness 
 of moral sense which gives away to temptation; this is the most harm- 
 ful deviation, both for the individual and society, and the community 
 justly regard these classes as their greatest enemy. 
 
 While the dependent classes owe their condition directly or indi- 
 rectly to either alcoholism or improvidence or general mental or 
 physical incapacity, their abnormality may be regarded as more dis- 
 tinctly social than in the case of the other classes. 
 
 The insane and feeble-minded are the largest in number and vary 
 the most from the normal type. The one is an exaggeration of mental 
 faculties due to cerebral irritation; the other is a diminution of mental 
 powers; or both exaggeration and defect may coexist. Feeble-minded- 
 ness, idiocy, and imbecility may be due to an immature or arrested 
 development. 
 
 There is a natural objection to calling the deaf and dumb and blind 
 44 defectives," since the public are liable to suppose that this term 
 applies to the mental capacity, which in many cases is not true. Yet 
 the popular prejudice is not wholly unfounded, for anyone deprived 
 of such important senses is so far hindered in opportunities for knowl- 
 edge. It must be borne in mind also that a considerable number of 
 the feeble-minded are deaf and dumb or partially so. 
 
 The division of the abnormal classes into dependent, delinquent, and 
 defective, while by no means exact, is as convenient as any perhaps. 
 Any exact division is manL 'tly impossible for the defective and delin- 
 quent are generally dependent and the delinquent are often defective, 
 and vice versa. 
 
 The difficulty of obtaining the number of all those who belong to the 
 special classes is unavoidable. Thus the delinquent class are the most 
 desirous to conceal themselves. As to the insane, there are many such 
 in the community who are not referred to as such, because they are 
 harmless. Many families seek to conceal insanity and idiocy. On the 
 other hand, there may be exaggeration in the number of the poor, for 
 some claim to be in poverty in order to receive help. There is also a 
 tendency to exaggerate evil or misfortune in order to bring out a more 
 liberal sympathy, or there is unfortunately a morbid desire to picture 
 the world in its darkest colors. 
 
A PLAN FOB THE STUDY OF MAN. 95 
 
 TEACHING OF PRACTICAL MORALITY. 
 
 From the point of view of society, the importance of these classes is 
 not according to their number, for the delinquent are the most injurious 
 and costly. This is evident when one considers the time they require 
 from the police, detectives, and courts. There is much to indicate that 
 the sociological problem involved in the delinquent and dependent 
 classes is at its foundation an educational one. Teaching of practical 
 morality in such a way as to form good habits in the } 7 oung is doubtless 
 the surest preventive from a criminal career. A general criticism of 
 educational systems is that they are little developed on their moral 
 side as compared with the intellectual. Perez says that the business 
 of education should be much more concerned with the habits that chil- 
 dren acquire, and with their wills, rather than with the moral con- 
 science. The latter is the blossom that will be followed by fruit, but 
 the former are the roots and branches. While the moral and intellectual 
 sides of education necessarily exist together, yet society is most solic- 
 itous about the former, for an individual may be a good citizen with 
 little instruction, if he has sound morality; but the reverse is not true. 
 
 There is a special difficulty in teaching even a minimum system of 
 morality, for the desideratum consists not only in inculcating general 
 principles, but by indicating courses of conduct in detail. Generalities 
 elevate the moral tone, but details incarnate the principles. A defi- 
 nite course of conduct is needed, }^et broad enough to apply to the 
 average individual. In the province of personal Irygiene there is much 
 to be done, but nothing should be taught unless sanctioned by the 
 most competent medical authorities. One cleanly habit established 
 suggests others; a beginning, with a few details, is much more im- 
 pressive than generalities. 
 
 Society teaches man} 7 of these things by occasion, when the poor aie 
 brought into hospitals and made conscious of what cleanliness signi- 
 fies, or when the board of health forces this idea upon the community. 
 Many children are taught, for the first time, lessons of cleanliness upon 
 entering institutions for the weakling classes, where the good effects 
 are seen; so that it is as true as it is paradoxical that some of the 
 enemies of the State are receiving a most practical education from the 
 State. This, however, has its justification, since the weak need more 
 aid than the stronger, but this weakness may have been due to the 
 neglect of such education at the outset. 
 
 The inmates of institutions for the delinquent and dependent differ 
 little or none at all from individuals outside. The excellencies and 
 defects of an educational system can be carefully studied in these insti- 
 tutions, for all are under the same conditions and can be controlled in 
 all details of their life. In addition to the practical value of the expe- 
 rience of these institutions there is a deeper one. One of the main 
 objects of education is to eradicate or modif} 7 undesirable tendencies 
 and to develop the favorable ones. Here is an opportunity for the 
 rational method of treatment, which is, first, to study the unfavorable 
 characteristics, and, second, to investigate their causes as far as possi- 
 ble. Knowledge thus gained will be the most reliable in correcting 
 evil tendencies or preventing their development. By such a method 
 no sudden results should be expected; gradual progress is all that can 
 be hoped for. A thorough study of this nature in penal and reforma- 
 tory institutions is possible; the effects of the method of education can 
 
96 A PLAN FOB THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 beclosely observed physically, intellectually, and morally . Thus, when, 
 for instance, an inmate ceases to reverse his drinking cup after using 
 it, which is required for purposes of cleanliness and order, this, though 
 a very slight thing in itself, indicates that he is becoming careless and 
 losing his will power to reform. By a sort of radiation other negli- 
 gences are liable to follow, confirming the direction in which he is 
 tending. A good report from his keeper, on the other hand, can sig- 
 nify a new resolution of the will. Thus a series of records indicate, 
 so to speak, the moral and intellectual pulse of the inmate. What 
 might seem a very slight offense outside of a reformatory institution 
 is not so within, where there is a minimum of temptation to do wrong 
 and a maximum of continuous restraint to do right, so that there may 
 be a gradual education in the formation of good habits which are the 
 surest safeguard to the inmate after his release. 
 
 It is important that institutions for the criminal and weakling classes 
 strive to gain as much knowledge as possible of the life of the inmate 
 previous to entering the institution, to keep a minute record of his 
 conduct while under their care, and especially to follow his career 
 afterwards, thus imparting useful knowledge to society at large. For 
 if there is to be any advancement in the treatment of the weakling 
 classes by educational methods, it will lie in the direction of the study 
 of the inmates themselves. The institutions should afford facilities 
 for such study, the very object of which is to furnish a trustworthy 
 foundation for the prevention and repression of delinquency and de- 
 pendenc} 7 . If the cure is possible only to a certain degree, the approx- 
 imate determination of this degree would be of great practical impor- 
 tance. 
 
 But if it be objected that, after all, much that is definite and trust- 
 worthy may not be gained, the cause will be due mainly to the need 
 of more exact methods of investigation. By keeping an exact record 
 of conduct in school, workshop, military service, and cell in connection 
 with intellectual standing, and giving special attention to those indi- 
 viduals whose hereditary tendencies and early surroundings are best 
 known, a thorough investigation of physical, mental, moral, and indus- 
 trial education can be made. A minute study of one single individual 
 in the social organism, be he delinquent, dependent, or not, may suggest 
 a method for the beginning, at least, of a scientific sociological educa- 
 tion. Such experience might be especially helpful in pointing out the 
 best methods for the education of the }^oung. In general, the main 
 object of education is to train the young to become intelligent, moral, 
 and self-supporting citizens. A system of education that can accom- 
 plish this is a practical need in society as a whole. 
 
 But education in the sense of the intellectual only is not sufficient; 
 for, though the children of the weakling classes remain six hours in 
 school, the rest of their time is spent in abodes of crime, squalid homes, 
 or vicious idleness. While the reform schools are doing much, they do 
 not reach, however, the very young at a time when influences for evil can 
 leave indelible impressions. If these unfortunate children are to be 
 educated morally and intellectually, it is evident that this can not be 
 done unless they are removed from their pernicious surroundings. 
 Early prevention is the most effective of all reforms. Philanthropic 
 efforts are being directed- to this end, but they have not proved suffi- 
 cient for their support is not always assured, and not infrequently 
 they are of a sporadic nature. It would seem, if anything permanent 
 
A PLAN FOB THE STUDY OF MAN. 97 
 
 and effective is to be accomplished, the State must assist. While the 
 American Government is not a paternal one, yet there is a limit to all 
 forms of rules here; extremes can produce evil. Major McClaughry, 
 chief of the Chicago police, and an expert of long experience, considers 
 first among the causes of crime in this country " criminal parentage, 
 association, and neglect of children by their parents." It is to be 
 presumed that parents will properly care for their children, treating 
 them kindly, and allowing them an opportunity for at least an ele- 
 mentary education. When this presumption is found to be untrue, the 
 State provides for the appointment of a suitable person to act as guar- 
 dian. But, as Mr. Martindale a says, there are two defects in this 
 method: "First, there is no officer or person or body charged specially 
 with the duty of investigating and prosecuting the cases. Secondly, 
 as such children have no estates out of which they may be maintained 
 and educated, the court can find no guardian who will undertake the 
 task at his own charge. Experience in such cases shows that it is dif- 
 ficult to induce neighbors to prosecute. The fear of revenge, reluctance 
 to attend court, a common belief that a child belongs to a parent, who 
 has a right to do as he pleases with it, and sympathy for a mother de- 
 prived of her child, however depraved she may be, are all prevailing 
 motives which hinder the prosecution of such cases." 
 
 Prof. Francis Way land, of the Yale law school, says that "it may 
 require a little time to convince the community that a father has no 
 inalienable right to brutalize his children, and to conduct under his 
 roof a normal school for crime; that a mother has no inalienable right 
 to turn her apartments into a brothel. A haunt of vice and crime is 
 not a home; and we do not advocate institutional life save as, and 
 always as, a temporary resting place under humane conditions, as to 
 care and comfort, until a permanent home can be provided." 
 
 According to the most thorough study yet made c of the conditions 
 of the weakling classes, 20 per cent of the school fees can not be col- 
 lected; 10 per cent of the children attending are in want of food; 
 some come without breakfast because the parents do not get it for 
 them; as a little boy said, "his mother got drunk and could not get 
 up to get it." Such children are very irregular in attendance, which 
 is a great annoyance to a teacher, not to say a waste of public money. 
 Such children live in the poorest neighborhood; they have no regular 
 meals; fully a third live in one room with their parents; their waking 
 hours are divided between school and the street; saloons are some- 
 times as numerous as one to every hundred adults; those on the verge 
 of pauperism patronize them. Yet there is good order in these schools; 
 the street urchins are trained to respond to right rule, affording ground 
 for hope as to their future. At home they have no training; they need 
 encouragement; they should be lifted up from their surroundings and 
 gain a taste for better things. The difficulty is caused more frequently 
 by poverty and shiftlessness at home than by neglect and vice; yet the 
 latter have great influence. Compulsion in its ordinary form is prac- 
 tically useless in making such children regular in attendance at school. 
 The parents are characterized by improvidence, want of purpose, and 
 no regard for the future of their children; as soon as their boy is 
 through with school he is put on work which prepares him for nothing, 
 
 a "Child Saving Legislation," North American Review, September, 1891. 
 
 b "Child Saving Legislation," reprint from National Baptist, December 3, 1891. 
 
 c Charles Booth, Labor and Life of the People, London. 
 
 S. Doc. 400 7 
 
98 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 and thus he drifts into casual employment, trusts to chance for a living, 
 and gradually sinks. The poverty, misery, and vice of the next gen- 
 eration will to a large extent come from the slum children. Their need 
 is education in habits of decency, cleanliness, self-respect, the rudi- 
 ments of civilization and domestic life; their instruction should not be 
 too abstract, nor technical in the sense of fitting them for competitive 
 examinations, clerkships, or college, but rather for the workshop, fac- 
 tory, trades, or the home. 
 
 RELATION OF EDUCATION TO CRIME. 
 
 It is a common suspicion of a number of writers that education has 
 little influence in decreasing crime. That the meaning of this may be 
 clearly understood it will be necessary to cite a few opinions. 
 
 Monsieur Tarde a speaks of the action of education upon insanity and 
 suicide, which increase pari passu, but he refers only to primary edu- 
 cation. He remarks that the restrictive action of education over crime 
 is not seen, for where there is the most illiteracy there is not always 
 the most crime. In Spain the proportion of illiteracy to the population 
 of the whole country is two-thirds, but only half of the crime comes 
 from this number. In 1883, 64: of condemned assassins knew how to 
 read or write, 67 did not; there is one condemned for theft out of every 
 6,453 with common education and 8,283 with no education. b In the 
 country, where there is less education than in the city, there are 8 
 prisoners a year for 100,000 inhabitants, but 16 prisoners for 100,000 
 inhabitants in the cities. Education modifies crime. Thus within forty 
 or fifty years the stealing of grain has diminished, while that of jewels 
 has increased; also the proportion of crime against chastity has been 
 very large, a probable effect of the emancipation and refinement of 
 mind. Therefore, according to Monsieur Tarde, ' ' the quantity of crime 
 en bloc is not at all attacked by the diffusion of primary education. The 
 remedy should be to proclaim the necessity of sacrifice, the insuffi- 
 ciency of the motive of personal interest, and the opportunity to 
 elevate by sesthetical education of the highest sort and to spread 
 professional education as far as possible." From Tarde's point of 
 view, however, primary education is necessary, as it is a condition of 
 the higher and professional, even if we should admit that per se it is 
 without effect. 
 
 According to Proal, c instruction is not sufficient to repress crime; 
 morality is not an attribute of thought but of will; spiritual beliefs 
 and respect of God are necessary. Instruction does not do away with 
 egotism. Literaiy and philosophical studies have much more moral 
 influence than those that are scientific. 
 
 Victor Hugo liked to say that he who opens a school closes a prison. 
 But Proal says many schools have been opened, but no prisons closed; 
 criminality has not diminished while education has increased. Nicolay d 
 insists that if defective instruction is the cause of every evil, then (1) 
 there should be less morality in the country where instruction is less 
 cared for than in the city; (2) the sense of duty should be more feeble 
 in woman than in man; but the contrary is the truth; the city popu- 
 lation, which is only three-tenths of the whole, furnishes almost half 
 
 a La Criminalite compare, Paris, 1890. 
 
 b Jimeno Agius, la Criminalitad en Espana. Revista de Espana, 1885. 
 
 c Le Crime et la peine, Paris, 1892. 
 
 d Les enfants mat eleves, Paris, 1891. 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 99 
 
 the number of accused; and woman commits four times as few offenses 
 and six times as few crimes as man. 
 
 Lombroso, a by comparing 500 criminals with normal men, finds the 
 following: 
 
 ^ 
 
 Delin- 
 quents. 
 
 Normals. 
 
 1. Analphabets 
 
 Per cent. 
 12 
 
 Per cent. 
 6 
 
 2 Elementary instruction 
 
 95 
 
 67 
 
 3 Superior instruction 
 
 12 
 
 27 
 
 
 
 
 The delinquents are inferior to the normal in the two extremes, but 
 not so in elementary instruction. But there is great variation, accord- 
 ing to the category of criminals; 25 per cent of violators and assassins 
 are analphabets, but only 9 per cent of criminals against property, 
 and less than 1 per cent of swindlers. In Austria the class commit- 
 ting the least crime for fourteen years consisted of those engaged in 
 scientific work, b but such men are engaged in tedious and long inves- 
 tigations; they are critical, and their emotional nature is little developed, 
 so that they see more clearly the folly of crime, and that its reaction 
 generally returns with great se verity upon the offender. But with poets 
 and artists crime is more common, since the emotional nature is more 
 prominent. The artists are tempted by professional jealousy. While 
 sculptors and architects manifest little tendency to crime, painters pro- 
 duce their quota, owing perhaps to their abuse of alcohol. But crime 
 is more frequent in the liberal professions. In Italy and France 6 per 
 cent had received a superior culture; in Bavaria 4 percent, and in Aus- 
 tria 3.6 per cent. Lombroso adds that these numbers are relatively 
 greater than in the other classes of society. In Italy there is 1 criminal 
 for every 345 professional men ("professionistes"), 1 for every 278 
 proprietors, 1 for every 419 farmers, and 1 for every 428 employees. 
 For those who exercise a profession science is not an end in itself but 
 a means, thus giving less force to conquer the passions. The physician 
 can easily give poison, the lawyer commit perjury, and the teacher sin 
 against chastity. 
 
 But there are other authorities who take a somewhat different view. 
 Biichner (Force et matiere) says that defect of intelligence, want of edu- 
 cation, and poverty are the three great factors in crime. Beccaria asserts 
 that the evils that flow from knowledge are in inverse ratio to its diffu- 
 sion and the benefits directly proportional; to prevent crime, enlight- 
 enment should accompany liberty. A bold impostor, who is never 
 a commonplace man, is adored by the ignorant and despised by the 
 enlightened. The surest, yet most difficult, means of preventing crime is 
 to improve education ; inclining the } T outh to virtue by the path of feeling, 
 and deterring from evil by the force of necessity and disadvantage, 
 and not by mere command, which is uncertain. D'Olivecrona 1 says 
 that three-fourths of those who enter prison have been conducted to 
 crime through neglected education; the method of treatment there- 
 fore should be the development of the moral and intellectual faculties, 
 and self -reformation should be taught as the first duty. 
 
 a L'Homme Criminal . Paris, 1887. 
 
 b Messedaglia, Statistic-he criminal! dell' Iinpero Austriaco. 
 
 "Oettingen, Die Moral -Statist! k. 
 
100 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 In America the opinion of those of large experience on the practical 
 side of reformation decidedly favors the influence of education. Z. R. 
 Brockway, superintendent of the Elmira Reformatory (an institution 
 generally acknowledged to be the most successful in the world), con- 
 siders the factors for the reformation of criminals: (1) physical reno- 
 vation; (2) mental development and education; (3) the creation of 
 improved habitudes, including moral habitudes. Gardiner Tuffs, of 
 the Massachusetts Reformatory, says that criminals are more weak 
 than wicked; deficient in goodness rather than excessive in wicked- 
 ness; that a reformatory is an educational institution; inmates are 
 trained physically, taught letters and trades, and equipped with manual 
 skill and industrial knowledge. Rev. Fred. H. Wines makes labor, 
 instruction, and religion all forms of education. 
 
 SOME CONCLUSIONS AS TO CRIMINAL MAN. a 
 
 The following statements as to the criminal are not based upon 
 experimental research so much as upon the experience of those who 
 have studied criminals directly or who have had practical control of 
 large numbers in prisons or reformatories: 
 
 1. The prison should be a reformatory, and the reformatory a school. 
 The principal object of both should be to teach good mental, moral, 
 and physical habits. Both should be distinctly educational. 
 
 2. It is detrimental financially, as well as socially and morally, to 
 release prisoners when there is probability of their returning to crime, 
 for in this case the convict is much less expensive than the ex-convict. 
 
 3. The determinate sentence permits many prisoners to be released 
 who are morally certain to return to crime. The indeterminate sen- 
 tence is the best method of affording the prisoner an opportunity to 
 reform without exposing society to unnecessary dangers. 
 
 4. The ground for the imprisonment of the criminal is, first of all, 
 because he is dangerous to society. This principle avoids the uncer- 
 tainty that may rest upon the decision as to the degree of freedom of 
 will, for upon this last principle some of the most brutal crimes would 
 receive a light punishment. If a tiger is in the street, the main ques- 
 tion is not the degree of his freedom of will or guilt. Every man who 
 is dangerous to property or life, whether insane, criminal, or feeble- 
 minded, should be confined, but not necessarily punished. 
 
 5. The publication in the newspapers of criminal detail^ and photo- 
 graphs is a positive evil to society, on account of the law of imitation, 
 and in addition it makes the criminal proud of his record and develops 
 the morbid curiosity of the people, and it is especially the mentally 
 and morally weak who are affected. 
 
 6. It is admitted by some of the most intelligent criminals, and by 
 prison officers in general, that the criminal is a fool, for he is opposing 
 himself to the best, the largest, and the strongest portion of society, 
 and is almost sure to fail. 
 
 ALCOHOLISM. b 
 
 Alcoholism may be considered briefly, first, in its general bearings, 
 and, second, as a form of insanity. The relation between alcoholism, 
 crime, pauperism, and charity is most intimate. For example, a certain 
 
 a From "Criminology." 
 
 b For consideration of "Alcoholic Hypnotism," see Hearing before House Judiciary 
 Committee on bill to establish a laboratory, etc. For bibliography of alcoholism, see 
 also same Hearing. 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 101 
 
 young criminal, who tried to kill an aged woman without provocation, 
 said that when he was 6 years of age his father used to return home 
 drunk, striking his mother and throwing sticks of wood at him. He 
 stood it for a while, but afterwards left home, and though not a thief 
 was compelled to steal for a living; was sent to a juvenile asylum, and, 
 after leaving, went among farmers to live under their care, being kindly 
 treated by a very few, whipped, and otherwise, roughly treated by 
 many. Remaining a month or so with different farmers, he finally 
 developed into a tramp, and leaving all farmers wandered two years, 
 stealing, eating, and sleeping wherever he could. Thus alcohol gave 
 the initiatory to thieving. Charity endeavored to counteract these 
 effects (result of six years of unfavorable surroundings) in two years, 
 but the evil forces acquired by early treatment had gained too strong 
 a foothold, and the following stages were tramping, pauperism, and 
 crime. Such cases are typical, and almost wholly the result of evil 
 surroundings, for which society is culpable and for which she suffers 
 dearly, both morally and financially. The alcoholic may be a good 
 workman when sober, but from irregularity he loses his position and 
 gradually becomes a pauper. A sad fact in connection with alcoholism 
 is that often the kindest and most genial natures are for this very 
 reason ruined through the unintentional influence of friends, for they 
 are unable to resist the so-called feeling of good fellowship when 
 drinking together. From the ethical point of view it is questionable 
 whether one has the right to take the chances of causing another to 
 fall. It is better to forego the physical, intellectual, or social pleasure 
 of indulging in any luxury or nonnecessity than to aid in the physical, 
 moral, or social ruin of a fellow-being. 
 
 The relation of ethics to all these forms of abnormal humanity is as 
 direct as it is diversified. It is ethically questionable whether it is 
 right to give to beggars, for by so doing we encourage them by vir- 
 tually paying them to beg, and if not already paupers they can be 
 made so by a mistaken philanthropy. It is a common saying and prac- 
 tice of Americans traveling in Europe to give ever} r beggar " a cent 
 to get rid of him." This, of course, has just the opposite effect. 
 
 All these abnormal forms of humanity are different degrees of evil 
 or wrong, the highest of which is crime. They are all links of one 
 chain. This chain is that which we denote by the words evil, bad, 
 unjust, wrong, etc. 
 
 These forms, to wit, criminality, alcoholism, pauperism, etc., may 
 all be considered under the head of "charitological." Thus the dif- 
 ferent institutions, such as prisons, insane asylums, inebriate and 
 orphan asylums; institutions for the blind, deaf, and dumb, and de- 
 fectives; hospitals, dispensaries, relief for the poor in any form; 
 church missions, and different forms of philanthropical work are, of 
 course, charitable in their purpose. The difference between these 
 institutions is one of degree, as an examination of the inmates would 
 soon show. The pauper may be or may have been a criminal, or 
 insane, or alcoholic, or the criminal may be or may have been a pauper, 
 or insane, or alcoholic, and so on. 
 
 The close relation of alcoholism to insanity is shown by the state- 
 ment of a specialist (Krafft-Ebing) that all forms of insanity, from 
 melancholia to imbecility, are found in alcoholism. It is artificial; it 
 begins with a slight maniacal excitation; thoughts flow lucidly; the 
 quiet become loquacious, the modest bold; there is need of muscular 
 
102 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 action; the emotions are manifest in laughing, singing, and dancing. 
 Now, the aesthetical ideas and moral impulses are lost control of; the 
 weak side of the individual is manifested, his secrets revealed; he is 
 dogmatic, cruel, cynical, dangerous; he insists that he is not drunk, 
 just as the insane insists on his sanity. Then his mind becomes weak, 
 his consciousness dim, illusions arise; he stammers, staggers, and, like 
 a paratytic, his movements are uncertain. 
 
 The principal character of these mental disturbances consists in a 
 moral and intellectual weakness; ideas become lax as to honor and 
 decorum. There is a disregard of the duties of family and citizenship. 
 Irritability is a concomitant; the slightest thing causes suspicion and 
 anger which is uncontrollable. There is a weakness of will to carry 
 out good resolutions, and a consciousness of this leads some to request 
 to be placed in an asylum, for they are morally certain in advance that 
 they can not resist temptation. Thus one has been known to have his 
 daughter carry his wages home, as he could not pass a saloon on the 
 way without going in if he had any money with him. Now it is a 
 weakness of memory, a difficulty in the chain of thought and a weak 
 perception until imbecility is reached. 
 
 There may be disturbances in brain circulation, causing restless 
 sleep, anxious dreams, confusion, dizziness, headache. Such circula- 
 tory disturbances in the sense organs can give rise to hallucinations. 
 There is a trembling in hands, face, lips, and tongue. In short, there 
 is a gradual mental and bodily degeneration. 
 
 From the medical point of view, a cure is generally doubtful, for in 
 private life total abstinence is impossible. The patient must be placed 
 in a hospital for inebriates, where total abstinence can be enforced. 
 Patients with delirium tremens especially need the most careful hos- 
 pital treatment. The principal directions are conservation of strength 
 and cerebral quiet, strong unirritating diet, and mild laxatives, etc. 
 Such in general is considered to be the best medical treatment. A 'cer- 
 tain French specialist (Magnan) sa}^s that a dipsomaniac is insane to 
 drink; but the drunkard is insane after he has drunk. 
 
 TOTAL ABSTINENCE. 
 
 To insist on total abstinence from wine in France and beer in Ger- 
 many is like objecting to the use of coffee and tea in England or 
 America. The question of total abstinence is manifestly a local one; 
 it is relative to the country, or even state, city, or town. To insist 
 that drinking is either right or wrong in the absolute sense is an 
 attempt to make the relative absolute, which is a contradiction. There 
 are two distinct questions, the purely ethical and the purely scientific; 
 and while they are separated for convenience, they are in realit}^ 
 together, for in the end the facts decide the "ought." The practical 
 ethical question seems to turn on this point: To what extent the use of 
 a thing should be prohibited when it is abused. Many ethical difficul- 
 ties are not between good and evil, but between two evils, as to which 
 is the lesser. Yet it must be admitted that total abstinence is the 
 safest course. 
 
 In the past, wine was used almost wholly by the well-to-do classes, 
 and beer was of such a nature that harm was out of the question. 
 Excessive use of alcohol first began with the art of distillation, and 
 with the obtaining of strong concentrated whisky from corn, potatoes, 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 103 
 
 and the like. With the universalizing of the use of whisky a series 
 of phenomena have appeared which are designated by the word 
 "alcoholism."' 
 
 The climate is an important factor. Drunkenness is more frequent 
 in cold than in warm countries, and is more brutal and injurious in its 
 effects as we go north. Yet this is not always true, for within the last 
 ten years alcoholism has greatly decreased in Sweden and increased 
 in southern France and northern Italy. In tropical regions it is at 
 present spreading fast, and with great injury, especially in newly set- 
 tled districts. 
 
 SOCIAL PATHOLOGY AND EDUCATION. 
 
 The term pathology includes the doctrine of disease, its nature and 
 results. Social pathology is intended to be used as a general term and 
 refers to any abnormal or to any diseased social conditions. It includes 
 pauperism, crime, insanity, feeble-mindedness, alcoholism, and in gen- 
 eral refers to all classes of individuals who, by mental, moral, or 
 physical defects, come to be dependent upon or injurious to society as 
 a whole. Such individuals may or may not be responsible for their con- 
 dition, for it may be due to the individual himself, or to his surround- 
 ings, inherited tendencies, or physical diseases over which he has had 
 no control. 
 
 The purpose of studying social pathology is not so much ethical as 
 scientific that is, it does not undertake to pronounce whether the 
 individual or society is to blame for delinquency, dependency, or 
 def ectiveness, but it seeks to analyze the causes of these abnormal or 
 diseased social conditions, and in this respect it is a necessary pre- 
 liminary to the prevention or amelioration of patho-social conditions. 
 As education concerns the moral, mental, and physical development 
 of individuals and society, it bears a most intimate relation to those 
 pathological elements that tend to social degeneration. Education 
 here is social therapeutics that is, a method of amelioration or pre- 
 vention. The large number of weaklings in will, intellect, and body 
 are cases included under this educative treatment. As there is no 
 known " specific" for any- of the social diseases, the general remedy 
 is to implant and develop in individuals (the earlier the better) such 
 mental, moral, and physical habits as will serve to prevent or lessen 
 tendencies to delinquency, dependency, or def ectiveness. Social thera- 
 peutics is therefore distinctively educational. 
 
 CRIME AND ITS PUNISHMENT. 
 
 IDEAS ON THE REPRESSION OF CRIME, BY GAROFALO, OF THE NEW 
 ITALIAN SCHOOL OF CRIMINOLOGY. 
 
 The problem of individual moral responsibility is perhaps insoluble. 
 From the point of view of penal science one can not employ the prin- 
 ciple of free will; a different and more solid basis is needed. The 
 generally accepted theory is in contradiction with the results of scien- 
 tific researches. There should be no discord between judicial logic and 
 'social interest. From the moral point of view, individual responsibility 
 is much lessened by bad example from infancy, traditions of family or 
 race, bad habits that have been formed, violence of passion, tempera- 
 
 a Die Trunksucht und ihre Abwehr, von Dr. A. Baer. Wien und Leipzig, 1890. 
 
104 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OP MAN. 
 
 ment, etc. As responsibility lessens, so the penalty lessens, until 
 it is reduced to a minimum, if you can prove extreme force and impul- 
 sion to crime. Now, there is scarcely a guilty man, who has not 
 attenuating circumstances. There is not a crime where we can not 
 discover such circumstances that is, the only criminals who should 
 be inexcusable, are those for whom one has not sought out the extenu- 
 ating circumstances. But the reply is. that it concerns only bad ten- 
 dencies and the free will of man can triumph over them. But how can 
 one measure the part that comes from bad tendencies, and that which 
 comes from free will? The progress of anthropology shows that the 
 most culpable have almost all an abnormal psycho-physical organiza- 
 tion. If penalty depends upon the principle of moral responsibility 
 we should acquit some of the most ferocious assassins, as soon as their 
 extreme natural brutality and all-powerful criminal impulsions are 
 shown. In any case the punishment should be lessened in the measure 
 in which the causes of the bad tendencies become evident. The more 
 perverse and incorrigible the criminal the less should be the punish- 
 ment. The public have protested against the verdicts of acquittal by 
 juries, against the indulgence of magistrates, but such acquittals are 
 the triumph of logic; only the triumph is at the expense of security 
 and social morality. There is no way to avoid this unless we make the 
 penal criterion depend upon social necessity and not on moral respon- 
 sibility of the individual. Society does not concern itself sufficiently 
 with crime, neither as' regards the victim, nor its prevention. The fact 
 that in the midst of our civilization thousands of persons are slaugh- 
 tered each year, where one does not directly desire money or life, is 
 significant, and it is all the more hideous as life becomes more pacific 
 and less uncertain. In all Europe the average number of murders 
 each year from 1881 to 1887 was 15,000. In the United States the 
 proportion to population is much larger. 
 
 But what does society do to prevent these evils? Little or nothing. 
 Crimes have been tabulated, because a scale of penalties has been asked 
 for, where for each delit a measure of suffering is designated in the 
 form of detention in a building, where the prisoner, for a certain time, 
 is lodged, fed, and clothed at the expense or the State. After this time 
 has passed, the prisoner becomes a free citizen and is said to have 
 expiated his crimes, or to have paid that which he owes society. All 
 this is nothing but rhetoric. The truth is, the criminal has paid noth- 
 ing; it is the State, on the contrary, which has paid his expenses, 
 which is really an addition to the damages of his crime. Nor has the 
 criminal improved morally; there are no miracles in prison; the con- 
 vict is not terrified; our penitentiary system is not severe; on the other 
 hand, physical pains are easily forgotten. He leaves prison and enters 
 into the same surroundings in which he was before his condemnation, 
 where he finds the same temptations. In the eyes of the people, the 
 codes and the judicial power have the appearance of protecting the 
 criminal against society, rather than society against the criminal. 
 
 It is objected that fatalism is the outcome of these ideas. This is a 
 false interpretation. Experience demonstrates that the individual 
 always acts in the same manner when under the same intellectual and 
 moral conditions and the same exterior circumstances. It is foolish 
 to pretend to better the criminal by imprisonment or by any other 
 mode of punishment, if, after release, he is allowed to return to nis 
 former surroundings. But it is not impossible to aid the criminal if 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 105 
 
 he is put into new conditions, where he sees the necessity of honest 
 work, and where stealing will be profitless to him. Those, are, rather 
 fatalists who say that crime has always existed and will exist, and, 
 therefore, consider it as one of the evils which must always afflict 
 society. But, it is said, instead of punishing we. should modify the 
 conditions in suppressing the causes of crime. But this is out of the 
 question, for the legislator can not do that, which is solely the work 
 of time. Why should this strange antinomy exist in contemporary 
 society: That the majority, who have the sovereignty, should make one 
 exception, and that, too, where it is against the smallest, the most harm- 
 ful, and most abject minority, that of the criminals? Why should the 
 large part of humanity be put to inconvenience in changing the condi- 
 tions of social existence in the exclusive interest of a mere handful of 
 worthless individuals? Why, on the contrary, should not these few 
 who are unadapted to civilization be eliminated ? 
 
 The criminal anomaly diminishes in proportion as the provocation 
 increases. Crime is a legitimate reaction in principle, but it is excess- 
 ive, and the abnormality consists in this excess. The most rational 
 means of repression should consist in the removal of the delinquent 
 from the locality where the victim or his family lives, and in prohibit- 
 ing his return before a certain time, and in every case not before he 
 has paid the indemnity due to the victim or his family, A more diffi- 
 cult problem is the treatment of a murderer, whose motive was venge- 
 ance for a grievous wrong, or insult to, his family. An affront is real, 
 which is considered so according to the ideas of our surroundings. It 
 is of little importance whether this environment be the whole world or 
 only the part in which we live. 
 
 There is a class of delinquents who stand between criminals and 
 normal men, because their offenses are less serious violations of the 
 feelings of pity and are more of the nature of roughness, or indicate 
 want of education and reserve. Such are blows in a fight, where there 
 is no intention of murder; here there is little development of the alter- 
 native sentiment; here belong injuries and threats having no particu- 
 lar gravity. Imprisonment here is advantageous. The offender should 
 also pay a fine to the State, and also another for the benefit of the 
 injured party. 
 
 Another large class of criminals are those who are totally or par- 
 tially deprived of the sentiment of probity. Aside from the klepto- 
 maniacs, pyromaniacs, theepileptic thievesand incendiaries, who should 
 be placed in asylums for insane criminals, there are the thieves, incen- 
 diaries, swindlers, and forgers who are not insane, but who have a crimi- 
 nal instinct (according to Benedikt it may be a moral neurasthenia). 
 These and the habitual delinquents of this species, whether their 
 improbity be congenital or, having commenced from bad education, 
 example, or company, has become instinctive and incorrigible, should 
 be transported into some distant land, where the population is small 
 and where assiduous work is the absolute condition of existence. But 
 if the neurasthenia is insurmountable, a further elimination into a sav- 
 age country is necessary. 
 
 But it is objected that deportation is at an end, because civilization 
 is invading the whole world. France has New Caledonia, where colo- 
 nization has scarely commenced, and where it sends its (recidivists) 
 habitual criminals in spite of the opposition of the Australian Govern- 
 ment, which is more concerned as to a future commercial competition 
 
106 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 than the puerile fear of criminals fleeing New Caledonia and infesting 
 Australia. Russia possesses immense Siberian regions, where the 
 population is excessively sparse. The Government of English India 
 continues to send criminals to the islands of Andamans. 
 
 But, it is said, space will be wanting in the future, the mines will be 
 exhausted, etc. Is it necessary to cease to care for the present world 
 on account of a vague probability? After the large islands of Poly- 
 nesia, Australia, and Malaisia there will remain the innumerable Mad- 
 reporic groups in the Pacific Ocean, which for the most part are 
 deserted. When there is no more room here there will alwa}^s be the 
 Sahara and the center of Africa. For a few centuries, at least, there 
 will not be wanting space where civilized nations can pour out their 
 most impure elements. 
 
 But there is without doubt the economical side to solve. There are 
 the expenses of transportation, the supervision, etc. We must con- 
 sider, however, the expenses of our prisons at present, and that habit- 
 ual criminality, which represents about half of the total of crimes, 
 will be suppressed; also the criminal will be obliged to gain his living 
 by agricultural work which will not fail. In prisons it is very difficult 
 to employ convicts at useful labor. 
 
 In this second subclass of criminals whose improbity is congenital, 
 or has become instinctive by habit, and who at the same time are, by 
 the gravity or number of tneir crimes, a pressing danger to society, 
 it is necessary to follow another plan, that of those whose depravity 
 is not complete and who have not yet become recidivists nor extremely 
 dangerous. This is a very numerous class. The individual whose 
 sentiment of probity is not very profound becomes guilty on account 
 of bad example through imitation; often a first fault involves another. 
 For there are very humble social positions where a good reputation 
 is a necessity; a domestic or workman who has been found stealing 
 will not easily find another place; a new career then opens to him, that 
 of a malefactor. He will enter it without flinching, for his greatest 
 safeguard is now broken; he has nothing more to fear since his impro- 
 bity has been discovered. 
 
 The only possible remedy here would be a change of country, habits, 
 kind of work, a new existence to commence. Now, in order that the 
 punishment inflicted by the State may aid matters rather than make 
 them worse, as at present, it is necessary to distinguish different cases 
 according to the causes which have determinqd the crime. 
 
 France, since 1850, has had agricultural colonies for young men 
 acquitted on account of lack of discernment, and for minors condemned 
 to more than six months or less than two years of imprisonment. The 
 length of time varies from three to six years; agricultural work pre- 
 dominates. Public money has never been spent more usefully, for the 
 state returns 93 out of every 100 who are adaptable to society. Other- 
 wise the larger part of these would inhabit the prisons for the rest of 
 their lives at the expense of the nation. When the time arrives the 
 director of the colony places the young man with some farmer or has 
 him enter the navy or army. The individual thus finds himself away 
 from his former environment. Colonies of this kind can be established 
 in civilized countries without any danger, for the supervision of the 
 young men is not difficult. Whatever difficulties there are, they are not 
 to be compared to agricultural colonies where the men are condemned 
 to hard labor, as has been attempted in Italy, and is a grave error. 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 107 
 
 Among- many passing beyond adolescence there is a large number of 
 novices at theft who have been brought to crime by idleness, ignorance 
 of a trade, abandonment, or spirit of vagabondage. Such cases should 
 be enrolled in a company of. workers for the State, with a nominal 
 salary, not inferior to the ordinary, but which will be retained for the 
 payment of a fine to the State and for the damage to the injured party. 
 Here there will be the choice between working and starving. The 
 workman should not be released after he has fulfilled his obligations 
 until he has found employment; then he should furnish security, 
 which will be confiscated in case of another similar crime, and will not 
 be rendered to him until after a number of years of good conduct. In 
 case of the recidive perpetual relegations should be made directly; all 
 other means are inutile, because there is a proof of a persistent indi- 
 vidual cause aversion to work. The same treatment is adapted to 
 swindlers and forgers. 
 
 But sometimes the delinquent is not an idler or vagabond; he has a 
 trade by which he lives, he may be quite well to do, yet by a strange 
 aberration he commits a theft, or by pure cupidity he takes money 
 placed in his care, or he becomes suddenly a swindler or forger or 
 bankrupt. But there is no proof of improbity on this account; as 
 there exists no constant motive to determine a new crime, it is possible 
 that the delinquent will not fall again, if his cupidity has been com- 
 pletely disappointed, so that he sees that honest conduct is much better 
 for his own interests. For this there is nothing better than forced 
 payment of the fine and damage to the injured party. This would pro- 
 duce other advantages for society. An unfaithful cashier or fraudulent 
 bankrupt would know that if once discovered he could not enjoy the 
 smallest part of the money stolen, but would have to return all, every 
 penny ; or otherwise he would have to work an indefinite time for him 
 whom he had robbed. This is a forcible way of causing the sudden 
 reappearance of the sum that might be thought to be in the hands of 
 consorts. This is much more useful than imprisonment for a fixed 
 time, which is no profit to anyone, and only adds to the damage from 
 the crime the expense of supporting the prisoner. If the money has 
 really been spent, the offender must work without respite for repay- 
 ment of the injured party. If he will not do it voluntarily, he will be 
 obliged to do it in a company of works for the State, where there is no 
 bread without labor. If, in spite of his efforts, he is unable to gain a 
 sufficient sum, after a certain number of years, according to his age or 
 his good will, this constraint can be fixed to ten or fifteen years; but 
 this term should be lengthened as soon as a want of assiduity is noticed. 
 If the delinquent fulfills all his obligations, he is to be released, and 
 deprived only of his political rights with interdiction of any public 
 function, or of exercising commerce, if it is a case of a bankrupt. 
 
 It will be noticed that temporary detention for a fixed time in ad- 
 vance (the typical penalty of our present legislation) has entirely dis- 
 appeared in the system that has just been outlined. This new system 
 is an attempt to give to penalties a social utility, and this is done in 
 the most logical manner, by the principle of rational reaction against 
 crime. This consists sometimes in absolute elimination by the death 
 penalty, or relative elimination by seclusion in an asylum, or depor- 
 tation with abandonment, or perpetual relegation, or indefinite relega- 
 tion, or simple damages with payment of a fine, or by public labor. 
 
 There are but few kinds of crime in which it is necessary to hinder 
 
108 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 the delinquent physically as the sole means of avoiding its repetition. 
 Such is, for example, the counterfeiting of money. Here imprisonment 
 is necessary until it is reasonable to suppose that they have no longer 
 associates. Imprisonment in advance applies to these cases, not in the 
 code of criminality, in which there is a special immorality, incompat- 
 ible with those attributive sentiments which are the basis of present 
 morality. The immorality of these actions consists principally in a 
 revolt against authority, or in disobedience of the law. If this polit- 
 ical element is predominant, the penalty should be of the nature capa- 
 ble of assuring support of the law. This does not pertain to real 
 malefactors, but to revolts. Here is the limit where the reason of the 
 State replaces the natural laws of social organization, and where con- 
 siderations as to crime cease. 
 
 To fight against an enemy with success, it is necessary to know him 
 beforehand. Now this enemy, the criminal, the jurists do not know. 
 In order to know him, one must have observed him for a long time in 
 prison. It is to those who have thus studied that the future will reserve 
 the mission of transforming penal science into harmon}^ with social 
 necessities. 
 
 PURE MURDER. a 
 
 A classical case of pure murder is where a fellow-prisoner killed his 
 comrade while snoring too loud. The case of least provocation that 
 we have seen was that of a man who pierced the abdomen of an inti- 
 mate friend with a very small, slender, knife blade. His friend, rais- 
 ing up his vest, said: "Why, you stabbed me, John; there is blood 
 there." With that John made three or four more punctures, from the 
 effects of which the man died. As they had no quarrel at all, it would 
 seem that the murderer merely had a curiosity to stick the knife into 
 something. 
 
 Another case is that of a life prisoner, who had been in a dungeon 
 for years. He had killed several men, and would not hesitate to take 
 the life of prison officers, all of whom were afraid of him. He had 
 only one friend in the world, and that was the " doctor." It was per- 
 fectly safe to go into his cell when the doctor introduced one as his 
 friend. At the time of the visit he happened to see a certain prison 
 officer, and a volume of epithets followed. Then he pointed out the 
 five or six bullet wounds that he had received in a row with the offi- 
 cers. "Rascals and cowards," he growled, grinding his teeth. He 
 said: "I came from Ireland, where I had also killed some men, but in 
 America punishment is a great deal harder. I was going to a ball with 
 'me' girl one evening, and a policeman tried to arrest me; he insulted 
 'me' girl and I knocked him 'inside out' (killed him), but I did not 
 run away, I went to the ball." During his trial, being very easily 
 angered, he nearly cleared the court-house, and was almost bled to 
 death by wounds from handcuffs, etc., used to subdue him. In the 
 course of conversation he said: "Doctor, I would have killed a man 
 in the hospital had he not been under your charge." 
 
 This man was honest in character, and was chaste toward women. 
 He would give nis life up for the "doctor." Anyone he liked he 
 would do anything for; anyone he hated he would kill without the 
 
 For another case especially studied, see Hearing before House Committee on 
 Judiciary on bill (H. R. 14798) to establish a laboratory for the Btudy of the crimi- 
 nal, pauper, and defective classes. 
 
A PLAN FOB THE STLDY OF MAN. 109 
 
 least repulsion. There was something heroic in him notwithstanding 
 his ferocity. 
 
 Man in the savage state was forced to look upon the stranger as an 
 enemy, which generally proved to be true. But the little child also 
 seems to show traces of this murderous tendency. For it would hesi- 
 tate none the less to bite its nurse or strike its mother did these acts 
 cause their death. Fortunately this propensity is generally corrected, 
 but should it persist, and surroundings be favorable for its growth, 
 such a child could develop into a murderer. 
 
 As an illustration we shall study the case of "A," who was 12 or 13 
 years old when he committed the act that made him known. 
 
 That "A" may speak for himself, we give verbatim his autobiog- 
 raphy. 
 
 AUTOBIOGRAPHY OF "A." 
 
 According to iny life I will write from about when I was 7 or 8. My parents 
 treated me right till I was 11 years old. I went to school right along for about two 
 months, and then I ran away from school. So then my parents sent me to the 
 
 Asylum. There my course was not very well. I had a great many black 
 
 marks against me there. I stayed for two years two weeks and two months. Then I 
 was sent back home, and behaved myself for one month. Then again I did not go 
 to school as usual; so my parents sent me back to the institution. There I stayed a 
 long time. Then I was called up by the superintendent of the place and asked if I 
 would like to live in the country. I said I would, so he said he would let me go. 
 
 My first wrong deed I done was to steal an apple from an Italian's stand. I went 
 home with the apple, and my mother asked me where I got it. I said I bought it 
 for 1 cent. She asked me where I got my money; I said from my saving's bank. 
 She asked how I got the money from the bank. 
 
 I hung my head and did not want to tell then. She asked me what was the mat- 
 ter; I said nothing. She said why do you hang your head so; I said for nothing. 
 
 Then I went from home and was lost. When they found me they took me back 
 home. When I got inside the house my father asked me where I was; I would not 
 tell him, so he said to me if I did not tell he would thrash me, and still I would not 
 tell, so he went and got the bootjack and said, "Are you going to tell?" But I 
 would not; and so that night I got a good sound thrashing. 
 
 I will now describe my parents in regard to their doings. Just before I left 
 home my mother, brothers, and sisters were good to me, and I will mention them 
 more than my father. He used to drink a great deal. Every night when he came 
 home drunk we had to get out of his way, or something would go sailing through 
 the room. But one night I did not get out of his way; I was not a-going to, either, 
 for I just was a-going to see what he was a-going to do. He came in the door and I 
 was sitting by the window. He just walked right over to where I was and jerked a 
 hole right through my ear. I commenced to cry. He asked me what was the mat- 
 ter. As soon as he saw my bloody ear he got a piece of black ' ' sucking ' ' plaster and 
 put it on the back of my ear. My father was the cause of my mother's death. He 
 came home drunk one night, and my mother was sitting in the parlor sewing at some 
 one of the boys' pants; he picked up a flatiron and hurled it at my mother; it did 
 not strike her; she looked about and could not tell where it came from. She then 
 saw my father pick up a stove poker. He walked up to my mother and hit her with 
 it; left a severe wound, and she was in bed about one month before she died. My 
 father would drink continuously, but there was no more trouble in the house. 
 
 I was then sent from home to the Asylum. From there I went to , 
 
 and received a good education in schooling. I went to school in summer and stayed 
 at the farm in winter. I am going to try to be a better boy hereafter. 
 
 When I was in I did a great many things that were wrong. The man I 
 
 was with used to send me to the field to work, and I used to lay down in the field 
 and go to sleep. I used to sleep by the hour, and sometimes half a day, if he did 
 not come to see if I was working. If I was not, he would pick up a cornstalk and 
 whip me about the field. He would set me at pulling weeds at an early hour. I 
 would pull for two or three hours steady and then lie down. If I did not get enough 
 I would lie down all day, if he would let me. 
 
 I was with , of County, , and stayed for one month. I used 
 
 to go and tease the sheep he had ; then I would chase the hogs about the pen and the 
 chickens about the barnyard. I used to steal eggs of all kinds. When he told me 
 
110 A PLAK FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 to go up to the "old home" out in the field and feed the cows, I would not go; I 
 would lie down and go to sleep. I left that place because the man did not like me 
 nor I him. 
 
 The next place I went to was County, . The man's name was . 
 
 He had a very nice farm, indeed. I liked him very much. He treated me as he 
 would one of his ow r n boys, and I treated him as any ordinary white person should. 
 There was one fault between us, and that was I would not do the work decent; and 
 that was the reason I left him although he was a very nice man. I liked him and 
 he did me. 
 
 The next place was in - . I stayed with Mr. for two months. I 
 
 liked it first rate. I used to run the windmill at his place every day, pumping a big 
 tank full of water. The worst of it was I did not like to watch it. I had to herd 
 from 15 to 20 head of cows and drive them; had to fetch them from the pasture every 
 morning and night. I had to tend 12 horses, feed and water them every morning, 
 noon, and night. 
 
 The next place I went was in County. There I stayed with Mr. for 
 
 three months steady. I did a great deal of work there. I had to plow, sow, reap, 
 harrow, drag, had to help gather the harvest in, going about a quarter of a mile before 
 we reached the field. There was where I did so many things in killing his animals. 
 As I told you what I killed I need not mention it here. I will try to behave myself 
 hereafter. Then I went to , where I took a place with , staying for three 
 good solid months. I did not like his treatment. In the winter time he would not 
 let me have mittens on my hands; he would set me to clean the horse and cow stables 
 when it was bitter cold, without anything on my hands to keep them warm or on 
 my feet. Sometimes he would come into the barn and see me standing stiil, not 
 working; he would ask me what I was doing; I would say, "Trying to warm my 
 hands;" then he would say, " You clean out these stables or I'll thrash you." 
 
 Then he would come again and catch me not working; then he would get the tugs 
 or driving-rein and thrash me, and besides he would make me ' 'jerk ' ' a wagon ' ' bed ' ' 
 of corn without anything on my hands. I would have to unload it and pick another 
 load before I got anything to eat; sometimes three loads before and after dinner. 
 If I did not do my share of work he would say, "You can't have anything to eat." 
 He was a hard man with me when I hit his wife with my fist for plaguing me. If 
 she had not been teasing me, I would not have struck her. I said to his wife, 
 "Now, just stop your fooling or else there will be trouble," but she would not; so I 
 struck her a good blow in the face, and she did stop; but she told her husband and 
 that night I got a good thrashing. 
 
 The next place I went to was at , where I stayed with five months, 
 
 and liked it first rate. I used to do all the chores about the barn, and help in the 
 housework along with the other work. I don't remember doing anything wrong 
 there. His wife was a good lady and I liked her very much indeed; she never gave 
 me much trouble at all. 
 
 The next place I went was . There I hired out to a man that kept a livery 
 stable. I did first-rate work and got my board and clothes. When I was there 
 a week I got a new suit of clothes and had a splendid time of it. 
 
 The next place I went was . There I stayed for a few days and caught a ' ' blind 
 
 baggage ' ' and rode on it till 1 reached a station about 10 miles south of . Then 
 
 I got on a freight train and held it right through to Chicago. I stayed there about 
 a week. I used to help to load steamships for pretty near six days. Finally I stole a 
 ride on a boat going from Chicago to Milwaukee. There I came nearly getting 
 arrested for stealing a ride on the boat. Then the mate said, "Get off this boat." 
 I said, "No, I won't; not for such a thing as you or anyone like you;" so he went 
 and got a policeman. The policeman said, "I will give you till 1 o'clock to get out 
 of town." But I was rowing in one of the boats on the side of the shore of Lake 
 Michigan for at least two hours after the policeman told me to get out of town. I 
 swore at the mate and told him I would break his face for him if I caught him on 
 land. He dare not set foot off the boat for fear of getting hurt. I went back to 
 Chicago and there stayed for three days more. Then I got on another boat and 
 went to Buffalo about three days; then took a freight train, and slept on a load of 
 sheep for one night; when I got out of the car I was about 50 miles from Buffalo 
 on one of the roads running through Pennsylvania. I had to work my way 
 part of the time, and the conductor gave me a ride in .his caboose for over 100 
 miles, I had to keep out of sight for fear; if I was caught I might be arrested, and 
 the conductor might have been discharged. I walked for three days, stopping only 
 for resting and eating; then I caught a freight train, going very slow, about a half a 
 mile from Scranton, and riding from there to Jersey City, I walked to Hoboken, 
 taking a boat across the river, 1 walked down to Grand street, and started to find 
 my folks, but after inquiring for them I stayed in New York City two hours; then 
 taking a boat I went across the river to Brooklyn. There I began my search with a 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. Ill 
 
 gang of Brooklyn boys to help me hunt up my parents. We went to a large drug 
 store and askea to take the Directory to find a man's name and place where he lived. 
 We found a good many with the same name as my father. We went to these places, 
 but did not find the right one; but still we looked, but no traces could be found; 
 but I remember of one in East Brooklyn, but I did not have time to go over there, 
 because I was taken by a minister to the - Home. I stayed there one month. 
 I did not work in the house. The work I did was cutting wood and helping in the 
 engine room. I got my dinner at 1 p. m. sharp, sometimeanot till 1.30 p. m. I liked 
 
 it first rate there; it was a very good place. Then I went to , where Mr. 
 
 came after me. I went to his place on Christinas noon, where I got a good meal. 
 The next morning, when I got up, I went out to the barn and did all the chores the 
 best I knew how; then went to the house and did what was needed there; then I 
 went into the yard and fed the chickens and turkeys. Then came noon; I went 
 out and fed and watered the horses and cattle; then rumaged around a little, and 
 doing something once in a while. When I was not doing anything I would 
 think of something to do. If I could not think of something I would go in the 
 house and read. I stayed at the house in summer and went to school in winter. 
 We used to have fine times; we had lots of fine coasting and sliding down a hill 
 half a mile long. I would ride down on a sled. But one day was a sad one for 
 one of the boys in the schoolhouse. I stole his sled and ran off to town with 
 it; I had a lot of fun with it, then gave it away, and had some fun with the boy 
 
 I gave the sled to; then went down to the railroad depot. I had a talk 
 
 with Mr. , conductor of the road, and then with the man in the station or 
 
 the telegraph operator; then went out of the station and stole another sled for to 
 pay the boy for the sled I stole of him. I then went back with the sled I stole to 
 town, and gave it to him. The boy's father came up to the barn where I was doing 
 chores; he said to me, "Where is "the sled you stole from my boy." I told him I 
 left it in town; then he said, "You get the sled or you will pay for it; " I said all 
 right. Then he asked me when I was going to get it; I said this afternoon, if I 
 could not get the sled, I would get a new one. So I started for town right after 
 dinner, and got in town by 2 o'clock; there I stayed pretty late; as I was going up 
 the hill with the sled in my arms I went down the back way through the back road. 
 J thought 'I would not be heard or seen, but I was mistaken. As I approached the 
 barnyard I saw the father of the boy 1 stole the sled from and his hired hands. 
 Then I went up to the house and went to bed in the hack under the wagon shed. 
 
 The next morning old came in the shed, and gave me a poke with a stick he 
 
 [the man he worked for] always carried when he went to milk the cows. When I 
 woke up I made a groan and then turned out. I did the chores, then went into the 
 house and got some breakfast, I went by the stove and got warm a little, then went 
 upstairs and dressed myself in my best suit of clothes, then went downstairs and bid 
 them good-bye. Then I started on my journey for New York. I walked from 
 to , a distance of 25 miles. 
 
 As I was going along the road 1 met two teams coming along the road. After we 
 passed the teams I started snowballing a lady of about 65 or 70 years old; then she 
 said she would get me arrested. That got me mad; I did not like it, because she 
 said she would have me arrested. I saw a few stones ahead of me on the ground. 
 I picked up three or four stones; then she caught up with me. I then started and 
 ran ahead about 6 rods, then fired one of the stones at her. I then kept it up until 
 
 1 had bruised her very badly, then I ran on to and caught a train going to . 
 
 1 did not want to go on the train, but the station keeper put me on. Then, when 
 the conductor came for my ticket I said that I was a poor boy without any home, and 
 
 wanted to go to New York City, but he gave me a ride to . When 1 got in 
 
 1 slept in the second precinct station house. I told the police that I was a poor boy 
 and had no home; had been away from home for four years and had been all around, 
 and they made a collection for me and I got SI. 50. Then I went down to the State 
 board of charities and asked the head man of the house for a pass to New York City. 
 
 He sent a man with me to the depot and gave me the pass. I took the pass 
 and got on the train and was going for New York City. When 1 reached New York 
 1 was asked by a detective what my name was. I told him what it was. He said 
 that father and mother were looking for me. Then he said I will take you there; I 
 said all right. Good-bye. 
 
 FROM THE RECORDS OF THE INSTITUTION. 
 
 HISTORY OF "A." 
 
 Received May, 1889; assault, first degree, court oyer and terminer ; plead 
 
 guilty. Father, Catholic; intemperate, mother, dead; stepmother, Catholic; habits, 
 
112 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 unknown. No insanity or epilepsy in family; don't know about her father; one 
 brother imprisoned on BlackwelPs Island. Stepparent, mother, has heard nothing 
 of his parents since they surrendered him six years ago; grandfather, German; reads 
 and writes; langshoreman; grandmother, American; education unknown, family 
 very poor; don't know why father was arrested. 
 
 Facts as to "A." 
 
 He has known no residence; home wretched; Protestant; no previous arrest; home 
 
 life till six years ago; Asylum and country were places he was at; very little 
 
 moral sense. He was placed in Asylum six years ago by his parents. Two 
 
 years later he was sent to Illinois and placed with ; then placed successively 
 
 with four different farmers; remained with the last one the longest (about a year); 
 was in Illinois about four years altogether; came away from last place and started 
 for New York, stealing rides; looked in vain for his people, and was after a few days 
 
 taken up by the society of and sent to . He remained a month 
 
 or more and then ran away, and on the same day he struck a woman with a stone, 
 stealing up behind her. They had ridden together in a farmer's sleigh; she was an 
 old woman; the assault was unprovoked. They had chanced to fall together on a 
 country road. Age, January, 1889, 15 years. Health good; blue eyes; quality medi- 
 um; fair, light brown, clothing good; complexion fair. On admission: Weight, 44.90 
 kilos.; height, 1,494 mm.; chest, 711-762 mm. February, 1890: Weight, 48.07 kilos.; 
 height, 1,549 mm.; chest, 685-762 mm. May, 1890: weight, 48.97 kilos.; height, 
 1,574mm.; chest, 736-812 mm. 
 
 Previous education, Third Reader, long division; assigned to third grade, second 
 division; previous occupation, farm boy; assigned to tailor shop. First badge earned 
 October 5, 1889; time, twenty -one weeks; six complaints. Second badge, March 22, 
 1889; time, 24 weeks; 5 complaints; total, 11 complaints. 
 
 Complaints against "A," 1889. 
 
 June 28, by watchman: Out of his dormitory continually to make a disturbance; 
 crawling along the upper tier to other dormitories (three weeks). a 
 
 July 20, by tailor: Not doing his work; when other boys come and get their clothes 
 fixed, plays with them (two weeks). 
 
 August 5, by watchman: Lying down on the floor outside of his dormitory; talk- 
 ing to other boys; also, Saturday night, throwing down different articles he brought 
 from the tailor shop (three weeks) . 
 
 September 1, by hallman: Stole a book ("St. Nicholas") from the school-room 
 and gave it to . 
 
 September 8, by watchman: Standing or lying partly out of his door; talking in a 
 
 loud tone to boy . I have repeatedly had to speak to this boy in regard to 
 
 talking; have had him on the floor; he will not obey the rules; talked Friday and 
 Saturday night (punished with a strap). 
 
 September 24, by watchman: Report this boy for throwing a short, heavy stick 
 (called a "nib") from his dormitory door at me. I saw the stick coming, and the 
 
 direction from his door; he denies it; boy sleeps next to him; other side is 
 
 ; one of these boys surely threw it; witnesses (one week). 
 
 November 16, by hallman: For disorder in the hall; throws rags (at boys 
 and ) . 
 
 December 4, by watchman: Found in another boy's dormitory under the bed; 
 hiding soon after the first count was taken (three weeks). a 
 
 December 12, by superintendent: Refusing to do as told; striking at me with a 
 broken knife when 1 attempted to punish him (punished with a strap). 
 
 December 20, by military instructor: Running around sleeping hall and striking 
 boy in face, without provocation (punished with a strap). 
 
 March 8, 1890: Disorderly conduct. 
 
 May 5, 1890, by hallman: For not scrubbing clean, and not taking care of his , 
 
 and stealing a book from Mr. (two weeks). 
 
 September 4: Caused trouble in his company by interfering with the other boys. 
 
 October 15: Throwing a dipper on the storeroom floor. 
 
 March 3, 1891 : Released. Home and employment were found for him with some 
 farmers, where "A" remained till March 11, when he ran away from them, taking 
 some of their property. Since this time he has not been heard from. 
 
 a Three weeks added to his time of confinement in institution. 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 113 
 
 TESTIMONY. 
 
 The tailor says: " Disagreeable to other boys." 
 
 Yard keeper says: "Makes unreasonable requests; becomes angry, strikes a boy; 
 yet came with a reading paper, which had been given to him, and wanted me to 
 read it first; has heard that he put a string around his finger to make it black in 
 order to get out of work." 
 
 Physician: " Only in hospital once " (nothing serious). 
 
 Hallman: " Raises his temper easy; does not care how^he does his work; boys and 
 some of the officers say he is a 'little off;' I don't report the boy, as it will do no 
 good; has not improved on his scrubbing work for nine months. I said he would 
 have to go to superintendent. He answered: 'I don't care; I will go down and tell 
 him I did my work good enough.' " 
 
 Mr. , teacher: "Tried to hang himself; too familiar with me; saw 
 
 my watch chain and said: 'I will have that watch and chain.' This he did three or 
 four times; but after a reprimand he ceased to be familiar." 
 
 Professor of drawing says: "He is a little below the average in his work, and a 
 good boy." 
 
 Mr. , school principal: "Nervous, impulsive; he will look at you with glar- 
 ing eyes when reproved; dreamy way about him." 
 
 Mrs. , teacher: "Good scholar; industrious; best in arithmetic (three months 
 
 in this department). I never had any trouble with him; never had to speak to him, 
 to correct him; half of the boys I never spoak to at all, that is to say: 'Turn around 
 and study,' etc. ; he was a little behind, but caught up; he told of killing the woman 
 as though he would not like to have us tell about it; but with no air of vanity, no 
 animation in his face; he said he would never do it again." 
 
 Miss , teacher: "Very good boy in school; did fairly in all studies, but better 
 
 in arithmetic; perceives quickly; never got angry; great boy to read papers (' Golden 
 Days,' etc.); was six months under me." 
 
 Carpenter: " No mechanical ability; no natural affection or feeling for any injury 
 he inflicts; he struck a boy in the yard; the boy did not retort, but 'A' simply 
 grinned; if he is disorderly and spoken to about it, he acts indifferent; he has not 
 shown the least sign of anger or viciousness, as gritting his teeth; when disorderly 
 he acts as if he was not bright, just indifferent; never reported him because he did 
 not seem vicious. When he struck the boy, he said, 'I was only fooling;' he said 
 to me he had no reason at all for stoning the old woman; he felt like it and stoned 
 her; he did not feel bad about it at all, and had no remorse; this he said when he 
 first came here; never saw him playing much with the boys; ever since here he has 
 not varied from being indifferent and doing things thoughtlessly; never caught him 
 in a lie; if asked what he did wrong for, he will say, 'Well, I don't know.' No 
 hilarity in the boy; he grins a little; does not talk loud; seems uneasy; difficult for 
 him to remain still. He tied a handkerchief so tight around his neck that he was 
 purple; he said he wanted to choke himself to death, as the fellows said, he told 
 them so. I think he was trying to show the boys what he could dp to 'scare' them. 
 When I call him up for disorder there are 'spells;' he has a staring look, and if I 
 ask him a question he does not seem to notice it, then in an instant he seems to come 
 to himself (he has a vacant look when in the 'spells'), and understands what was 
 said to him; this spell endured about a quarter of a minute; frequently those spells 
 come on (glare, hesitating, and looking), but not always when spoken to. When 
 reprimanded sharply sometimes, he did not have these spells, he first looks down, 
 then into my eye (glaring) bends his head simply; a short reprimand produced no 
 fear or scowl, but in every case a sameness, that is he looks up and down slowly as 
 if he was planning something; but he confesses everything; most peculiar boy in this 
 institution in his actions that is, a sameness in his actions, manner, motions, etc. 
 My opinion is that the boy would not hesitate a moment to take his life; no idea of 
 what is beyond the act." 
 
 The steward: "His make-up is not first-rate; at times, when I would correct him, 
 he would stand and look down and turn his eyes, acting as a boy going to be insub- 
 ordinate: he would show fullness of the face, that he was angry, a peculiar form of 
 anger, having the air of sullenness and rank temper, different from the other boys; 
 he does not talk much when angry. This spell would last as long as you talked to 
 him; once I corrected him, he showed a good disposition, but could not be called an 
 obedient boy; toward the latter part of the time he was with me he told me his 
 crime; said it was without provocation, on a highway; that he broke her wrist; he 
 did not appear sorry lor it; told me her name and age; he is not a bright boy; not 
 with the other boys much; a boy somewhat a little silly was with him some; the 
 boys ' pumped ' him and after that dropped him, as they usually do, and so the half- 
 
 S. Doc. 400 8 
 
114 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAM. 
 
 silly fellows were with him a little; after a while he used to play ball a little. I 
 think he would do injury; he is not a good boy in any sense. He had spells, so I 
 did not trouble him; he was reported three or four times, to me for striking boys; he 
 denied it; he would come up good and cheery when called; once he was /surly, and 
 the more I talked to him the worse he became; he was not impudent, nor did he 
 talk up quick; he muttered something at that time." 
 
 Watchman: " He was with me about four months; at times he became excited and 
 hardly knew what he did; he looked wild out of his eyes; he often wet his bed; I 
 called him three times a night; he got better; at times he was cranky; hard boy to 
 wake up, had to shake him; he would stare at me when I called him; he would act 
 as if he were mad, and after an hour he would say, 'I will try and be a good boy 
 hereafter;' he has asked me to forgive him; he was not bad intentionally; I think he 
 has lied to me; he said he would be a good boy, but did not want to be reported; 
 he ran upstairs, I reprimanded him, and he threw a stick (nib) at me." 
 
 Watchman (second division): "He has been under me about a year; ne is a little 
 'off;' he has thrown things around the hall quite often, but not so much now; have 
 to call him three times every night, at 10, 12.15, and 2 to go to the water-closet; he 
 wakes up with difficulty; have caught him running around fooling with other boys; 
 when reprimanded he promises he won't do it any more, but if he has a 'pout' (ill- 
 tempered) he will not say he is sorry; he is no coward; sometimes talks back; he 
 would deny things he had done, and sometimes long afterwards he would admit it, but 
 
 did not want to get reported; his chum is , who is surely 'off;' the other boys 
 
 call him a fool." 
 
 Chaplain: "His people are not attendants at church; while in home of was 
 
 not at Sunday school; this is about all the religious instruction he has had; here he 
 has taken interest in the temperance work, signing the pledge; he came to me several 
 times about this; has attended our prayer meetings regularly; is a very close listener; 
 he says, 'I don't want to be a drunkard; I want to sign now.' " 
 
 Military instructor: "He has been a good soldier, is an intelligent one; has made 
 no mistake that I know of." 
 
 Superintendent: "When being reprimanded in my room, thinking he would be 
 whipped, he started to run into the sleeping hall; then he stopped and drew a knife 
 
 out of his pocket; I said, ' ,' calling his name; and he said, 'Lock me up, lock 
 
 me up; I will give knife up, if you will lock me up;' I got him into a dormitory and 
 got the knife away from him; he ran, breaking away from me, into the yard and up 
 into the other sleeping hall, and, getting a club, he chased the boys out; the military 
 officer went to get the club away from him, but he struck at him; when, however, 
 taken hold of, he ceased resisting; his eyes shone like a wild beast's; I whipped him 
 for that and he cried a little; has not been very disobedient since; this occurred after 
 he had been here some time, w T hen he ceased to be a quiet boy." 
 
 The superintendent of another institution, in which "A" was formerly, says: "He 
 was a heedless, disobedient boy while here; he showed no very serious misconduct, 
 but simply little petty meannesses; he was disagreeable to his teacher and others; no 
 special traits distinguished him from a hundred other boys here. We always have 
 quite a large number of boys whose foolish conduct and wanton acts indicate a lack 
 of good sense and a streak of meanness." 
 
 Another superintendent says: "There was nothing special to attract attention dur- 
 ing his ('A's') short stay." 
 
 The district attorney of the county in which "A" was tried says : " He is as bright 
 as he is bad; he is bad only in one way, and that is in his desire to hurt somebody; 
 he was indicted for assault in the first degree; he met an old, fat lady in the street, 
 knocked her down with stones, then jumped on her and pounded her head with 
 stones; broke her wrist, etc.; he is a fair-looking boy as you ever saw; but seems to 
 have spells. Every man in jail was afraid of him, for he would throw things at them 
 in unconquerable fits, and he was so small that they would not touch him; and, 
 except in those spasms, was a general favorite. I write you, because if that boy can 
 be cured, he will make a very bright man." 
 
 In a letter "A" wrote to another boy formerly in the institution he says: "Dear 
 Sir I now take the pleasure of writing you a few lines. I am in good health; I hope 
 
 you are the same. The weather is very delightful up here; I believe that Mr. 
 
 is going to leave us, but I hope he don't go, for if he would I would not like it. I cfm 
 still in the 'scrubbing gang' (lowest grade); they could not hire me to go out of it 
 for anything. When you write to me, tell me what you have done. The first thing 
 when you got home, did you start for the woods? I would like to know. From your 
 friend , No. ." ' 
 
 The farmer with whom "A" lived last (before his crime) says: "As to theassault 
 
 on the old lady: They were riding on a sleigh and they both got off at ; and 
 
 she went one way and he the other. Then he ran ahead of her and got a stone and 
 threw it and knocked her down; then pounded her and broke one of her arms. 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 115 
 
 Some one, I do not know who it was, came to her assistance; he ran and took the cars 
 
 for , where he was arrested. She was under the doctor's care fora long time. 
 
 I do not know whether she is alive or not. The boy is a bad boy; he was with me 
 about four months, and I was glad when he left. Before he went he had been going 
 to school, and he acted so with the scholars that it was unendurable. He stole one 
 of their sleds and sold it, and he took a knife to my wife, but it was before anything 
 else had happened; he was not angry; so we did not do anything about it. I am 
 sorry he is such a boy, for he is a bright boy." 
 
 The physician says he was called to see the old lady; he treated her "for a broken 
 arm and a bruised back, which was about as bad as her arm; her face was somewhat 
 cut and scratched." 
 
 EXAMINATION OF "A." 
 
 I began school when I was four years old, and went about six years. One of my 
 brothers used to hit me with his fist; I would not touch him, for I was afraid he 
 would tell my mother. I hit him out of spite once. Another of my brothers treated 
 me all right; another pretty well; did not like my stepmother; she used to whip me 
 too much. My father quarreled with iiiy real mother, would pound her with his 
 fist; was always drunk then. He would not do it again, if I was home; did not hit 
 her the three months I was there; if he had, there would have been a stick of wood 
 flying at him. I do not want to go home; would not step inside of the door, because 
 I am afraid I would get my head knocked off. I would not have left home had my 
 father not got drunk; would run away and then be afraid to return, so, in order to 
 eat, some other boys and I would steal old iron and zinc, and sleep near the foun- 
 dries inside of some of the things where it was warm; I would miss school, and was 
 sent to one or two institutions, and then out West; I wanted to run around and see 
 
 the country. I left Mr. , because he did not like me; tramoed around for 
 
 nearly two years, I guess; while at Chicago, broke into cars and got something 
 to eat; I always carried a knife with me to keep larger tramps from pitch- 
 ing on to me. I killed the horse of ore farmer with a club; also at another time a 
 cow and a sheep, I wanted to get even with the farmer for whipping me; I would 
 have killed the farmer, but he was too big; I don't like to see a cow killed, because 
 it should live as well as we. I went through Pennsylvania, because I wanted to see 
 the country; was interested in the coal mines. I went to New York and stayed 
 about a month, and was sent out into the country again. I did not like the place; 
 the man whipped me with a rattan, but not very hard; a boy teased me at school 
 by calling me names, so I stole his sled and brought another back in its place. The 
 man I was with I did not like, so I leit him. Going along the road I met an old 
 woman, and walked with her a half an hour; then we got into an empty sleigh and 
 rode about fifteen minutes; the man with the sleigh turned off on another road, so we 
 got off. I saw some large icicles in the trees and began to knock them down with 
 snowballs. Then I thought it would be fun to throw at the old lady. I threw them 
 pretty swift; she called me names; said she would have me arrested before night; I 
 threw two more snowballs. Two teams came along and I stopped throwing snow- 
 balls, because they would catch me. The snowballs did not hurt her, for they only 
 hit her shawl. I was getting angry; I threw three small stones; only the third one 
 hit her on the arm; she said she would have me arrested. I saw a bare place where 
 there were some stones. I ran ahead to it, crossing a road; she ran down this road to 
 get away from me. I ran across lots after her; she slipped down on the ice. I threw 
 larger stones at her; threw them underhand, as I could do itswifter; two of the stones 
 were large; about 5 inches long and 2 inches thick. I kicked at her, but hit the 
 bundle of clothes; the stones made gashes on her head; the big stone broke her wrist. 
 I saw some one running up from the station, so I stopped and ran away." 
 
 On closer questioning the following was brought out: 
 
 Q. Why didn't you throw all the stones at her? 
 
 A. Because I did not w r ant to waste them 011 her so quick; she screamed each time, 
 and 1 kept on just to hear her scream for the fun of it, to get even with her. 
 
 Q. Why didn't you jump on her with your feet instead of your knees? 
 
 A. Because I did not want to go too fast. 
 
 Q. Why did you not get right over her and throw the big stones right down on her 
 harder? 
 
 A. I could throw them underhand easier, jerk them. 
 
 Q. How did you feel all this time? 
 
 A. I felt dizzy all the time after I threw the first snowball; I kept a-going to keep 
 myself from falling down and hitting someone or something else. When I ran away 
 I had the same dizziness about ten minutes, and then fell down tired out; then in 
 three minutes I was all right again. I commenced having dizziness in the head right 
 after I got angry; I can not control myself; can stand some fun from the boys, but 
 soon I get angry and mean to kill them. 1 threatened the superintendent "with a 
 
 ^^r" - =s~v^ 
 
 A h 
 
 r\r -I-LJ , 
 
116 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 knife because I thought he was going to punish me; I meant to kill him. I had no 
 dizziness while killing horse, cow, and sheep to get even with the farmers; sometimes 
 I get angry without feeling dizzy. Saying she would have me arrested made me 
 angry. These spells last about an hour. When I drew the knife on the superintendent, 
 and struck the club at the military officer, I did not have any dizziness, but got mad. 
 When I become dizzy I try to kill; sometimes, I say, it is just for the fun of it, but I 
 really want to kill. I just as leave die as not and go and see my mother. If I killed 
 anyone they would hang me, so I would die. I wanted to kill the old woman, but 
 was not thinking of being killed myself at that time. I did not want to get caught, 
 or I would have killed her by throwing the stones at her head. I wouldn't have 
 cared if they had killed me at this time. I don't hardly feel I am to blame. I know 
 I am to blame for killing the old woman. I began to feel I was to blame after I came 
 to this institution. I never read books about murder; I could not say how I got the 
 idea, it simply comes to me. 
 
 Q. Did you try to kill yourself once? 
 
 A. I went into the rag room where there was a closet in which I knew there was 
 a window cord; but the closet was locked. My mother was dead, I did not want to 
 live; I had no friends. I took a black linen thread and tried to hang myself; it only 
 cut my neck. I took a yarn and tied it around my ringer till it was black in order 
 to get out of work. I did not like the work. 
 
 Q. What did you do after your trial? 
 
 A. I was in jail six months. 
 
 Q. What did you do in jail? 
 
 A. I used to sing to them to amuse them. 
 
 Q. What did they do? 
 
 A. They used to play cards. 
 
 Q. Did you play cards? 
 
 A. No; it is wrong to play cards; for I do not want to become a gambler. 
 
 Q. Where did you learn that? 
 
 A. At one of the places I was at. 
 
 A physiological examination (by the physician of institution): Vegetative func- 
 tions, normal; circulation, normal; respiration, 20; digestion, good; anomalies, none; 
 pulse, 80; girth of thorax, 724-787 mm.; girth of waist, 660 mm.; girth of thigh, 
 444 mm.; girth of calf of leg, 317 mm.; weight, 109 Ibs. (49.44 kilos.); physical 
 anomalies, none. 
 
 , M. D. 
 
 Craniological measurements are: Width of. head, 128 mm.; length from glabella 
 to occipital protuberance, 190 mm.; maximum length of head, 190 mm.; width 
 above tragus, 134 mm. ; width between zygomatic arches, 127 mm. ; width between 
 external edges of orbits, 96mm.; distance between outer corners of eyes, 90mm.; 
 distance between inner corners of eyes, 32 mm. ; width between prot. malaria, 119 
 mm. ; width between gonia, 96 mm. ; distance from chin to hair, 158 mm. ; distance 
 from chiruto root of nose, 108mm.; distance from chin to base of nose, 66mm.; 
 distance from chin to mouth, 50mm.; distance from chin to tragus, 95mm.; dis- 
 tance from tragus to root of nose, 97 mm. ; length of ear, 61 mm. ; length of nose, 
 47 mm. ; elevation of nose, 49 mm. ; width of nose, 31 mm. ; width of mouth, 42 
 mm. ; thickness of lips, 15 mm. ; horizontal circumference of head, 540 mm. ; vertical 
 circumference of head, 349 mm.: sagittal circumference of head, 368 mm.; angle of 
 profile, 60 mm. Color of eye, gray; color of hair, light. There was an observed 
 flatness to the eyelids. 
 
 CONCLUSION. 
 
 "A" is a case of pure murder. His anomaly or abnormality consists 
 in a lack of repulsion to taking life. He is no coward, nor wanting in 
 will power. His intelligence is above the average, yet he is at times 
 stubborn and lazy and mean, although he may be partly unconscious 
 of this latter element. He acts oddly at times. His idea of justice 
 seemed to be "getting even" with every one. He is unaware of how 
 his want of repulsion to killing appears to others. Many .boys neglect 
 their work and are whipped, but they do not kill cows and horses to 
 "get even." The dizziness of "A" might suggest epilepsy, but the 
 fact that he is never unconscious and remembers everything is against 
 such a theory. Spells of anger where self-control is lost are not 
 uncommon, and one will strike with the hand or throw something, but 
 seldom go further unless there is a radical defect somewhere. Given 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 117 
 
 a boy who becomes angry easily, losing self-control, who at the same 
 time lacks repulsion to taking life, and whose surroundings have been 
 favorable to bring this element out, and the case of "A" is a clear one. 
 That such a boy is dangerous is self-evident. Considering his early 
 and evil surroundings it is questionable how far he is to blame for his 
 murderous acts. It is doubtful if he should be allowed to be free in 
 the community, even under the most favorable conditions, for his 
 training has been such that he is angered very easily. To speak to 
 him cross or to punish him is probably the worst thing that can be 
 done. He may outgrow this murderous tendency by experience in 
 the community, but can the community afford or has it the right to 
 make such experiments as expose its members to danger? 
 "A" was at large when last heard of. 
 
 MAN FROM SCIENTIFIC POINT OF VIEW. 
 
 Looking at man from a scientific point of view, he exceeds all others 
 in criminality; he kills not only his own species, which the animals 
 rarely do, but beings of all other species with impunity; those which 
 it is not an advantage to kill he subjects to slavery. The egotism of 
 the human species surpasses that of all others. The basis of this 
 egotism is a combination of psychic and physical force, not moral 
 force. 
 
 At present the bloody idea of war still remains in the whole human 
 race. Modern Europe, where the highest civilization exists, has at 
 least 12,000,000 men trained for war, while Rome, with her vast 
 empire, had only 300,000 legionaries; and this is the state of the 
 world which, at present, is in its commercial glory, and yet, in the 
 face of this, it is claimed that commerce and war are antagonists; but 
 it is said that war has the advantage of purging the race. To accom- 
 plish this, however, cholera is much more effective, for the lower strata 
 are preeminently the sufferers, while in war much of the best blood of 
 a nation is sacrificed. The savage instinct of murder is still deeply 
 rooted. War from the natural history point of view is universal 
 murder, an extension and development of universal homicide. In 
 primitive times it was terrible in character, exceeding the ferocity of 
 the wildest beasts; in the next stage of development one did not eat 
 his enemy, but mutilated and tortured him; and modern civilized war 
 is the same in essence, though different in form, for inventive genius 
 is at present exerting itself to its utmost to discover how to kill and 
 mutilate the enemy at great distances, and, to the disgrace of the nine- 
 teenth century humanity, it seems to have succeeded. And, while we 
 look with horror upon the cannibal, the words of Montaigne are not 
 inapplicable when he says that "It is more barbarous to kill a live man 
 than to roast and eat a dead one." 
 
 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CHILD STUDY. a 
 
 In addition to the titles taken from various works, the bibliography consists of 
 selections from the following bibliographies: Bibliography of Child Study, by Louis 
 N. Wilson; titles relating to the anthropometry of children in a preliminary report 
 on Anthropometry in the United States, by Dr. Edward M. Hartwell; psychological 
 indexes of The Psychological Review; Bibliographic der psycho-physiologischen 
 
 a The author was assisted much in the preparation of this bibliography by his 
 mother, Mrs. Angus MacDonald. 
 
118 A PLAN FOE THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 Literatur in "Zeitschrift fur Psychologic wad Physiologic der Sinnesorgane," and 
 the Index Catalogue of the Library of the Surgeon-General's Office. 
 
 There are a few small and special bibliographies given. It "was thought best to 
 have these after the special articles to which they refer, and also to preserve the 
 classification made by their authors. 
 
 ADLER, H. Serious answers to children's questions. Intern. J. of Ethics, July, 1898. 
 Ages, heights, weights, and chest measurements of all recruits finally approved for 
 
 service during the year. Army M. Dep. Rep. 1895. London, 1896, XXXVII, 
 
 30-34. 
 
 AIKINS, H. A. The field of pedagogy. Western Reserve Univ. Bull., 1897, III, 15-21. 
 ALEXANDER, H. C. B. Training and environment as correctives of degeneracy, as 
 
 illustrated by J. M. W. Turner and Margaret Fuller. Repr. from Medicine, 
 
 1896, pp. 26. 
 ALLEN, Mrs. J. G. Child study and religious education. Child Study Monthly, 
 
 October, 1896, vol. 2, pp. 289-293. 
 
 Child study from the mother's standpoint. Rochester, N. Y., 1896, pp. 36. 
 
 ALLEN, Mary Wood. Child study in the home. A series of articles in the North 
 
 Western Monthly, Lincoln, Nebr. First article, September, 1897, vol. 8, 
 
 128-130. 
 
 ALLEN, N. Physical culture in Amherst College. 8vo. Lowell, 1869. 
 ALLPORT, FRANK. Tests for defective vision in school children. Ed. Rev., N. Y., 
 
 Sept., 1897, 150-159. 
 (same with additions; in: Cong, period internat. d. so. me"d. Compt. rend., 1884. 
 
 Copenh., 1886, III, Sect, de p6diat., 120-125. 
 AMMON, OTTO. Die natiiiiiche Auslese beim Menschen ; auf Grund d. Ergebnisse d. 
 
 anthrop. Untersuchungen d. Wehrpflichtigen in Baden, etc. Jena, 1893. 
 ANDREAE, C. Ueber die Faulheifc. Dtsch. Blatter f. erz. Unterr., 1896, XXIII, 
 
 Nos. 1, 3-6. 
 ANFOSSO, L. Conesta nei bambini arch, di psichiat, etc. Torina, 1897, XVIII, 
 
 531-537. 
 
 ARNOLD, SARAH L. A phase of child study. Jour. Ed. (New Eng. and Nat.) 40: 219. 
 ARON, E. Plethysmographische Uuteasuchungen d. Athembewegungen d. Menschen. 
 
 Arch. f. path-Anat., etc., Berlin, 1893, CXXXII, 408-427. 
 ASCHAFFENBURG, G. Welchen Nutzen kann die experimentelle Psychologic der 
 
 Padagogik bringen? Kinderfehler. (Ztsch. f. Padag., Pathol. u. Ther.), 
 
 1896, I, 37-41. 
 ATKINSON, F. W. Child study in secondary schools. School Review, Sept., 1897, 
 
 vol. 5, 243-284; 461-466. 
 AUBRY, P. A propos de I'anthropomdtrio et d'une re"cente interpellation, etc. Arch. 
 
 d'anthrop. crim., Lyon et Paris, 1897, XII, 289-292. 
 ANGERSTEIN, W. Das Massverhaltniss des menschlichen Kb'rpers und das Wachsthum 
 
 des Knaben. Koln, 1865. 
 BABANASJANTZ, Z. K vopr. o vese i dline donoshen. novorozhden. (Weight and 
 
 size of new-born infants at term.) Nauch. Besedy vrach. zakavkazsk. 
 
 Poival. Inst., Tiflis, 1886, I, 121-152. 
 BABCOCK, W. H. Games of Washington children. Am. Anthropologist, July, 1888, 
 
 vol. I, 243-284. 
 
 BAGINSKY, AD. Handbuch der Schulhygiene. Berlin, 1877. 
 BAKER, SMITH. Fatigue in school children. Educa. Rev., Jan., 1898, 34-39. 
 BALDWIN, J. MARK. Bashfuluess in children. Ed. Rev., N. Y., Dec., 1894, vol. 8, 
 
 434-441. 
 
 Differences in pupils from the teacher's point of view. Inland Educ., 1896, 
 
 II, 126-129, III, 232-235. 
 
 New method of child study. Science, 21 : 213. 
 
 Mental development in the child and the race. Methods and processes. First 
 
 ed. ; second ed. corrected. New York and London. Macmillan. pp. xvi-f-496. 
 
A PLAN FOB THE STUDY OF MAN. 119 
 
 BALDWIN, J. MARK. Die Entwickelung des Geistes beiin Kinde und bei der Rasse. 
 
 Deutsch, nach der 3ten Ausgabe. Berlin, 1898. P. 470. 
 BARNES, EARL. Feelings and ideas of sex in children. Ped. Sem., March, 1893, 
 
 vol. 2, 199-203. 
 
 A study on children's drawings. Ped. Sem., 2 : 455. 
 
 Theological life of a California child. Ped. Sem., 2 : 442. 
 
 Studies on education. Leland Stanford Univ., 189J6, pp. 40. 
 
 Children's imaginary companions. 
 
 Punishment as seen by children. Pedag. Sem., 3, 235-245. 
 
 Punishment for weak time sense. Trans., 3, Soc. for Child-Study, I, (3), 
 
 35-39. 
 BARNES, J. S. Examination of the eyes of school children as a hygienic measure. 
 
 Pacific Rec. Med. and Surg., 1896-97, XI, 116. 
 BARTHOLOMAI, F. Psycholologische Statistik. Allg. Schulzeitung, 1871. Anfange 
 
 des Tastens, Sehens und HSrens des Kindes (nach Sigismund-Frcbel). Jahrb. 
 
 d. Vereins f. wisseuschaftl. PUdag. IV. 
 BARTHOLOMAI u. SCHWABE. Der Vorstellnngskreis der Berliner Kinder, beim 
 
 Eintritt in die Schule. Berl. Stadt Jahrb., 1879. 
 BARUS, ANNIK H. The history of a child's passion. The Woman's Anthropological 
 
 Soc., Washington, D. C., March 2, 1895, pp. 8. 
 Methods and difficulties of child-study. Fornm, September, 1895, vol. 30, 
 
 113-119. 
 BAUMANN, J. Ueber Willens- nnd Charakterbildung auf physiologisch-psycholog- 
 
 ischer Grundlage (Samml. v. Abh. aus d. Geb. d. pad. Psych.). Berlin, 1897. 
 
 pp.86. 
 
 BAXTER, J. H. Statistics, medical and anthropological, of the Provost-Marshal- 
 General's Bureau, derived from records of the examination for the military 
 
 service in the armies of the United States during the late war of the rebel- 
 lion of over a million recruits, drafted men, substitutes, and enrolled men. 
 
 Compiled under direction of the Secretary of War. 2 vols., 4to. Washing- 
 ton, D. C., 1875. 
 BEARD, G. M. English and American physique. North American Review, New 
 
 York, 1879, CXXXIX, 588-603. 
 BEAUDOUIN. Peses quotidiennes et alimentation d'un enfant n6 avant terme. Nor- 
 
 mande me"d. Rouen, 1888, IV, 234-236. 
 BECIGNEUL, J. Etude de psycho-physiologie sur le de"veloppement des faculty's 
 
 intellectuelles chez 1'enfant. Ann. de Philos. Chre"t., 1897, XXV, 370-384, 
 
 535-543. 
 
 BEDDOE, JOHN. Physical characteristics of the Jewish race. 16 pp. London, 1861. 
 BEEBE, J. E. The motor and sensory child. Child Study Monthly, 1897, III, 14-25. 
 BEHNKE, E., and BROWN, L. The child's voice: its treatment with regard to after 
 
 development. A. N. Marquis & Co., Chicago, 1885. 
 
 BEMIES, C. O. Two pedagogical laws. Child Study Monthly, 1897, II, 609-617. 
 BENTLEY, ELLA HART. Sex differences that have been brought out by child study. 
 
 Northwestern Monthly, Lincoln, Nebr., November, 1897, vol. 8, pp. 257-261. 
 BERGMANN, H. Statistische Erhebungen. H. Bohlau, Weimar, 1891, pp. 23. 
 BERGSTROM, JOHN A. An experimental study of some of the conditions of mental 
 
 activity. Am. Jour, of Psych., January, 1894, vol. 6, 247-274. 
 BERGEN, F. D. Notes on the theological development of a child. Arena, 19: 
 
 254-266. 
 BERNARD, P. Considerations m6dico-le"gales sur la taille et le poids depuis la nais- 
 
 sanoe jusqu'a Tage adulte. Arch, de 1'anthrop. crim., Paris, 1887, II, 213-225. 
 BERTILLON, A. Signaletic instructions, including the theory and practice of anthro- 
 
 pometrical identification. The Werner Company, Chicago, 1896. 
 BERTILLON, J. La taille en France. Rev. scient., Paris, 1885, XXXVI, 481-488. 
 BENEKE. Ueber die Bedeutung regelmassiger Messungen der Korperliinge des 
 
 Menschen wahrend des Wachsthums. Meinorabilien, Heidbr., 1877, XXII, 
 
 464-468. 
 
120 A PLAN FOE THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 BEYER, H. G. The influence of exercise on growth. Jour. Exper. Med., 1896, 1, 
 546-558. 
 
 The growth of United States naval cadets. Reprint from Proceed, of U. S. N. 
 
 Inst., vol. XXI, No. 2, 1895. 
 BEZOLD, F. Schuluntersuchung iiber das kindliche Gehor-organ. Wiesbaden. J. F. 
 
 Bergmann, 1896. 
 BIDERT, T. Zur Beurtheilung der Wagungsresultate bei Sauglingen. Jahrb. f. 
 
 Kinderh., Leipzig, 1882, n. f. XIX, 275-291. 
 BINET, A., and HENRI, V. De la suggestibility naturelle chez lea enfants. Rev. 
 
 Phil. XXXVIII, 337-347. 
 Developpement de la mdmoire visuelle des enfants. (Trav. du lab. de 
 
 psych, phys.) Rev. Philos. XXXVII, 348-350. (See also in Rev. G6n6rale 
 
 des Sciences.) 
 La peur chez les enfants. (Trav. du Lab. de psychol. physiol. de Paris.) 
 
 Ann6e Psychol., 1896 ; II, 223-254. 
 
 La pre'cocite' intellectuelle dans la famille Pascal. Arch. He'd, d' Angers., 
 
 1897, I, 377-384. 
 
 Perceptions d'enfants. Revue Philosophique, Dec., 1890, vol. 30, 582-611. 
 
 Recherches sur les mouvements chez quelques jeunes enfants. Revue 
 
 Philosophique, March, 1890, vol. 29, 297-309. 
 La perception des longueurs et des nombree chez quelques petits enfants. 
 
 Revue Philosophique, July, 1890, vol. 30, 68-81. 
 La mesure des illusions visuelles chez les enfants. Revue Philosophique, 
 
 July, 1895, vol. 40, 11-25. 
 BIRD, Fr. Ueber die relativen Massverhaltnisse des rnenschlichen Korpers. Ztsch. 
 
 f. Anthrop., Leipzig, 1823, 330-369. 
 B. J. Statistique anthropom6trique et me"dicale des Sieves des coles primaires de 
 
 Bruxelles. Ann. de d6mog. internat., Paris, 1879, III, 221-226. 
 BOAS, F. Anthropological investigations in schools. Pedagogical Seminary, 
 
 Worcester, Mass., 1891, I, 225-228; also in Science, New York, 1891, XVII, 
 
 351-352. 
 Physical characteristics of the Indians of the North Pacific coast. American 
 
 Anthropologist, 1891, IV, 25-32. 
 
 The correlation of anatomical or physiological measurements. Am. Anthro- 
 pologist, July, 1894, vol. 7, 313-324. 
 Zur Anthropologie der Nordamerikanische Indianer. Verhandlungen der 
 
 Berliner Anthropologischen Gesellschaft, 1895, 367-411. 
 
 Theory of Anthropometry. Am. Statist. Assoc., 353-569. 
 
 The growth of children. Science, New York, 1892, XIX, 250. Criticism on 
 
 Dr. William Townsend Porter's investigation of the growth of the school 
 
 children of St. Louis. Science, New York and Lancaster, Pa., 1895, n. s., I, 
 
 225-230. 
 
 Growth of first-born children. Science, April 12, 1895. 
 
 The limitations of the comparative method of anthropology. Science, Decem- 
 ber 18, 1896, 11. s., vol. 4, 901-908. 
 Growth of Toronto children. Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sci., 1897. London, 1898, 
 
 443-449. 
 Observations on physical characteristics of children, etc., taken at Aberdeen 
 
 on Banffshire and in the Island of Lewis. Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sci., 1897. 
 
 London, 1898, 506. 
 
 BOEHME, F. M. Deutsches Kinderlied und Kinderspiel. Leipzig, 1897. 
 BOHANNON, E. W. A study of peculiar and exceptional children. Pedag. Sem., 
 
 1896, IV, 3-60. 
 BRINTON, D. G. External mensuration of the human subject. Medical and Surgical 
 
 Reporter, Philadelphia, 1869, XX, 1-2. 
 BOLTON, H. C. The counting-out rhymes of children. Jour. Am. Folk-Lore, April 
 
 and June, 1888. 
 
A PLAN FOB THE STUDY OF MAN. 121 
 
 BOLTON, T. L. The growth of memorj in school children. Am. Jour. Psyoh., 1892, 
 
 IV, 189-192; 362-380. 
 
 BONOMI, JOSEPH. The proportions of the human figure. Ed. 5, London, 1880. 
 BOONE, RICHARD 6. Child traits in the adult. Inland Educator, September, 1895, 
 
 vol. 1, 65-68. 
 BORRI, L. La dimensione della ossa lunghe degli arti del feto nell' ultimo trimestre 
 
 della vita endouterina considerata in rapporto con* la lunghezza totale del 
 
 corpo. Sperimentale. Sez. din., Firenze, 1895, XLIX, 302-307. 
 BOUCHUT, E. Accrescimento dei bambini e oambiamento di nntrice per 1' nso del 
 
 pesa-bambini. (Transl. by G. Somma.) Arch, di patol. inf. Napoli, 1884, II, 
 
 116-119. 
 BOULTON, P. Some anthropometrical observations. Brit. Med. Jour., London, 1876, 
 
 I, 280-282. 
 BOURGKRY. Sur les rapports de la structure avec la capacity fonctiqnelle des pou- 
 
 mons a diverse ages. Couipt. rend. 1843, XVI, 184. 
 BOWDITCH, H. P. The growth of children. Tenth annual report of the Stata 
 
 Board of Health of Mass. Boston, 1879, vol. 10, 33-62. 
 
 Relation between growth and disease. Trans, of the Am. Med. Ass'n, 1881. 
 
 The growth of children, studied by Galton's method of percentile grades. 
 
 Report of Board of Health, Mass. 1889-90, Boston, 1891, XXII, 479-522. 
 Physique of women in Massachusetts. Report of Board of Health. Boston, 
 
 1890. 
 BOWLES, MARY E. Emotions of deaf children compared with emotions of hearing 
 
 children. Ped. Sem., October, 1895, vol. 3, 330-334. 
 
 Bo YD, A. K. H. Concerning the sorrows of childhood. At. Mo., vol. IX. 
 BOYD, ROBERT. Table of weights of the human body and internal organs in the 
 
 sane and insane, etc. Phil., Trans., London, 1861, CLI, 241-262. 
 BRAMHALL, MAE ST. JOHN. The wee ones of Japan. Harper and Brothers, N. Y., 
 
 1894, pp. 137. 
 BREWER, W. H. The instinctive interest of children in bear and wolf stories. 
 
 Proc. Am. Ass'n Adv. Sci., Salem, Mass., 1894, vol. 42, 309-311. 
 
 British Medical Association. Report of committee on the mental and physical con- 
 dition of children. Brit. Med. Jour., London, 1895, II, 213. 
 BRODEUR, C. C. Child study in Westfield and vicinity. Jonr. Educ., 47 : 3. 
 BROWN, E. E. Notes on children's drawings. Univ. of Cal. Stud., vol. II, No. 1, 
 
 Berkeley, Cal., 1897, pp. 75. 
 BROWN, H. W. Some records of the thoughts and reasonings of children. Ped. 
 
 Sem. December, 1893, vol. 2, 358-396. 
 BRUNS, L. Die Hysterie im Kindesalter. Sammlnng zwangloser Abhandlungen 
 
 ans dem Gebiet der Nerven-und Geisteskrankheiten. Bd. i, heft 5 und 6, 
 
 Halle, 1897. 
 BRYAN, W. L. Suggestions on the study of children. Rep. Commis'r Ednc., 
 
 1893-94, Washington, 1896, 450-456. 
 On the development of motor ability. Am. Jour, of Psych., Worcester, 1892, 
 
 V, 125-204, 3 charts. 
 
 BUCHHORN, J. Kinderspiele und Kinderliede von Niederrhein, Urquell, Leiden, 
 1897, n. F., i, 334-344. 
 
 BUCKMAN, S. 8. The speech of children. Nineteenth Century, 1897, LXI, 793^-807. 
 
 Babies and monkeys. Nineteenth Century, London, November, 1894, vol. 36, 
 
 727-743. Also in Pop. Sci. Mo., January, 1895, vol. 46, 371-388. 
 
 BURDETTE, ROBERT J., and others. Before he is twenty. Five perplexing phases of 
 the boy question considered by Robert J. Burdette, Frances Hodgson Bur- 
 nett, Edward W. Bok, Mrs. Burton Harrison, and Mrs. Lyman Abbott. Flem- 
 ing H. Revell Co., N. Y., 1894, pp. 104. 
 
 BURK, FREDERIC L. Teasing and bullying. Ped. Sem., April, 1897, vol. 4, 336-371. 
 
 Growth of children in height and weight. Am. Jour. Psych., 1897-98, IX, 
 
 253-326. 
 
122 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 BURNETT, FRANCES H. The one I knevr best of all. A memory of the mind of a 
 
 child. Charles Scribner's Sous, N. Y., 1893, pp. 325. 
 BURNHAM, WM. H. Child study and anthropology. Fed. Sem., 2:265. 
 -*"" The stndy of adolescence. Ped. Sem., Jnne, 1891. 
 Observation of children at the Worcester Normal School. Ped. Sem., Jnne, 
 
 1891. 
 
 Outlines of school hygiene. Ped. Sem., June, 1892. 
 
 A scheme of classification for child stndy. Ped. Sem., March, 1893. 
 
 Individu.il differences in the imagination of children. Ped. Sem., March, 1803. 
 
 Motor ability in children ; development and training. 64th Annual Meeting 
 
 Am. Inst. of Instruction, Bethlehem, N. H., July 9-12, 1894. Am. Inst. of 
 
 Instruction, Boston, 1894, 127-140. Discussion of same, 140-150. 
 Child study as the basis of pedagogy. Add. and Proc. of the N. E. A., Chi- 
 cago, July 25-28, 1893. Pub. by the Ass'n, N. Y., 1895, 718-720. 
 Bibliographical notes to lectures in school hygiene. Worcester, Mass., 1897, 
 
 pp.11. 
 Suggestions from the psychology of adolescence. School Review, Chicago, 
 
 December, 1897. 
 BUTLER, N. M. IB there a new education? Ed. Rev., N. Y., January, 1896, vol. 11, 
 
 58-71. 
 The meaning of infancy and education. Ed. Rev t , N. Y., January 1897, vol. 
 
 13, 58-75. 
 CALKINS, M. W. The religious consciousness of children. New World, 1896, V, 705- 
 
 718. 
 
 Wellesley College Psychological Studies. Ped. Sem. Ill, 319-341. 
 
 CAMERER, W. Untersuchungen ii ber Massenwachsthum und Liingenwachsthum der 
 
 Kinder. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Leipzig, 1893, XXXVI, 249-293. 
 
 Beitrlige zur Physiology des Sauglings. Ztschr. f. Biol., Miinchen u. Leip- 
 zig, 1896, n. f., XV, 521-534. 
 
 Correspondenzbl. d. Wiirttenberg. arztlichen Vereins, Jahrg., 1876, Nr. 11. 
 
 CARLIER, G. Recherches antropomdtriques sur la croissance, etc. (10,497 observa- 
 tions, etc.). Mem. Soc. d'anthrop. de Paris, 1889-93, 2 s., IV, 265-346. 
 CARMAN, ADA. Measurements of pain, etc., on school children in Saginaw, Mich., 
 
 Amer. Jour. Psych., April, 1899. 
 
 CARROLL, C. F. Childhood and education. Educ., 1896, XVII, 79-87; 149-158. 
 CARSTADT, F. Ueber das Wachstum der Knaben, etc. Ztschr. f. Schulgsndhtspflg., 
 
 Hamburg, 1888, 65-69. 
 CARTER, MARION H. Educational paper dolls. The Jour, of Ped., April, 1898. 
 
 The kindergarten child. Atlantic Mo., March, 1899. 
 
 CARTER, R. BRUDENELL. Report on the vision of children attending elementary 
 
 schools in London. Eyre and Spottiswoode, London, 1896, pp. 16. 
 CATTELLj JAMES McK. Tests of the senses and faculties. Ed. Rev., N. Y., March, 
 
 1893, vol. 5, 257-265. 
 CHAILLE, S. E. Infants : their chronological progress. New Orleans Medical and 
 
 Surgical Journal, 1886-87, n. s., XIV, 893-912. 
 CHAMBERLAIN, A. F. Notes on Indian child language. Am. Anthropologist, July, 
 
 1890, vol. 3, 237-241- July, 1893, vol. 6, 321-322. 
 The Child and Childhood in Folk-Thought. New York and London, Mac- 
 
 millan & Co., 1896, pp. x -f 464. 
 
 CHAMPNEYS, F. H. Notes on an infant. Mind, Jan., 1881, vol. 16, 104-107. 
 CHANDLER, K. A. Children's purposes. Child Study Mo., 1897, III, 130-139. Child 
 
 Study, Reports and discussion, Trans. 111. Soo. Child Study, 1897, II, 7-14, 
 
 28-67, 77-80, 136-174, 198-200. 
 CHANNING, WALTER. The importance of physical training in childhood. Ed. Rev., 
 
 N. Y., October, 1895, vol. 10. 
 The significance of palatal deformities in idiots. Jour, of Mental Science, 
 
 London, January, 1897, vol. 43, 72-84. 
 
A PLAK FOR THE STUDY OF MAN". 123 
 
 CHAPIN, H. D. Child study in the hospital : a record of 600 cases. Forum, 17:126. 
 Contents of children's minds. Science, 10: 304. 
 
 A plan of infantile measurements. Med. Rec., N. Y., 1894, XLVI, 629-651. 
 CHARMEIL. Hygiene alimentaire du nouveau-ne\ Nord. M6d., Lille, 1896, III, 121- 
 
 126, 129. 
 CHERVIN, A. Anthropome"trie militaire. Jour. soc. de statist, de Paris, 1896, 8 s., 
 
 IV, 364-371. 
 
 Child Study Monthly (Krohn and Bayliss, editors). Published by the Werner Com- 
 pany, Chicago, 111. 
 
 Child Study Congress in New York City. Catholic World, 66: 689-698. 
 CHRISMAN, OSCAR. Children's secret language. Child Study Mo., 1896, II, 202-211. 
 
 -Paidologie. (Dissert.). Jena, B. Vopelius, 1896, pp. 96. 
 Child Study; a new department of education. Forum, XVI, 728-736. 
 
 - How a story affected a child. Child Study Mo., April, 1897, vol. 2, 650-661. 
 The hearing of children. Ped. Sem., 1893, II, 397. 
 
 One year with a little girl. Educ. Rev., IX, 52-71. 
 
 Taidology, the science of the child. Educ. Rev., March, 1898. 
 
 Secret language of childhood. Cent. Mag., May, 1898. 
 
 CHRISTOPHER, W. S. Three crises in child life. Child Study Mo., December, 1897, 
 
 vol. 3, 324-335. 
 CLAPP, H. L. Scientific method with children. Pop. Sci. Mo., XLIV., 57. 
 
 The educative value of children's questioning. Pop. Sci. Mo., 1896, XLIV, 
 
 799-809. 
 CLARK, J. S. Some observations on children's drawing. Educ. Rev., 1897, XIII, 
 
 76-82. 
 
 CLARUS, ALBRECHT. Ueber Aphasie bei Kindern. Teubner, Leipzig, 1874, pp. 32. 
 CLOUSTON, T. S. Developmental insanities and psychoses. The delirium and night 
 
 terrors of children. The insanities of puberty and adolescence. Tuke's 
 
 Dictionary of Psy. Med., Vol. I, 357-371. 
 The neuroses of development. (Morison Lectures for 1890. ) Oliver and Boy d, 
 
 Edinburg, pp. 138. 
 
 The growth and development of a child in body and mind. Edinb. Health 
 
 Soc. Health Lect., 1884, 4. s., 21-48. 
 COHN, H. The hygiene of the eye in schools. An English translation. Ed. by W. 
 
 P. Turnbull. Simpkin, Marshall & Co., London, 1886, pp. 236. 
 Lehrbuch der Hygiene des Auges. Urban und Schwarzenberg, Wien und 
 
 Leipzig, 1892, pp. 855. 
 
 COLOZZA, G. A. II giuoco nella psicologia e nella pedagogia. G. B. Paravin. Pp.282. 
 COMBE, J. Korperliinge und Wachsthum der Volksschulkinder in Lausanne. 
 
 Zeitschr. f. Schulgesundheitspflege. Heft 11, 1896. 
 Les maladies de croissance. (Extrait des Archives ge"ne"rales de me'decine.) 
 
 Asselin et Houzeau, Paris, 1890, pp. 42. 
 COMPAYRE, G. L'Evolution intellectuelle et morale de 1'enfant. Hachette et Cie. 
 
 Paris, 1893, pp. 371. 
 
 The intellectual and moral development of the child. Trans, by Mary E. 
 
 Wilson. Int. Ed. Series, vol. 35, D. Appleton & Co., N. Y., 1896, pp. 298. 
 
 Lo svol giamento intellettuale e morale del Bambino. Trad, d A. Valdanini. 
 
 Rome, 1897. 
 CREDARO AND MARTINAZZOLI. Dizionario illustrate di Pedagogia, Fasc, 28. Milan, 
 
 Vallardi, 1896. 
 CULIN, S. Street games of Brooklyn. Jour. Am. Folk-Lore, July-Sept., 1891, vol. 6, 
 
 205; 4,221-237. 
 
 Exhibit of games in the Columbian Exhibition. Jour. Am. Folk-Lore, July- 
 
 Sept., 1893, vol. 6, 205-227. 
 CUNNUNGHAM, J. B. Abnormal children. Sen. Jour. (N. Y.), 48 : 667. 
 
124 A PLAN FOE THE STUDY OF MAK. 
 
 DANA, C. L. On the growth of the infant. Quart. Ball. Clin. Soc. N. Y. Post Grad. 
 
 Med. Sch., 1886-87, II, 27-29. 
 DAFFNER, FRANZ. Ueber Grosse, Gewicht, Kopf- und Brustumfang beim mannlichen 
 
 Individuum vom 13, bis 22 Lebensjahre, etc. Arch. f. Anthrop., Bd. XV. S. 
 
 121, 1885. 
 
 Das Wachstum des Menschen. Antropologische studio. W. Engelmann, 
 
 Leipzig, 1897, pp. 129. 
 
 Vergleichende Untersuchungen iiber die Entwickelung der Korpergrosse 
 
 und des Kopfumfanges. Arch. f. Anthrop. Brnschwg., 1883-84, XV, 37-44. 
 
 D.ANIEBEKOFF, A. Materiali k voprosu o viesie i obyomie golovnovo i spinnovo 
 mozga dietei oboyevo pola v vozraste nizhe goda. (Weight aud volume of 
 brain and spinal cord of children of both sexes under 1 year of age. ) 8. St. 
 Petersburg, 1885. 
 
 DARRAH, E. M. Study of children's ideals. Pop. Sci. Mo., 53 : 88-98. 
 
 DARWIN, CHARLES. Biographical sketch of an infant. Mind, July, 1877, vol. 2, 
 285-294. 
 
 DAUBES, M. GUYOT. Variations in Human Stature. Pop. Sci. Mo., Vol. XXXI. 
 
 DAVID, J. W. Uber die Schwankungen in der geistigen Entwickelnng des Kindes. 
 3ter Internationaler Congress fur Psychologie in Miinchen, 1896. Miinchen, 
 1897, 449-453. 
 
 DAWSON, GEO. E. A study in youthful degeneracy. Ped. Sena., December, 1896. 
 
 DEFERT, L. L'enfan t et Tadolescent dans la socie'te' moderne. Paris, 1897, xix -{- 221. 
 
 DELAND, MARGARET. The story of a child. Boston, 1892. 
 
 DELPEACH, A. La pe"riode preputere. Presse Md., Paris, 1898, II, 89-93. 
 
 DENCKER, ROBERT. Das Kind und die geschlechtliche Entwickelung. Leipzig, 1898. 
 
 DENTIO, F. Registro antropo-psicologia per determinare la teoria positiva del influ- 
 enza della scuola sviluppo fisico e psichico degli educandi. Foggia. 
 
 DEWEY, JOHN. The chaos in mortal training. Pop. Science Mo., XLV, 433-443. 
 
 Galton's statistical methods. Amer. Statis. Assoc. 
 
 The interpretative side of child study. Trans. 111. Soc. for Child Study, 1897, 
 
 II, 17-27. 
 
 The psychological aspect of the school curriculum. Educ. Rev., 1897, XIII, 
 
 356-369. 
 ""f The psychology of infant language. Pyschol. Rev., I, 63-66. 
 
 DEXTER, T. F. G. and GARLICK, A. H. Psychology in the school room. London, 1898, 
 Longmans, 422 pp. 8. 
 
 DICKSON, S. H. Statistics of height and weight in the South. Charleston Medical 
 Journal and Review, 1857, XII, 607-613. 
 
 Statistics of height and weight. American Journal of Medical Sciences. 
 
 Philadelphia, 1866, n. s., LIT, 373-380. 
 
 DIE, A. Material! k izsledovaniyu roste, viesa, okruzhnosti grudi i zhiznennoi 
 yomkosti liskhkickh detskavo i yunoshesk, vozrastov. (Examination of 
 stature, weight, circumference of chest, vital capacity of lungs in children 
 and young people.) Voyenno-med. J. St. Petersburg, 1883, CXLVI, pt. 2, 
 223; 363, 14 tab. 
 
 DOBODCHIKOFF, K. K. Narod. schkoly Romanov-Borisoglebskavo uyezda i ich uche- 
 niki. (Public schools of Romanov-Borisogleb district and their pupils.) 
 (Anthropometry.) Vestnik. obsh, hig., sudeb. i prakt. med., St. Petersburg, 
 1890, VIII, pt. 1, 1-35. 
 
 DONKIN, H. BRYAN. The diseases of childhood (Medical). Charles Griffin & Co., 
 London, 1893, pp. 433. 
 
 DORSEY, J. O. Games of the Teton-Dakota children. Am. Anthropologist, Octo- 
 ber, 1891, vol. 4, 329-344. 
 
 DOWNS, J. LANGDON. On some of the mental affections of childhood and youth. J. 
 and Churchill, London, 1887, pp. 307. 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 125 
 
 DRESSLAR, F. B. Fatigue. Fed. Scm., June, 1892, vol. 2, 102-106. 
 
 Studies in the psychology of touch. Am. Jour, of Psychology, June, 1894, 
 
 vol. 6, 313-368. 
 
 DUDREWICZ, L. Pomiary autropolog.dzieciWarszawskich. (Anthropological meas- 
 urements of children in Warsaw. ) Zbi6r. wiad. do antrop. . . . Akad. Umiej. 
 
 w Krakow, 1882, VI, pt. 2, 3-23. 
 
 EATON, SUSIE W. Children's stories. Ped. Sem., October, 1895. 
 EBBINGHAUS, H. Ueber eine neue Methode zur Priifung'geistiger Fiihigkeiten und 
 
 ihre Anwendung bei Schulkindern. Zeitschr. f. Psych, u. Phys.d.Sinnesor- 
 
 gane. XIII. Heft. 6. 
 EBER, H. Zur Kritik der Kindorpsychologie, mit Riicksicht auf neuere Arbeiten. 
 
 Philos. Stud., 1896, XII, 587-628. 
 ECKER, A. Zur Statistik der Korpergrosse im Grossherzogthum Baden. Arch. f. 
 
 Anthr. 1876, Bd. X., S. 257. 
 EGGER, M. E. Observations et reflexions sur le de"veloppement de 1'intelligence et 
 
 du langage chez les enfants. A. Picard, Paris, 1887, pp. 102. 
 ELLIS, A. C., and HALL, G. S. A study of dolls. Ped. Sem., 1896, IV, 129-175. 
 ELLIS, HAVELOCK. Notes on statistics of growth of boys and girls. In "Man and 
 
 Woman," London, 32-38. 
 EMMINGHAUS, H. Die psychischen Storungen des Kindes alters. (Reprint from 
 
 Handb. d. Kinderkrankheiten.) H. Laupp. Tubingen, 1887, pp. 293. 
 ENEBUSKE, C. J. An anthropometrical study of the effects of gymnastic training 
 
 on American women. Papers on Anthropometry, 47-57. 
 . Diagram of working capacity and resistance as manifest in gymnasinm 
 
 exercises. Report Tenth Annual Meeting A. A. A. E., 1895, 11-18. 
 
 . Pedigogical gymnastics. Am. Physical Ed. Rev., June, 1897, vol. 2, 81-88. 
 
 . Some measurable results of Swedish pedagogical gymnastics. Proc. Amer. 
 
 Asso. for Advancement of Phys. Ed., 1892, Springfield, Mass., 1893, VII, 
 
 207-235, 8 tables in text. 
 Enquete sur le caractere des enfants. (Questionnaire.) Rev. Philos. XXXVII, 
 
 344-346. 
 ERISMANN. Untersnchnngen fiber die korperliche Entwickelung der Fabrikarbeiter 
 
 in Zentralrussland (100,000.) Tubingen, 1889. 
 EULENBURG u. BACH. Schulgesundheitslehre. Das Schulhaus und das Unterrichs- 
 
 wesen vom hygieiiischen Standpunkte. J. J. Heines, Berlin, 1891, pp. 636. 
 FACKENTHAL, K. The emotional life of children. (Wellesley Coll. Psychol. Stud.) 
 
 Pedag. Sem., Ill, 319-330. 
 
 FAHNER. Das Kind und der Schultisch. Zurich, 1865, pp. 64. 
 
 FARAGO, G. E. Az ujsziilott gyerniekek nehny reflexe. (Some reflections on new- 
 born children, as to weight.) Gy6gyszat, Budapest, 1887, XXVII, 205. 
 FARGE. Un point d'anthropologie. La circumference horizontale maximum. 12. 
 
 Angers, 1882. 
 FARR, WILLIAM, et al. Table showing the relative statures of boys at the age of 11 
 
 to 12 years under different social and physical conditions of life. Rep. Brit. 
 
 Ass. Adv. Sci., Lond., 1880, 1, 127. 
 FERE, Ch. Note sur le rapport de la longueur du tronc a la taille. Anthropologie 
 
 Paris, 1893, IV, 697. 
 
 FERGUS, W. E., and ROD WELL, G. F. On a series of measurements for statistical pur- 
 poses recently made at Marlborough College. J. Anthrop. Inst., Lond., 
 
 1874-5, IV, 126-130, 1 pi. Also (Rev.) : J. Anthrop. Inst., Lond., 1874-5, IV, 
 
 130-135. 
 
 FETZER. Ueber den Einfluss des Militardienstes auf die Korperentwickelung. Stutt- 
 gart, 1879. 
 FEWKES, J. W. Dolls of the Tusayan Indians. Intern. Arch. f. Ethnographic, 1894, 
 
 vol. 7, 45-73. 
 FISHEB, D. W. The mind of a child. Presb. and Ref. Rev., VI, 86-97. 
 
126 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 FI-RC, George W. A study of types of respiratory movements. Jour, or Experimen- 
 tal Med., N. Y., November, 1896, Vol. I, 677-692. Reprint, pp. 16. 
 
 A study of measurements in curvature of the spine. Am. Phys. Ed. Rev., 
 
 Boston, September, 1897, vol. 2, 185-187. 
 
 Play as a factor in development. Am. Phys. Ed. Rev., Boston, December, 
 
 1897, vol. 2, 209-215. 
 
 The hygiene of instruction in elementary schools. Am. Phys. Educ. Rev., 
 
 Vol. Ill, No. 4, 1898; also reprint. 
 FLETCHER, ALICE C. Glimpses of child life among the Omaha Indians. Jour. Am. 
 
 Folk-Lore, July-September, 1888, Vol. I, 115-123. 
 FLETCHER, R. Human proportion in art and anthropometry. A lecture delivered 
 
 at the National Museum, Washington, D. C. Cambridge, 1883. M. King. 
 
 37 pp., 4 pi. 8vo. 
 
 FLEXNER, A. The religious training of children. Int. J. of Eth., 1897, VII, 314-327. 
 FLOWER, B. O. The right of the child and heredity. Arena, XIII, 243-262. 
 FOLTZ, O. Die Phantasie in ihrem Verhiiltnis zu den hoheren Geistesthatigkeiten. 
 
 Deutsche Blatter f. Erz. Unterr., 1896, XXIII, 401-495, 409-413. 
 FORNELLI, N. Sulla interpretazione psicologica del giuoco. Riv. It. di Fil., X (1), 
 
 55-66. 
 FOTHERGILL, J. M. The physiologist in the household. Part I. Adolescenee. Bail- 
 
 liere, Tindall and Cox, London, 1880, pp. 24. 
 FOUGERAY, HAMON DU, et COUETOUX, L. Manuel pratique des m^thodes d'enseigne- 
 
 ment sp^ciales aux enfants anormaux (sourds-muets, aveugles, idiots, b6gues, 
 
 etc.), method es statistiques, institutions, legislation, etc. Preface du Dr. 
 
 Bourneville. F. Alcan, Paris, 1896, pp. 288. 
 FRKAR, CAROLINE. Imitation. A study based on E. H. Russell's observations. Ped. 
 
 Sem., April, 1897, Vol. 4, 382-386. 
 FREE, H. Der Tastsinn und seine Bedeutung fur den Unterricht und die Entwicke- 
 
 lung des Kindes. Aus d. Schule fur d. Schule, 1897, IX, d. 
 FRIEDRICH, JOHANN. Untersuchungen iiber die Einfltisse der Arbeitsdauer und 
 
 der Arbeitspaussen auf die geistige Leistungsfahigkeit der Schulkinder. 
 
 Zeitschr. f. Psych, u. Phys. d. Sinnesorgane. Bd. XIII, Heft 1 und 2. 
 FROEBEL, FRIEDRICH. Pedagogics of the kindergarden ; or, his ideas concerning 
 
 the play and playthings of the child. Trans, by Josephine Jarvis. Int. 
 
 Education Series, vol. 30. D. Appleton and Co., N. Y., 1895, pp. 337 and 13 
 
 plates. 
 FUCHS, A. Die Unruhe. Studie, Einleitung iiber 'System und Aufgaben der pada- 
 
 gogischen Pathologic.' Beitr. z. piidag. Path., Heft 1. Gutersloh, C. Bertels- 
 mann, 1896, pp. 62. 
 FULLER, H. D. General care of infant from birth to childhood. Charlotte, N. C. 
 
 Med. Jour., 1896, VIII, 770-773. 
 
 GALBREATH, Louis H. Child study in the art of teaching. Jour. Ped., July, 1898. 
 GALTON, DOUGLAS. Physical condition of school children. Sch. Guardian, March 
 
 17, 1894, p. 200. 
 GALTON, FRANCIS. On the height and weight of boys aged 14 in town and country 
 
 schools. Nature, London, 1875-76, V, 174-181 . 
 Proposal to apply for anthropological statistics from schools. J. Anthrop. 
 
 Inst., Lond., 1873-74, III, 308-311. On the height and weight of boys aged 14 
 
 in town and country schools. Ibid., 1875-76, V, 174-181. 
 
 Range in height of males at each age and in several classes. Rep. Brit. Ass. 
 
 Adv. Sci. 1881, London, 1882, LI, 250-254. 
 
 et al. Table showing the height (length) and weight of infants of both sexes 
 
 at birth. Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sci., 1883, London, 1884, LIII, 286. 
 
 Head growth in students at the University of Cambridge. Nature, London, 
 
 1888-89, XXXVIII, 14. 
 
 Remarks on replies by teachers to questions respecting mental fatigue. J ^ur 
 
 Anthrop. Institute, April, 1888, vol. 18, 157-167. 
 
A PLAN FOK THE STUDY OF MAN. 127 
 
 GALTON, FRANCIS. On the principle and methods of assigning marks for bodily 
 
 efficiency. Nature, October 3, 1889. 
 Useful anthropometry. Proc. Amer. Asso. for Advancement of Phys. Ed., 
 
 1891, Ithaca, N. Y., 1891, VI, 51-57. 
 Communication on international anthropometry. Bull, de 1'Inst., intern, de 
 
 statist., Rome, 1892, VI, 1. livr., 10-12. 
 
 Anthropometrical instruments. Anthrop. J., 16, 2. 
 
 Anthropometric per-centiles. Nature, vol. 31, 223. * 
 
 GARBIXI, ADRIANO. Educazione fisica del bambino. Verona, 1889, pp. 212. 
 
 Evoluzione della voce nella infanzia. G. Franchini, Verona, 1892, pp. 53. 
 
 Evoluzione del senso cromatico nei bambini. Verona, 1894. 
 
 Evoluzione del senso olfattivo nella Infanzia. Archivio per 1'Antrop. e la 
 
 Etnol. Firenze, 1896, vol. 26, 239-286. 
 
 GARDNER, A. K. Our children; their physical and mental development. 8. Hart- 
 ford, Conn., 1872. 
 
 GAUDENZI, C. Un appareil rapide de craniographie exacte. 8. Bologne, 1892. 
 GAYLEY, JULIA G. The classics for children. Ped. Sein., Oct., 1895. Vol. 3, 342-346. 
 GEISSLER und UHLITZSCH. Die Grossenverbiiltnisse der Schulkinder im Schnlinspec- 
 
 tionsbezirk Freiberg. Zeitschr. d. K. siichs. statist. Bureaus, XXXIV, Jahrg., 
 
 1888, Heft 1 und 2, S. 30. 
 GEISSLER, A. Messungen von Schulkindern in Gohlis-Leipzig. Ztschr. f. Schulg- 
 
 sudhtspflg., Hamb., u. Leipz., 1892, V., 249-253. 
 GKLMINI, A. II fenomeno psicolog. della bugia specie nella educazione del fanciullo. 
 
 Riv. di Pedag., 1, 342-350 and 396-408. 
 
 Studi psicologici ed educativi snl fanciullo. Torino, 1886. 16. pp.151. 
 
 GELPKE, THEODOR. Die Augen der Elementarschiiler und Elementarschiilerinnen 
 
 der Haupt- und Residenzstadt Karlsruhe. Eine statistische Untersuchnng. 
 
 H. Laupp, Tubingen, 1891, pp. 136. 
 GENZMER, ALFRED. Untersuchungen tiber die Sinneswahrnehmungen des neuge- 
 
 borenen Menschen. Halle, 1882, pp. 28. 
 GIHON, A. L. A study of adolescent growth, based on the physical examination of 
 
 4,961 naval cadets and 2,058 naval apprentices. Report of the Surgeon- 
 General United States Navy, Washington, D. C., 1880, 15-44. 
 Physical measurements. Wood's Reference Hand-book of the Medical 
 
 Sciences. Wm. Wood & Co., N. Y., 1887, vol. 5, 667-673. 
 GILBERT, J. A. Experiments on the musical sensitiveness of school children. Studies 
 
 from the Yale Psy. Lab., October, 1893, vol. 1, 80-87. 
 Researches on the mental and physical develop men t of school children. . Studies 
 
 from the Yale Psy. Lab., November, 1894, vol. 2, 40-100. 
 Researches upon school children and college students. Univ. of Iowa. Studies 
 
 in Psychology. Iowa City, Iowa, 1897, Vol. 1, 1-39. 
 GOHLERT, J. V. Untersuchungen fiber die Augen- und Haarfarbe der Schulkinder in 
 
 der Steiermark. Statist. Monatsschr, Jahr. IV, S. 40. 
 GOLTZ, B. Buch der Kindheit. (Selbstbiographie.) O. Janke, Berlin, 1847, 4th ed., 
 
 pp. 532. 
 GOMME, ALICE B. Children's singing games, with the tunes to which they are 
 
 sung. 
 
 The international games of England, Scotland, and Ireland, with tunes, sing- 
 ing rhymes, and method of playing according to the variants extant and 
 
 recorded in different parts of the Kingdom. London, 1894, Vol. I, pp. 453. 
 GOULD, G. M. Child fetiches. Ped. Sem., 1897-98, V. 421-425. 
 GRATSIANOFF, N. A. Materials dlya izuoheniya fizicheskavo razvitiya dietetskavo, 
 
 etc. (Data for the study of physical development in childhood, etc.) 8. 
 
 St. Petersburg, 1889. 
 GREENLEAF, DR. New table of physical proportions. Baltimore Underwriter, 1890, 
 
 XLIII, 303. 
 
128 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 GREENWOOD, J. M. On children's vocabularies. Annual Report of the Kansas City 
 
 Public Schools. Kansas City, Mo., 1887, 52-65. 
 
 Heights and weights of children. Public Health Asso. Report, 1891. Con- 
 cord, N. H., 1892, XVII, 199-204. 
 GRIESBACH, H. Energetik und Hygiene des Nerven-Systems in der Schule. R. 
 
 Oldenbourg. Miinchen und Leipzig, 1895, pp. 97. 
 
 GRIMARD, ED. L'enfant; son pass6, son avenir. Hetzel et Cie., Paris, pp. 388. 
 GROHMANN, J. C. A. Ideen zu einer Geschichte der Entwickelung des kindlichen 
 
 Alters. Psychologische Untersuchungen. 1817, p. 420. 
 GROSZMANN, M. P. E. A working system of child study for schools. C. W. Bardeen, 
 
 Syracuse, N. Y., 1897, pp. 70. 
 
 GUILLAUME, L. Die Gesundheitspflege in den Schulen. Aarau, 1865. 
 GULICK, L. Manual for physical measurements, in connection with the Y. M. C. 
 
 Association gymnasium records. New York, 1892. 
 
 The value of percentile grades. Quarterly of Amer. Statistical Asso. Bos- 
 ton, 1893, n. s., XXI-XXII, 321-331. 
 Psychological, pedagogical and religious aspects of group names. Ped Sem., 
 
 March, 1899. 
 GUTTZEIT, JOHANNES. Grundziige einer Gesundheitspflege, der Kindesseele. W. 
 
 Besser, Leipzig, 1895, pp. 80. 
 GUTZMAN, H. Sprechgeschicklichkeit und Sprechlust im Kindesalter. Monatsschr. 
 
 f. d. ges. Sprachheilk., p. 81. 
 Des Kindes Sprache und Sprachfehler. Gesundheitslehre der Sprache fttr 
 
 Eltern. Leipzig, 1894, pp. 264. 
 HALL, G. STANLEY. The moral and religious training of children. Princeton 
 
 Review, Jan., 1882, vol. 10, 26-48. 
 The education of the will. Princeton Review, November, 1882, vol. 10, pp. 
 
 306-325. Reprinted in Ped. Sem., June, 1892, vol. 2, 72-89. 
 Contents of children's minds on entering school. Princeton Review, May, 
 
 1883, vol. 11, 249-272. Reprinted by E. L. Kellogg & Co., N. Y. 
 The study of children. (Privately printed.) N. Somerville, Mass., 1883, 
 
 pp. 13. 
 
 Overpressure in schools. Nation, October 22, 1885, vol. 41, 338-339. 
 
 The story of a sand pile. Scribner's Magazine, June, 1888, vol. 3, 690-696. 
 
 Reprinted by E. L. Kellogg & Co., N. Y., 1897, pp. 20. 
 ^ Children's lies. Am. Jour, of Psy., Jan., 1890, vol. 3, 59-70. Ped. Sem., June, 
 
 1891, vol. 1, 211-218. 
 Boy life in a Massachusetts country town thirty years ago. Proc. Am. 
 
 Antiq. Soc., Worcester, Mass., October 21, 1890, n. s., vol. 7, 107-128. 
 
 Notes on the study of infants. Ped. Sem., June, 1891, vol. 1, 127-138. 
 
 The moral and religious training of children and adolescents. Ped. Sem., 
 
 June, 1891, vol. 1, 196-210. 
 Health of school children as affected by school buildings. Report of the 
 
 Proc. of the Dept. of Supt. held in Brooklyn, N. Y., Feb., 1892, 163-172. 
 Child study as a basis for psychology and psychological teaching. Rep. 
 
 Commissioner of Ed., 1892-93, Washington, D. C., 1895, vol. 1, 357-358; 
 
 367-370. 
 Topical syllabi for child study. Child Study Mo., I, 177-182. J. of Educ. 
 
 1895, 24, 108, 224. Trans. 111. Soc. for Ch. Study, I, 40-52. 
 Generalizations and directions for child study. North Western Journal of 
 
 Ed., July, 1896, vol. 7, p. 8. 
 The methods, status, and prospects of the child study of to-day. Transac. 
 
 111. Soc. Child Study, 1897, II, 178-191. 
 First five hundred days of a child's life. (333.) Child Study Mo., 1897, II, 
 
 458-473, 522-537, 586-698. 
 
 A study of fears. Am. Jour. Psy., Jan., 1897, vol. 8, 147-249. 
 
 Child study the basis of exact education. Forum, 16:429. 
 
A PLAN FOR THE. STUDY OF MAN. 129 
 
 HALL, G. STANLEY. Research the vital spirit of training. Forum, XVII, 558-670. 
 
 Topical syllabi, 1894-95: I. Anger; II. Dolls; III. Crying and laughing; IV. 
 
 Toys and playthings; V. Folk-lore among children; VI. Early forms of 
 vocal expression; VII. The early sense of self; VIII. Fears in childhood 
 and youth; IX. Some common traits and habits ; X. Some common automa- 
 tisms, nerve signs, etc.; XI. Feeling for objects of inanimate nature; XII. 
 Feeling for objects of animate nature; XIII. Children's appetites and foods; 
 XIV. Affection and its opposite states in children " f XV. Moral and religious 
 experiences. 1895-96: I. Peculiar and exceptional children, with E. W. 
 Bohannon; II. Moral defects and perversions, with G. E.Dawson; III. The 
 beginnings of reading and writing, with Dr. H. T. Lukens; IV. Thoughts 
 and feelings about old age, disease, and death, with C. A. Scott; V. Moral 
 education, with N. P. Avery ; VI. Studies of school reading matter, with J. 
 C. Shaw; VII. Courses of study in elementary grammar and high schools, 
 with T. R. Crosswell; VIII. Early musical manifestations, with Florence 
 Marsh; IX. Fancy, imagination, reverie, with E. H. Lindley; X. Tickling, 
 fun, wit, humor, laughing, with Dr. Arthur Allin ; XI. Suggestion and imita- 
 tion, with M. H. Small; XII. Religious experience, with E. E. Starbuck; 
 
 XIII. Kindergarten, with Miss Anna E. Bryan and Miss Lucy Wheelock; 
 
 XIV. Habits, instincts, etc., in animals, with Dr. R. R. Gurley; XV. Number 
 and mathematics, with D. E. Phillips; XVI. The only child in the family, 
 with E. W. Bohannon. 1896-97: Degrees of certainty and conviction in 
 children, with Maurice H. Small; II. Sabbath and worship in general, with 
 J. P. Hylan; III. Migrations, tramps, truancy, running away, etc., vs. love 
 of home, with L. W. Kline; IV. Adolescence, and its phenomena in body 
 and mind, with E. G. Lancaster; V. Examinations and recitations, with 
 John C. Shaw; VI. Stillness, solitude, restlessness, with H. S. Curtis; VII. 
 The psychology of health and disease, with Henry H. Goddard ; VIII. Spon- 
 taneously invented toys and amusements, with T. R. Crosswell ; IX. Hymns 
 and sacred music, with Rev. T. R. Peede; X. Puzzles and their psychology, 
 with Ernest H. Lindley; XL The sermon, with Rev. Alva R. Scott; XII. 
 Special traits, as indices of character and as mediating likes and dislikes, 
 with E. W. Bohannon; XIII. Reverie and allied phenomena, with G. E. 
 Partridge; XIV. The psychology of health and disease, with H. H. Goddard. 
 1897-98: I. Immortality, with J. Richard Street; II. Psychology of owner- 
 ship v*. loss, with Linus W. Kline; III. Memory, with F. W. Colegrove; 
 IV. Humorous and cranky side in education, with L. W. Kline; V. The 
 psychology of shorthand writing, with J. O. Quantz; VI. The teaching 
 instinct, with D. E. Phillips ; VII. Home and school punishments and penal- 
 ties, with Charles H. Sears; VIII. Straightness and uprightness of body, by 
 G. Stanley Hall; IX. Conventionality, with Albert Schinz; X. Local vol- 
 untary association among teachers, with Henry D. Sheldon ; XI. Motor edu- 
 cation, with E. W. Bohannon; XII. Heat and cold, by G. Stanley Hallj 
 XIII. Training of teachers, with W.G. Chambers; XIV. Educational ideals, 
 with Lewis Edwin York; XV. Water psychoses, with Frederick E. Bolton; 
 
 XVI. The institutional activities of children, with Henry D. Sheldon; 
 
 XVII. Obedience and obstinacy, with Tilmon Jenkins; XVIII. The sense of 
 honor among children, with Robert Clark. 
 
 HALL, Mrs. W. S. First five hundred days of child's life. Child Study Monthly, 
 November, December, 1896, January, February, March, 1897, vol. 2, 330, 394, 
 458, 522, 586, and 650. 
 
 HALLBCK, REUBEN P. The bearings of the laws of cerebral development and modi- 
 fication on child study. Proc. N. E. A., 1897, 833-843. 
 
 HANCOCK, J. A. Children's ability to reason. Educ. Rev., 1896, XII, 261-268. 
 
 A preliminary study of motor ability. Ped. Sem., October, 1894, vol. 3, 9-29. 
 
 S. DOC. 400 9 
 
130 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MATT. 
 
 HANCOCK, J. A. The relation of strength to flexibility in the bands of men and 
 
 children. Fed. Sem., October, 1895, vol. 3, 308-313. - 
 
 Mental differences of school children. Proc. N. E. A., 1897, 851-859. 
 
 HANNAK, EM. Handbuch der Padagogik. Vienna, Pichler, 1896. 
 
 HARBOUR, J. L. Sensitive children. Harp. Bazar, December, 1898. 
 
 HARRIS, WM. T. Imitative faculty in education. Pub. Sch. Jour. (Bloomington, 
 
 111.), 14:301. 
 HARRISON, ELIZABETH. A study of child nature from the kindergarten standpoint. 
 
 Kindergarten College, Chicago, 1891, pp. 207. 
 
 HARRISON, M. M. Children's sense of fear. Arena, 1896, XVI, 960-969. 
 HART, W. R. Children's choice of pictures. Northwestern Jour. Educ., 1896, VII, 
 
 24-29. 
 HARTLAND, E. S. The science of fairy tales. An inquiry into fairy mythology. 
 
 London, 1891, pp. 372. 
 HARTMANN, BERTHOLD. Die Analyse des kindlichen Gedankenkreises als die natur- 
 
 gemasse Grundlage des ersten Schulunterrichts. Hermann Graser, Anna- 
 berg, 1890, pp. 116. 
 
 HARTWELL, EDWARD. Anthropometry in the U. S. Am. Statis. Asso., 3:554. 
 On the physiology of exercise. Boston Med. and Surg. Jour., March 31 and 
 
 April 7, 1887, vol. 116, 297-302; 321-324. 
 Application of the laws of physical training to the prevention and cure of 
 
 stuttering. Proc. of the Intern. Cong, of Ed., Chicago, 1893. Proc. N. E. A., 
 
 1893, 739-749. 
 Report of the director of physical training, Boston Normal Schools. School 
 
 Document, No. 8, Boston, 1894, pp. 151. 
 
 Report of the director of physical training. Reprinted from School Docu- 
 ment, No. 4, Boston, 1895, pp. 82. 
 Bowditch's law of growth and what it teaches. Reprinted from the Tenth 
 
 Annual Proc. of the Am. Ass'n for the Adv. of Physical Ed., Concord, N. H., 
 
 1896, pp. 8. 
 Physical training, its function and place in education. American Physical 
 
 Ed. Rev., Boston, Sept., 1897, vol. 2, 133-151. 
 HARVEY, P. F. Anthropometry in army practice. Med. Standard, Chicago, 1896, 
 
 XVIII, 245-248. 
 HASKKLL, Miss E. M. Child observations. Boston, Heath & Co., 1896. 
 
 Imitation in children. Ped. Sem., Ill, 30-47. 
 
 HASSE, PAUL. Die Ueberbiirdung unserer Jugend auf den hoheren Lehranstalten 
 
 mit Arbeit im Zusammeubange mit der Entstehung von Geistesstorungen. 
 
 F. Vieweg u. Sohn. Braunschweig, 1880, pp. 92. 
 HELLWIG, BERNHARD. Die vier Temperamente bei Kindern. Ihre Aeusserung und 
 
 Behandlung in Erziehung und Schule. J. Esser, Paderhorn, 1888. 
 HKMMEN, N. Das Stottern. Statistik, Folgen, Abhiilfe. Bin Beitrag zur Heilpada- 
 
 gogik. St. Paulus-Gesellschaft. Luxemburg, 1890, pp. 56. 
 HENRI, V. Enquete sur les premiers souvenirs del'enfance. Rev. Philos., XXXIX. 
 
 Our earliest memories. (Quest.) Am. J. Psychol., 1896, VII, 303-304. 
 HERRAINZ, D. Gregorio. Tratado de antropologia y pedagogia. Madrid, 1896, 
 
 pp. 564. 
 
 HERRICK, C. L. Notes on child's experience. J. of Corap. Neurol., V. 
 HERRICK, MARY A. Children's drawings. Ped. Sem., October, 1895, vol. 3, 338-330. 
 HERTEL, ALEX. Neuere Untersuchungen iiber den allgemeinen Gesundheitszustand 
 
 der Schiller und Schiilerinnen. Zeitschr. f. Schulgshpflg. I Jahrg., 1888, 
 
 Nr. 6 und 7, S. 167 and 201. 
 
 W. Bestimmungen des Gewichtes und Messungen der Korperlange bei einem 
 
 Kinde im orsten und zweiteu Lebeusjahre. Arch. f. Gynaek, Berlin, 1881, 
 
 XVII, 150-152. 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 13 J 
 
 HEYDNER, G. Beitrage zur Kenntnis des kindlichen Seelenlebens. Leipzig, Richter, 
 
 1894, pp. 96. 
 HINDS, CLAKA B. Child growth. Woman's Anthropological Society, Washington, 
 
 D. C., 1896. 8, Washington, 1886. 
 HITCHCOCK, E., Jr. Physical measurements, fallacies, and errors. Proc. Amer. 
 
 Assoc. for Advancement of Phys. Ed., 1887. Brooklyn, N. Y., 1887, III, 
 
 35-42. 
 A synoptic exhibit of 15,000 physical examinations. Made on male college 
 
 students. Ithaca, N. Y., 1890. 
 HITCHCOCK, E. Comparative study of measurements of male and female students at 
 
 Amherst, Mount Holyoke, and Wellesley colleges, U. S. A. Physique. London, 
 
 1891, I. 90-94. Also in Proc. Amer. Assoc. for Advancement of Phys. Ed., 
 
 Ithaca, N. Y., 1891, VI., 37-42. 
 The results of anthropometry as derived from the measurements of the 
 
 students in Amherst College. Amherst, Mass., 1892. 7 pp. 6 tables. 8vo. 
 HITCHCOCK, E., and SEELYE, H. H. An anthropometric manual, giving the average 
 
 and mean physical measurements and tests of male college students, and modes 
 
 of securing them. Prepared from the Records of the Department of Physical 
 
 Education and Hygiene in Amherst College during the years 1861-62 and 
 
 1887-88, inclusive. 2d ed. Amherst, Mass., 1889. J. E. Williams. 37 pp. 1 
 
 table. 8vo. 
 HOFMANN, L. Wiirdigung der Bildungselemente, welche im vorschulpflichtigen 
 
 Alter bestimmeud auf die Seele des Kiudes einwirken. Padagog. Bl., 1896, 
 
 48-60. 
 HOHMANN, Die Grundlinien des Seelenlebeiis, dargestellt unter steter Beriicksichti- 
 
 gung der Schulpraxis. Piidag. Bl., 1896, 501-528. 
 Die Pflege der Phant.-isie in unseren Schulen. Rhein. Blatter f. Erziehung u. 
 
 Unt., LXVIII, 229-242. 
 
 HOGAN, LOUISE E. The study of a child. New York, 1898. 
 HOLDEN, EDWARD S. On the vocabularies of children under two years of age. 
 
 Trans. Am. Philol. Asso., 1877, 58-68. Reprint. Case, Lockwood & Brainard 
 
 Co., Hartford, Conn., 1878. 
 Observations on infants. Trans. Am. Philol. Soc., 1875-77. Bulletin, Phil- 
 
 osoph. Soc., Washington, Appendix, VI. 
 HOLMES, BAYARD. A study of child growth, being a review of the work of Dr. 
 
 Wm. T. Porter, of St. Louis. N. Y. Med. Jour., October 6, 1894, vol. 60, 
 
 417-423. 
 
 HOLMES, GEORGTC K. A plea for the average. Amer. Statis. Ass'n, No. 16. 
 HOLMES, MARION E. The fatigue of a school hour. Ped. Sem., October, 1895, vol. 3, 
 
 213-234. 
 HOLT, L. EMMETT. The care and feeding of children. A catechism for the use of 
 
 mothers and children's nurses. D. Appleton & Co., N. Y., 1894, pp. 66. 
 HOWARD, F. E. The child voice. Proc. N. E. A., 1897, 784-790. 
 HOWELLS, W. D. A boy's town. Harper & Bros., N. Y., pp. 247. 
 HRDLIKA, A. F. A few words about anthropometry. Am. Jour. Insan., N. Y., 1897, 
 
 LIII, 521-533. 
 Physical differences between white and colored children. Amer. Anthrop., 
 
 Washington, 1898, XI, 347-350. 
 
 HUDSON, G. H. Phenomena of child growth in education. Educa., 14:466. 
 HUGHES, JAMES L. Educational value of play. Ed. Rev., N. Y., Nov., 1894, vol. 8, 
 
 327-336. 
 HUMPHREYS, MILTON W. A contribution to infantile linguistics. Trans. Am. 
 
 Philol. Ass'n, 1880. Case, Lockwood & Brainard Co., Hartford, Conn., 1880, 
 
 vol. 11, 5-17. 
 HURD, HENRY M. Some mental disorders of childhood and youth. Boston Med. 
 
 and Surg. Jour., Sept. 20, 1894, vol. 131, 281-285. Reprint. The Friedenwald 
 
 Co., Baltimore, 1895, pp. 16. 
 
132 A PLAN FOB THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 HURT>, KATE C. On Anthropometry. Times and register. New York and Phila- 
 delphia, 1890, VII, 506-511. 
 Some of Galton's tests concerning the origin of human faculty. Proc. 
 
 Amer. Asso. for Advancement of Phys. Ed., 1891. Ithaca, N. Y., 1891, VI, 
 
 80-96. 
 
 HURLL, ESTKLLK M. Child life in art. Joseph Knight Co., Boston, 1895, pp. 176. 
 IKOW, C. Neue Beitriige zur Anthropologie der Juden. Archr. f. Anthrop., Bd. XV. 
 JACKSON, W. J., Jr. Graphic methods in anthropometry. Physical Education, 
 
 Springfield, Mass., 1893, II, 89-94. 
 JACOBI, MARY P. Applications of psychology to education. Ed. Rev.,N. Y., June, 
 
 1891, vol. 2, 1-27. 
 Physiological notes on primary edncation and the study of language. New 
 
 York and London, 1889. 8. pp. 120. 
 JAHN, M. Psychologie als Grundwisseuschaft der Padagogik. 2 ed. Leipzig, 
 
 Diirr, 1897, vii-f , 413. 
 JAMES, WILLIAM. Imitation. The principles of psychology, vol. 2. New York, 
 
 1890, 408-409. 
 
 JANOVSKI, M. V. (Measurement of circumference of the breast as method of ascer- 
 taining virility and vigor of recruits.) Russk. Med. St. Petersburg, 1893, 
 XVII, 343:359. 
 
 JASTROW, JOSEPH. The psychological study of children. Ed. Rev., N. Y., March, 
 
 1891, vol. 1, 253-264. 
 
 The statistical study of mental development. Trans. 111. Soc. Child Study, 
 
 1897, II, 100-108. 
 JEFFREYS, B. JOY. Color-blindness; its dangers and its detection. Houghton, 
 
 Osgood & Co., Boston, 1879, pp. 312. 
 
 Report of the examination of 27,927 school children for color-blindness. 
 
 School Document No. 13. Rockwell & Churchill, Boston, 1880, pp. 9. 
 JOHNSON, G. E. Contribution to the psychology and pedagogy of feeble-minded 
 
 children. Pedag. Sem., Ill, 246-301. 
 
 Education by plays and games. Ped. Sem., Ill, 97-135. 
 
 JOHNSON, JOHN, Jr. Rudimentary society among boys. Johns Hopkins Univ. 
 
 Studies in Historical and Political Science, 2d Series, No. 11. Baltimore, 
 
 1884, pp, 56. Reprint of same. McDonogh, Md., 1893, pp. 66. 
 
 The savagery of boyhood. Pop. Sci. Mo., October, 1897, vol. 31, 796-800. 
 
 JUST, KARL. Der Wechsel der Stimmung in Gemiitsleben des Kindes. Jahrbuch 
 
 des Vereins fiir wissenschaftl. Padag. Dresden, 1894, vol. 26, 201-210. 
 KAFEMANN, R. Schuluntersuchungen des kindlichen Naseu-und Rachenraumes. 
 
 Kafemann, Danzig, 1890, pp. 29. 
 KEBER, A. Zur Philosophie der Kindersprache. Gereimtes nnd Ungereimtes. 
 
 Halle, 1868, pp. 132. 
 KELLER, R. Padagogisch-psychometrische Studien. Biol. Centralbl., 1897, XVII, 
 
 440-46A. 
 KELLOGG, J. H. Physical chart, arranged from results obtained in testing the 
 
 strength of individual groups of muscles in 200 men, ages 18-30 years, by 
 
 means of Dr. Kellogg's mercurial dynamometer. Battle Creek, Mich., 1893. 
 KENNEDY, H. P. Effect of high-school work upon girls during adolescence. Pedag. 
 
 Sem., 1896, III, 469-482. 
 KEY, AXEL. School life in relation to growth and health. Stockholm, 1890. 
 
 Die Pubertutsentwickelung. Verhandl. des X. Internat. Med. Cong., 1890. 
 
 Berlin, 1891, vol. 1, 66-130. 
 KIEFER, KONRAD. Die Natur des Kindes hinsichtlich seiner sittlichen und intellek- 
 
 tuellen Anlage. F. Reinboth, Leipzig, 1897, pp. 73. 
 KIME, R. R. Some practical thoughts on the development of the human race and 
 
 obstetric nursing. Atlanta Med. and S. J., 1897-98, n. B., XIV, 8-19. 
 KIRKPATRICK, E. A. An experimental study of memory. Psychol. Rev., November, 
 
 1894, vol. 1, 602-609. 
 
UNiVERfi! 
 
 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. \ Of IS 
 
 KLINE, L. W. Truancy as related to the migratory instinct. Ped. 
 
 1898, 381-420. 
 KOCH, J. L. A. Psychopathische Minderwertigkeiten. Otto Maier, Raveusburg, 
 
 1893, pp. 427. 
 KOLLB, K. Der Sprechunterricht bei geistig zurtickgebliebenen Kindern. Zurich, 
 
 A. Miiller, 1896, pp. 44. 
 
 KNEIPP, S. The care of children in sickness and in health. London, 1897. 
 KOLJJCK. Die Schulbankfrage in Zurich. Deutsch. Viertjhsschrf. f. Sffentlicha 
 
 Gesundhtspfl. Bd. 17. 
 KOSMOWSKI, W. O wzroscie i wadze dzieci klas biednych w Warszawie (de la 
 
 grandenr et du poids des enfants de pauvres classes a Varsovie). Medycyna, 
 
 Warazawa, 1894, XXII, 105; 125; 153; 173. 
 KOTELMANN, LuDWiG. Die Korperverhaltnisse der Gelehrtenschiiler des Johan- 
 
 neums in Hamburg. Ztsch. d. Konigl. Preus. statist. Bureaus, 1879. 
 Ueber Schulgesundheitspflege. Handb. d. Erz. u. Unterr. f. hohere Schnlen. 
 
 Miinchen, 1895, Band. 2. Abt., 225-395. 
 KOZLE, J. F. G. Die padagogische Pathologie in der Erziehungskunde des 19ten 
 
 Jahrhnnderts. Giitersloh, 1893. 
 KRATZ, H. E. Characteristics of the best teachers as recognized by children. Ped. 
 
 Sein., 1896, III, 413-418. 
 KRAUSS, W. C. An instrument for measuring the strength of the limbs; pedodyna- 
 
 mometer. J. Nerv. and Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1893, XX, 689-691. 
 
 A new pedodynamometer. New York Med. J., 1893, LVIII, 217. 
 
 Schiidel-Capacitat. Verhandl. d. Berl. Gesellsch. f. Anthrop., 1896, 614. 
 
 KROHN, W O. The most critical period of school life. Child Stndy Mo., June, 
 
 1895, vol. 1, 33-44. 
 
 Nervous diseases of school children. Child Study Mo., 189S, I, 354-368. 
 
 Child study in schools for feeble-minded children. Child Study Mo., L, 75-79. 
 
 Practical child study: How to begin. Child Study Mo., 1, 161-176. 
 
 KRONER, TRAUGOTT. Ueber die Sinnesempfindungen der Neugeborenen. Grass, 
 
 Earth & Co., Breslau, 1892, pp. 14. 
 KUSSMAUL, ADOLF. Untersuchnngen fiber das Seelenleben des nengeborenen 
 
 Menschen. 2 Anff., A. Moser, Tubingen, 1884, pp. 32. 
 
 Ueber die Sinnesempfindungen des Neugeborenen. Breslau, 1882. 
 
 Untersuchungen fiber das Seelenleben des neugeborenen Menschen. Leipzig, 
 
 1859, pp. 40. 
 
 LAUD, GEO. T. Development of attention in infancy. Childhood, 2 :197. 
 LANGE V. Om en hyppig forekommende Aarsag til Birns, etc. (On a frequent cause 
 
 of slow and defective development of children.) 8. Kjbenhavn, 1892. 
 LAGNEAT, G. Sur Fanthropom6trie militaire de M. le Dr. Livi (Rap.). Bull. Aoad. 
 
 de meU, Paris, 1896, 3. s., XXXV, 378-382. 
 
 LA ING, M. E. Child study ; a teacher's record of her pupils. Forum, XVII, 340-344. 
 LANCASTER, E. G. The psychology and pedagogy of adolescence. Ped. Sem., 1897, 
 
 V, 61-128. 
 LANDSBERGER. Das Wachsthum der Knaben vom 6. bis zum 16. Lebensjahre. 
 
 Zeitschr. f. Schulgsnhtspflege. 1 year 1888, Nr. 3, 65 to 69. 
 LANK, W. A. Some of the laws which influence the growth of the child. Tr. VII. 
 
 Internat. Cong. Hyg. and Demog., 1891. London, 1892, IV, 103-109. 
 LANG, A. Genius in children. North Amer. Rev., Jan., 1897, 32-37. 
 ( VON) LANGE, E MIL. Die normal e Korpergrosse des Menschen von der Geburt bis zum 
 
 25. Lebensjahre nebst Erlauterungen iiberWesen und Zweck der Skala-Mea- 
 
 stabelle zum Gebrauche in Familie, Schule und Erziehnngs-Anstalten. J. F. 
 
 Lehmann, Miinchen, 1896, pp. 38. 
 LAPPARENT, A. DE. Le rdle du desain dans 1'^ducation moderae. Le Corresp., 1897, 
 
 n. s., LXIX, 856-S67. 
 LASTSHENKOFF, P. [Anthropometry of medical students] Veatnik obsh. big., eto. 
 
 8t. Petersburg, 1897, XXXIII, No. 10, 2 sect., 412-430. 
 
134 A PLAN FOB THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 LE BON, G. Les bases psycbologiques du dressse. Rev. Philos., XXXVIII, 596-610. 
 
 LEGLIKE, A. Une experience pedagogique. Rev. Univ., 1897, VI, 23-27. 
 
 LEE, C. A. A table showing the physical characteristics of the members of the 
 
 United States Senate. First session Thirty-ninth Congress. Buffalo Medi- 
 cal and Surgical Journal, 1866-67, VI, 390-396. 
 LESSHALT, P. De l'e"ducation de 1'enfant dans la famille et de sa signification. A. 
 
 Schulz, Paris, 1894, pp. 268. 
 LETOURNEAU, C. Passe", present et avenir de 1'education. Rev. Mens. de Pficole 
 
 d'anth., 1896, VI, 129-148. 
 LEVRAT, F. M. P., atne". De Pinfluence de 1'allaitement maternel et de 1'e'ducation 
 
 en commun sur le d^veloppement des faculty's physiques, morales, etc., de 
 
 1'enfant. 8. Lyon, 1843. 
 LIBBRECHT. Auge und Ohr als Vermittler des Weltbildes und in ihren Beziehungen 
 
 zum Schulleben. Elberfeld, 1897, pp. 23. 
 LINCOLN, D. F. Anthropometry individualized. Reprinted from Mind and Body, 
 
 May, 1896, pp. 8. 
 The motor element in education. Am. Physical Ed. Rev., June, 1897, vol. 2, 
 
 65-72. 
 LINDLEY, E. H. A preliminary study of motor phenomena of mental effort. Am. 
 
 Jour. Psy., July, 1896, vol. 7, pp. 491-517. 
 
 A study of puzzles with special reference to the psychology of mental adap- 
 tation. Am. Jour. Psy., July, 1897, vol. 8, 431-493. 
 LINDLEY, E. H., and PARTRIDGE, G. E. Some mental automatisms. Fed. Sem., July, 
 
 1897, vol. 5, 41-60. 
 LION, H. Les livres de MM. Compayre" et Perez sur 1'Education de 1'Enfant. Rer. 
 
 Int. de TEnseingn, XXIX, 458-469. 
 LttBiscH, J. E. Entwickelungsgeschichte der Seele des Kindes. Haas, Wien, 1851, 
 
 pp. 134. 
 LOFFLER, HELENE. Mutter und Kind. Rathgeber fiir die Wochen und Kinderstube. 
 
 Hoffmann und Ohnstein, Leipzig, 1882, pp. 221. 
 LOMBROSO, C., e CARRARA, M. Contribute all antropologia dei Diuka. Arch, di 
 
 psichiat., Torino, 1896, XVII, 349-363. 
 LOMBROSO, P. L'instinct de la conservation chez les enfants. Rev. Philos., 1896, 
 
 XIII, 379-390. 
 
 Psicologia infantile. Riv. di Pedag., I, 159-172. 
 
 Saggi di psichologia del bambino. Turin-Rome, Roux., 12-234. 
 
 LORD, FRANCES and EMILY. Mother's songs, games, and stories. (Froebel's Mutter- 
 
 und Kose-Lieder), W. Rice, London, 1890. Text, pp. 212. Music, pp. 75. 
 LOREY, C. Ueber Gewicht and Mass normal entwickelter Kinder in den ersten 
 
 Lebensj ahren. (Vorschlag zu Sammelbeobachtungen.) Jahrb. f. Kinderh., 
 
 Leipz., 1887-8, XXVII, 339. 
 LOTI, PIERRE. The romance of a child. Translated by Mary L. Watkins. Rand, 
 
 McNally & Co., Chicago, 1891, pp. 179. 
 
 LOUCH, M. A laboratory for child study. J. of Educ., 1895, 21-24, 208-211. 
 Difference between children and grown-up people from the child's standpoint. 
 
 Ped. Sein., 1897, V, 129-135. 
 
 Low, FRANCES H. The street games of children. Strand Mag. London. 
 LOWDEN, T. S. The first half-year of a child's life. (Thesis.) Wooeter (Ohio) 
 
 Herald Printing Co., pp. 30. 
 Pedagogical inferences from child study. Educ., 1897, XVIII, 45-49, 112-336, 
 
 171-179. 
 
 LUCKEY, G. W. A. Comparative observations on the indirect color range of chil- 
 dren,- adults, and adults trained in color. Am. Jour, of Psychology, Jan- 
 uary, 1895, vol. 6, 489-504. 
 Children's interests. Northwestern Monthly. Lincoln, Nebr., vol. 7, pp. 67, 
 
 96, 133, 156, 221, 245, 306, and 335. 
 The best works on child study. Northwestern J. of Educ., 1896, VII, 48-52. 
 
A PLAN FOE THE STUDY OF MAN. 135 
 
 % 
 
 LUCKEY, G. W. A. Child study in its effects upon the teacher. Child Study Mo., 
 1896, I, 230-247. 
 
 Lines of child study for the teacher. Educ. Rev., 1897, XIV, 340-347. 
 
 and others. A brief survey of child study. Northwestern J. of Educ., 1896, 
 
 VII, 2-8. 
 
 LUKKNS, HERMAN T. Preliminary report on the learning of language. Ped. Sem., 
 
 June, 1896, vol. 3, 424-460. 
 A study of children's drawings in the early years. Ped. Sem., October, 1896 
 
 vol. 4, 79-110. 
 Child study for superintendents. Ed. Rev., N. Y., February, 1897, vol. 13, 
 
 105-120. 
 
 MACAULAY, T. B. Weight and longevity. Amer. Statis. Asso. No. 14. 
 MACDONALD, ARTHUR. Public school children; measurements now being made to 
 
 determine their physical condition. Verhandl. d. Berl. Gesellsch. f. Anthrop., 
 
 1893, 355-357. 
 
 Measurements of pain. Psych. Rev., March, 1899. 
 
 MAITLAND, L. M. What children draw to please themselves. Inland Educator, I, 
 
 77-81. 
 MAJER, J. I. and KOPKRNICKER, J. Charakterystyka fizyczna ludnosci Galicy jskiej, 
 
 Krakow, I. Heft, 1876. 
 MALLJNG-HANSEN, R. Perioden im Gewichte der Kinder und in der Sonnenwiirme. 
 
 Fragment III, A. and III, B. Kopenhagen, 1886. 
 
 MANGASARIAN, M. The punishment of children. Int. Jour, of Ethics, IV, 493-498. 
 MANOUVRIER, L. Commission chargde d'examiner le projet d'une statistique authro- 
 
 pologique a faire dans les e"coles prirnaires de la ville de Paris. Bull. Soc. 
 
 d'anthrop. de Par., 1884, 3s., VII, 572-579. 
 La p^riocle de croissand d'un nain. J. de clin. et de therap. inf., Paris, 1897, 
 
 V, 1009-1012. 
 MANTEGAZZA, P. L'antropologia nelF insegnamento universitario e I'antropOmetria 
 
 nella scuola. Arch, per I'antrop., Firenze, 1892, XXII, 185-190. 
 MANTON, W. P. The development of the young child with reference to exercise. 
 
 Educ., 1896, XVII, 138-148. 
 MARENHOLTZ-BULOW (Baroness). The child and child nature. 5th ed. Sonnen- 
 
 scheiu & Co., London, 1890, pp. 186. 
 
 MARFAN. La vie infantile et ses periodes. Semanine me"d., Paris, 1896, XVI, 469-471. 
 MARINA, G. Ricerche antropologiche ed etnografiche sui ragazzi. Turin, Bocca, 
 
 1896, pp. 90. 
 
 MARPILLEHO, G. De idee del la vita e della morte nei bambini. Riv. Ital. di Filos., 
 
 1897, XII (I), 316-353. 
 
 MARRO, ANTONIO. La puertft studiata nell' nomo e nella donna in rapporto all' 
 
 antropologia, alia psichiatria, alia pedagogia ed alia socioJogia. Fratelli 
 
 Bocca, Torino, 1898, pp. 507. 
 MARSH, HARRIET A. Child's study in the mothers' club. Robt. Smith Printing Co., 
 
 Lansing, Mich., 1896, pp. 31. 
 
 A new aspect of child study. Ped. Sem., July, 1897, vol. 5, 136-145. 
 
 MARSHALL, D. T. Secret language of children. Note, Science, XXIII, 39. 
 MARTEL, M. A. C. P. Etude des influences exerc5es sur le developpement de 1'enfant 
 
 par les maladies infectieuses de la mere pendant la grossesse. 8. Paris, 
 
 1896. 
 MARTIN, R. De 1'influence des alterations du placenta sur la developpement du 
 
 foetus et sur la sente" du nouveau-n6, etc. J. de Med. de Paris, 1896,* 2 s., 
 
 VIII, 123-125. 
 
 MARTINEZ, VARGAS A. Pedimetria y pedibarometria; crecimento en la infancia. 
 
 Gac. m6d., Mexico, 1890, XXV, 301-325, 3 pi. 
 MARTY. Professions et developpement physique, etc. Ann. d'hyg., Paris, 1897, 3 s., 
 
 XXXVII, 305-333. 
 
136 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 MATIEGKA. Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen Korperbeschaffenheit u. geistiger 
 
 Thiitigkeit bei Schulkindern. Mitth. d. anthrop. Gesellschaft in Wien, 1898, 
 
 XXXVIII, 122-126. 
 MATVEYEVA, VIERA G. Fezicheskoye, etc. (Physical development of the children 
 
 of St. Petersburg public schools.) Vrach. St. Petersb., 1895, XVI, 918, 941. 
 MAYR, G. Die bayerische Jagend nach Farbe der Augen, der Haare und der Haut. 
 
 Ztschr. f. das Konigl. bayerische statist. Bureau, 1875, Heft 4. 
 McMuRRY, L. B. Child study through the medium of the parent. Trans. 111. Soc. 
 
 for Child Study, I (3), 22-26. 
 MEINHOLD, F. L. Hagedorn's Gedanken von sittlicher und geistlioher Bildung. Diss. 
 
 Leipzig, pp. 42. 
 MKLINAUD, C. Pourquoi rougit-onf Rev. des deux mondes. Paris, 1893, CXIX, 
 
 631-646. 
 
 MEREZHKOVSKI (K.). O zadach. i metod. izslied. fizichesk. razvit. dietei. (Prob- 
 lems and methods of examining the physical development of children.) 
 
 Med. pedagog. Vestnik St. Petersb., 1886, II, no. 1, 63-97; no. 2, 53-76. Also 
 
 reprint. 
 MEYER, A. Suggestions to those beginning the systematic observation of children. 
 
 Child Study Monthly, June, 1895, vol. 1, 45-49. 
 On the observation of mental abnormalities in school children. Child Study 
 
 Mo., May, 1895, Vol. 1, 1-12. 
 MEYKR, BERTHA. The child physically and mentally. Trans, by F. Salomon. M. L. 
 
 Holbrook & Co., N. Y., 1893, pp. 105. 
 MINARD, C. W. Child study in May wood. Trans, 111. Soc. for Child Study, I (3), 
 
 15-21. 
 MIKHAJLOFF, I. K voprosu, etc. (On the physical development of children.) Protok, 
 
 Zasaid. Obsh. vrach. g. Viatki, 1888-89, No. 1, 2, 10. 
 MIWA, N. Honbanjin, etc. (Investigation upon the body weight of Japanese at 
 
 Jiku.) Ztschr. d. Tokio med. Gesellsch., 1893, V, VII, No. 9, 10-18. 
 Child study and school discipline. Ed. Rev., N. Y., December, 1897, vol. 14, 
 
 451-456. 
 
 Class responsibility. N. Y. Teachers Quarterly, N. Y., December, 1897, Vol. I, 
 
 316-318. 
 
 Bibliography of education. Int. Education Series, vol. 42. D. Appleton 
 
 & Co., N. Y., 1897, pp. 202. 
 
 Historic sense of children. Jour, of Ed., Boston, June 24, 1897, vol. 45, 406- 
 
 407. 
 
 The social sense in childhood. Jour, of Ed., Boston, November 18, 1897, vol. 
 
 46, 291-292. 
 MONROE, W. S. Feeble-minded children in the public school. An address read and 
 
 reprinted from the Proc. of Assn. of Med. Officers of Am. Institutions at Fort 
 
 Wayne, Ind., May, 1894. Westfield, Mass., 1897, pp. 11. 
 Comenius' school of infancy. An essay on the education of youth during the 
 
 first six years. D. C. Heath & Co., Boston, 1896, pp. 99. 
 
 Vacational interests of children. Education, Jan., 1898, 259-264. 
 
 The money sense of children. Ped. Sem., March, 1899. 
 
 MONTI. Uebersichtliche Zuzammenstellung der Wachsturaverhaltnisse der Kinder. 
 
 Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttgart, 1888-S9, X, 401-429. 
 MOON, S. B. Measurements of the boys of the McDonogh School for the years 1881- 
 
 1891, arranged in order of height, summed and averaged ; also a percentile 
 
 table for 115 boys 13-14 years of age. McDonogh, Maryland, 1892, 46 pp. 4. 
 MOORE, K. C. The mental development of a child. Psych. Rev. Monograph Supp. 
 
 No. 3, October, 1896. The Macraillan Co., N. Y., pp. 150. 
 
 MORRISON, W. D. Juvenile offender!. D. Appleton & Co., N. Y., 1897, pp. 317. 
 MORSE, J. F. Studies in the Moral Development of Children. (Quest.) Science, 
 
 1896, N. S,, III, 669-671. Child Study Mo., II. 44-48. 
 MORSE, W. H. The baby'a growth. Virginia Med. Monthly, Richmond, 1886-87, XIII, 
 
 362-895. 
 
A PLAN FOB THE STUDY OF MAN. 137 
 
 MOSREK, ELIZA M. Habitual posture* of school children. Ed. Rev., N. T., Novem- 
 
 ber, 1892, 339-349. 
 
 Mosso, A. Die korperliche Erziehung des Jujend. Tranal. by J. Glinzer. Ham- 
 burg, L. Voss, 1896, 2:513. 
 
 Fatigue c6r6brale chez lea enfant*. Ear. Pe"d. Beige, August 15, 1894, pp. 309. 
 
 MOTET, AUGUSTS. Les faux tinoignages dea enfanta devant la justice. Bailliere 
 
 et fils, Paris, 1887, pp. 20. 
 MOULTON, A. R. Body weight and mental improvement. Am. Jour, of Insanity, 
 
 October, 1894, vol. 51, 209-220. 
 MULFOBD, HENRY J. The throat of the child. Ed. Her., N. Y., March, 1897, vol. 13, 
 
 261-272. 
 MUFFAUQ, H. Etudes d'anthroposociologie. Ecoliers et paysaua de St. Brieve, 
 
 Paris, 1897. 
 HOLLER, GEORGE. Spinal curvature and awkward deportment; their caused and 
 
 prevention in children. English edition. The Scientific Press, Ltd., 438 
 
 Strand, London, 1894, pp. 88. 
 MUMFOBD, ALFRED A. Survival movements of human infancy. Substance of an 
 
 address given before the Manchester branch of the British Association for 
 
 Child Study, March 2, 1897. Brain, London, Autumn, 1897, No. 79, vol. 20, 
 
 290-307. 
 
 MUNRO, Mary F. Three years in the life of a child. Educ. Rev., Nov., 1898, 367-377. 
 MUNZ, B. La logique de 1'enfant. Transl. par A. Keller. Rev. Philos., 1896 ,XLII, 
 
 46-54. 
 
 Die Logik des Kindes. Nord u. Siid., LXII, No. 216. 
 
 MURRAY, J. CLARK. The education of the will. Ed. .Rev., N. Y., June, 1891, vol. 2, 
 
 57-68. 
 
 NASON, C. D. Some biological aspects of child study. Ednc., 1897, XVIII, 229-234. 
 NESTEROFF, \V. Ueber die physische Entwickelung der Schulkinder und die 
 
 korperlichen Uebungen in den Schulen. Ztschr. f. Schulgsndthtspflg. 
 
 Hamburg u. Leipzig, 1896, IX, 129-139. 
 NEWELL, W. W. Games and songs of American children. Harper & Bros., N. Y., 
 
 1884, pp. 242. 
 
 NICHOLS, H. Psychology and education. The citizen, I, 229-232. 
 NICOLA Y, FERNAND. Les enfants mal e"levea. . Etude psychologique. Perrin et Cie., 
 
 Parii, 1890, pp. 530. 
 
 OBICI, G. Picole aniine. Boll.d.manie. prov. di Ferrara, 1896. No. 5 and 6, 1-7. 
 Observations on phisical characteristics of children and adults taken at Aber- 
 deen in Banffshire, and in the island of Lewis. Rep. Brit: Ass. Adv. Soi., 
 
 1897, London, 1898, LXVII, 506. 
 
 ODELGA, A. Ueber kinderpsychologie. Bl. f. Taubet. Bild. Berlin, 1898, XI, 24-26. 
 OQSTON, F. jr. On the average length and weight of mature newborn Scotch 
 
 children. Edinb. M. J., 1880-81, XXVI, 603-615. 
 OLDHAM, A. The laws of attention and interest applied to education. Jonrn. of 
 
 Education, 1894, 616-618. 
 OLTUSZEWSKI. Die geistige und sprachliche Entwickelung des Kindes. Med.- 
 
 piidagog. Monattschr., Berlin, 1896, 197; 257. 
 OPPENHKIM, X. Why children lie. Pop. Sci. Mo., XLVTI, 382-387. 
 
 The development of the child. London and New York, 1898, pp. viii 296. 
 
 ORCHANSKY, J. Studies on heredity. St. Petersburg, 1894. 
 
 OSBORN, F. W. The ethical contents of children's minds. Educ. Rev., VIII, 
 
 143-146. 
 O'SHEA, M. V. Physical training in the public schools. Atlantic Monthly, February, 
 
 1895, vol. 75, 246-254. 
 Method and scope of child study for teachers in service. Child Study Monthly, 
 
 November, 1895, Vol. I, 129-134. 
 
138 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 O'SHEA, M. V. Child study. Chautauquan, June, 1896, vol. 23, 302-307. 
 
 The training of childhood. Outlook, May 15, 1897, vol. 56, 164-167. 
 
 Interests in childhood. Child Study Monthly, October, 1896, vol. 2, 266-278. 
 
 When character is formed. Pop. Sci. Mo., September, 1897, vol. 51, 648-662. 
 
 Some aspects of drawing. Ed. Rev., N. Y., October, 1897, vol. 14, 263-284. 
 
 The purpose, scope, and method of child study. Jour, of Pedag., Syracuse, 
 
 N. Y., December, 1897, Vol. II, 9-23. 
 
 Psychology for normal schools. Educ., XVI, 193-201. 
 
 The purpose, scope, and method of child study. Jour. Pedag., January, 1898. 
 
 and others. Some syllabi prepared in the School of Pedagogy, Buffalo, N. Y. 
 
 Child Study Monthly, 1896, 1, 320-324. 
 OSTERMANN, W. Das interesse. Oldenburg, Schulzsche Hofbuchhandlung, pp. 
 
 IV+92. 
 OTTOLENGHI, S. La sensibility e Peta. Arch, di psichiat, Torino, 1895, vol. 16, 
 
 540-551. 
 OUROUSSOV, MARY (Princess). Education from the cradle. Translated by Mrs. E. 
 
 Fitlding. George Bell & Sons, London, 1890, pp. 168. 
 PAGLIANI, F. Sopra alcune dimension! del corpo dei neonati ed alcuni rapporti tra 
 
 esse e la mortalita infantile. Pediatria, Napoli, 189E, III, 225, 279, 353; 1896, 
 
 IV, 18, 41. 
 PAGLIANI, L. Lo sviluppo umano per eta, sesso, condizione sociale ed etnica. 
 
 Milano, 1879. 
 PAGLIANI. Untersuchungen zur Naturlehre der Menschen und der Thiere. XII, 
 
 89pp. 
 PATRICK, G. T. W. The memory in education. Ed. Rev., N. Y., December, 1892, 
 
 vol. 4, 463-474. 
 
 Is child study practicable for the teacher? Proceedings of theN. E. A., Den- 
 ver, Colo., 18'J5, 904-906. 
 Fatigue in schoolchildren: A review of the experiments of Fredrich and 
 
 Ebbinghaus. Studies in psychology, Iowa City, Iowa, 1897. 
 PAULSEN, ED. Ueber die Singstimme der Kinder. Archive fur Physiologie, August, 
 
 1895, vol. 61, 407-426. 
 PAULSEN, F. The evolution of the educational ideal. Forum, 1897, XXIII, pp. 
 
 598-608, 672-685. 
 
 PAYNE, B. The child study of Froebel. 111. Soc. Child Study, 1897, II, 115-126. 
 PAYOT, J. L'e"ducation de la volonte". 'Paris, F. Alcan, XlI-f-276. 
 PEARSON, K. Growth of St. Louis children. Nature, vol. 51, p. 145. 
 PECKHAM, GEORGE W. Tbe growth of children. Report of Wisconsin Board of 
 
 Health, 1881, 28-73. 
 
 Various observations on growth. Ibid., 1882, 185-188. 
 
 PECKHAM, GRACE. Infancy in the-city. Pop. Sci. Mo., March, 1886, vol. 28, pp. 683. 
 PECKHAM, JOHN YATES. On human growth in towns. Trans. Nat. Asso. for the 
 
 Promotion of Soc. Sci., Edinburg, 1863, 536. 
 
 PERCY, J. F. Causes of deafness in school children and its influence upon educa- 
 tion. Child Study Monthly, October, 1895, vol. 1, 97-109. 
 PEREZ, B. L'education morale des le berceau. F. Alcan, Paris, 1888, pp. 320. 
 The first three years of childhood. Ed. and trans, by Alice M. Cristie. With 
 
 an introduction by James Sully. C. W. Bardeen, Syracuse, N. Y., 1889, pp. 
 
 294. 
 
 Le caractere de Tenfant a Phomme. F. Alcan, Paris, 1892, pp. 308. 
 
 L'enfantdetroisasept. ans. 3 e Edition revue et augmented d'un supplement, 
 
 F. Alcan, Paris, 1894, pp. 330. 
 Le dtfveloppement des id^es abstraites chez 1'eufant,, Rev. Philos., XL., 
 
 449-467. 
 
A PLAN FOB THE STUDY OF MAN. 139 
 
 PERKINS, F. B. Childhood; a study. Atlantic Monthly, vol. 18, 385-395. 
 
 Periodicals on children: Babyhood. Devoted to the care of infants and young chil- 
 dren. 8. New York. Boletin del dispensario y hospital de ninos pobres de 
 Barcelona. Revista qnincenal. Barcelona. Centralblatt fur Kinderheil- 
 knnde (monthly). Leipzig. Childhood. A monthly magazine for parents 
 of all that concerns the welfare of the child. 8. New York. Child Stndy 
 Monthly. Chicago, 111. Dietskaya meditsina, etc. (Medicine of children. 
 Journal dedicated to internal diseases of child age.) 8. Moskva. Gesunde 
 Kinder. Monateblatter fur naturgernasse Kinderpflege in Gesundheit und 
 Krankheit. 8. Magdeburg. Gesunde Kinder (fortnightly). 8. Hamm 
 i. W. Journal de clinique et de therapeutique infantiles (weekly). Paris. 
 Der Kinder- Arzt. Zeitschrift fur Kinderheilkunde (monthly). 8. Berlin u. 
 Neuwied. La me'decine infantile (monthly). 8. Paris. Pediatrics. A 
 semimonthly journal devoted to diseases of infants and children. New 
 York and London. Pedagogical Seminary (published quarterly). Worces- 
 ter, Mass. La pratique de la m^decine infantile (monthly). 8. Paris. 
 Revista de enfermedades de la infancia. 8. Barcelona. 
 
 PETERSSON, O. V. Om vigtsforhallandena hos spiida barn under f first a lefnadsaret. 
 (Relative weight of infants under 1 year of age.) Upsala Lakaref. Forh., 
 1882-83, XVIII, 1-31. 
 
 Ytterligare om vigtsforhallandena hos spada barn under forsta lefnadsaret. 
 
 (Relations of weight of children in first year of age. ) Ibid., 1887-88, XXIII, 
 399-411. 
 
 PFEIFFER, E. Bemerkungen betreffend Wachsthum und Korperwiigungen der Saug- 
 linge. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Leipzig, 1882, n. f., XIX, 142-147. 
 
 PHILLIPS, D. E. The teaching instinct. Pod. Sem., March, 1899. 
 
 PIERCE, JOHN M. Interest of the child in physical training. Am. Physical Ed. 
 Rev., March, 1897, vol. 2, 19-21. 
 
 PINARD, A. A propos du de"veloppement de 1'enfaut. Rev. Scient., Paris, 1896, 4 s., 
 V., 109-111. 
 
 PLOSS, H. Das kleine Kind vom Tragbett bis zum ersten Schritt. Ueber das Legen, 
 Tragen und Wiegen, Gehen, Stehen und Sitzen der kleinen Kinder bei 
 verschiedeuen Volkern der Erde. L. Fernau, Leipzig, 1881, pp. 121. 
 
 Das Kind in Branch und Sitte der Volker. Anthropologische Studien, Leip- 
 
 zig, 1884, 2 vols., 394, 478. 
 PLUMMER, E. M. Toys and games for children among the ancient Hellenes. Am. 
 
 Phys. Educ. Rev., Cambridge, 1898, III, 157-169. 
 POLL, H. Ein neuer Apparat zur Bestimming der Schadel-Capacitat. Verhandl. d. 
 
 Berl. Gesellsch. f. Anthrop., 1896, 615-620. 
 
 POLLOCK, F. An infant's progress in language. Mind, July, 1878, vol. 3, 392-401. 
 PORTER, W. T. On the application to individual school children of the mean values 
 
 derived from anthropological measurements by the generalizing method. 
 
 Pub. Am. Statist. Assn. Boston, 1892-93, n. s., Ill, 576-587. 
 The growth of St. Louis children, Trans. A cad. Sci. St. Louis, St. Louis, Mo., 
 
 1894, VI, 263-380. Also (rev.), New York Med. Jour., 1894, LX, 417-423. 
 
 Physical basis of precocity and dullness. Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, St. 
 
 Louis, Mo., 1893-94, VI, No. 7, 160-181. 
 
 Use of anthropometrical measurements in schools. Educa. Rev., XI, 126. 
 
 The relation between growth of children and their deviation. from the phys- 
 
 ical type of their sex and age. Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, St. Louis, Mo., 
 
 1893, VI, 233-250. 
 Ueber Untersnchungen der Schulkinder auf die Physischen Grundlagen ihrer 
 
 geistigen Entwickelung. Read in Berliner Gessellschaft fiir Anthropologie, 
 
 Ethnologic, and Urgeschichte, July 15, 1893. * 
 
 POTEL, MAURICE. De Taccroissement en poids des enfants ns avant terme. Soc. 
 
 d'Ed. Scient., Paris, 1895, pp.40. 
 
140 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 EMILIE. Finger plays for nursery and kindergarten. (18 plays with 
 
 music.) D. Lothrop Co., Boston, Mass., 1893. 
 POWELL, F. M. Backward and mentally deficient children. Child Stndy Monthly, 
 
 March, 1896, 1, 290-395. 
 
 PROVOST, M. Jennes filles de main. Rev. Encyclop. V, (I), 77-78. 
 PREYER, W. Die geistige Entwickelung in der ersten Kindheit. Union, Stnttgart, 
 
 1893, pp. 201. 
 
 - Die Seele des Kindes, Beobachtnngen uber die geistige Entwickelung des 
 
 Menschen in den ersten Lebensjahren. Vierte Aufl. L. Fernau, Leipzig, 
 1895, pp. 412. 
 - Die Psychologic des Kindes. III. Int. Congr. f. Psychol., 1897, 80-94. 
 
 - Farbenunterscheidung und Abstraktion in der ersten Kindheit. Ztsch. L 
 
 Psychol., 1897, XIV, 321-328. 
 La psychologie de 1'enfant. Rev. Scient., 1896, 4e S, VI, 616-622. 
 
 - Psychogenesis. Jour. Spec. Philos., April, 1881. 
 
 - The development of the intellect. Observations concerning the mental 
 
 development of the human being in the first years of life. (Part II of "The 
 mind of the child.") Tr. from the German by H. W. Brown, New York, 1890. 
 41+317 pp. 12 (International Educational Series, ed. by Wm. T. Harris, Vol. 
 IX.) 
 
 - The senses and the will. (Part I of " The mind of the child.") Tr. by H. W. 
 
 Brown, New York, 1890. 25+346 pp. 12. (International Educational 
 Series, ed. by Wm. T. Harris, Vol. VII.) 
 
 - Mental development in the child. Tr. from the German by H. W. Brown. 
 
 (Intern. Ed. Series, ed. by Win. T. Harris, Vol. XXIV.) New York, 1893. 12. 
 
 pp. 170. 
 PRIOR, MARY D. Notes on the first three years of a child. Ped. Sem., October, 1895. 
 
 Vol. 3,349-341. 
 Proceedings of the International Congress of Education at the World's Columbian 
 
 Exposition. New York, National Educational Association. 
 PROUDFOOT, A. H. A mother's ideals. A kindergarten mother's conception of family 
 
 life. Pub. by the author, 1400 Auditorium, Chicago, 1897, pp. 270. 
 QUETELET, A. Essai de physique sooiale. Paris, 1835, 2 vols. 
 QUEYRAT, F. L'imagination et ses varidtea chez 1'enfant. F. Alcan, Paris, 1893, 
 
 pp. 162. 
 R.EHLMANN, E. Physiologisch-psychologische Studien liber die Entwickelung der 
 
 Gesichtswahrnehmungen bei Kindern und bei operierten Blindgeborenen. 
 
 Zeits. f. Psychologie und Physiologie der Sinnesorgane, February, 1891, vol. 
 
 2, 53-96. 
 
 RANKE. Korpergrosse in Bayern. Beitrage zur Anthropologie Bayerns. Bd. IV. 
 RASSIER, M. Valeur du t&moignage des enfants en justice. Lyons, 1893, pp. 88. 
 RAUDNITZ. Prager medicinische Wochenschrift, 1892, No. 2, 7, und 8. 
 REGIS. Pre"cocit6 psychique rare chez un enfant de deux ans et demi. M<$m. Bull. 
 
 Soc. d. M6de. d. Bordeaux, 1897, 186-195. 
 RENKAUF, A. Abnorme Kinder und ihre Pflege. H. Beyer u. Sohne, Langensalza, 
 
 1893, pp. 19. 
 
 Review of recent literature on child psychology. Psychol. Rev. I., 182-184 ; 425-428. 
 RIBOT, THOMAS. General ideas of infants and deaf mutes. Open Court, March, 
 
 1899, 164-175. 
 RICCARDI, A. Antropologia e pedagogia. Parte Prima. Introduzione ad una sci- 
 
 enza della educazione (Osservazioni psicologiche ; ricerche statistiche; 
 
 misure antropologiche, ecc.). Modena, 1892, pp. 172. 
 RIOCARDI, P. Note antropologiche fatte ad alcuni giovani della Casa di custodia in 
 
 Bologna. Arch, di psichiat., etc. Torino, 1882, III, 151-156. 
 RICCI, CORRADO, I/arte dei bambini. N. Zanichelli, Bologna, 1887, pp. 84. 
 
A PLAN FOB THE STUDY OF MAN. 141 
 
 RICK, J. M. How shall the child he taught! Forum, 1896, XXII, 385-395. 
 
 Economy of time in teaching. Forum, 1897, XXII, 706-712. 
 
 RICHTER, GUSTAV. Unterricht und geistige Ermiidung. Eine sohulmannische Wur- 
 digung der Schrift Kraepelins "Ueber geistige Arbeit." Lehrproben und 
 Lehrgange, Halle A. S., October, 1895, Heft 45, 1-37. 
 
 RISLEY, S. D. Defective vision in school children. Ed. Key., N. Y., April, 1892, 
 vol. 3, 348-354. 
 
 ROBERTS, CHARLES. A manual of anthropometry. London (J. A. Churchill). 
 
 Anthropometry as applied to social and economic questions. Humanitarian, 
 
 III, 422, VIII, 639. 
 Bodily deformities in girlhood. Pop. Sci. Mo., Vol. XXII. 
 
 ROBINSON, L. The primitive child. North Am. Rev., CLIX, 467-478. 
 
 Darwinism in the nursery. 19th Century, November, 1891, vol. 30, 831-842. 
 
 Infantile atavism. Brit. Med. Jour., December 5, 1891, II, 1226-1227. 
 
 ROGO, PRIETO C. Paralelos entre los ninos de las altas esferas sociales y los ninos 
 pobres. Boll. d. Dispens. y Hosp. de ninos pobres de Barcelona, 1895, V, 
 444,465. 
 
 ROLLKT, E. Ueber den Einflnss der Korperlage auf die Ergebnisse der Brustunter- 
 suchung, Deutsches Archiv. fiirkl. med. Bd. XIX, 1877, s. 284. 
 
 ROMANES, G. J. Psychological development in children. Nature, 26: 497. 
 
 ROWE, S. H. Child study: highest phase. Education, June, 1898. 
 
 ROYCK, JOSIAH. Mental defect and disorder from the teacher's point of view. Ed. 
 Rev., N. Y., October, November, December, 1893, vol. 6, 209-222; 322-331; 
 449-463. 
 
 The imitative functions and their place in human nature. Century Maga- 
 zine, May, 1894, vol. 48, (n. s., vol. 26), 137-145. 
 
 RUMA, R. Antropomet. material! dija opredielenija, phizich. razvitija uchashichsja. 
 (Anthropometry; school children.) Shorn, sochin. po sudebnoi med., St. 
 Petersburg, 1880, III, pt. 2, 95-131. 
 
 RUNQK, M. Der erste Schrei und der erste Athemzug. Berl. Klin. Wochenschrf., 
 XXXII, 5. 
 
 RUSCHENBERGER, W. 8. W. Contributions to the statistics of human growth. 
 Amer. Jour. Med. Sci., Philadelphia, 1867, n. s. LIII, 67-70. 
 
 RUSSEL, E. H. Observation and experiment essential in pedagogical inquiry. The 
 Academy, Syracuse, N. Y., September, 1889, vol. 4, 336-348. 
 
 Blanks for the study of children. State Normal School, Worcester Mass. 
 
 > Exceptional children in school. Ed. Rev., N. Y., December, 1893, vol. 6, 
 431-442. 
 
 RTERSON, G. S. Defective vision in the public schools. (Results of examination 
 of 5,253 children in Toronto. Paper read March 22, 1890.) Trans. Canadian 
 Inst., 1889-90. Toronto, 1891. vol. 1, 26-27. 
 
 Study of children at the State Normal School, Worcester, Mass., Pedagog. 
 
 Sem. I, 243. 
 
 SACHS, B. A treatise on the nervous diseases of children, for physicians and stu- 
 dents. Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, London, 1885, pp. 666. 
 
 SACK. Physical development of the children in the middle schools of Moscow. 
 1892. 
 
 SALISBURY, A. A child's vocabulary. Educ. Rev., VII, 289-290. 
 
 SANFORD, E. C. Notes on studies of the language of children. Ped. Sem., 1: 257. 
 
 SANZ DEL Rio. Psicologia del ni&o. Boletin de la Institucidn libre de Ensenanza, 
 1893, 17-19 (No. 383), (and a former article in No. 372). 
 
 SARGENT, D. A. Report on anthropometric measurements. A schedule of measure- 
 ments with directions for making them. Presented by a committee of the 
 A. A. A. P. E M through its chairman, Dr. Sargent, and adopted by the associa- 
 tion, November 26, 1886. Proceedings American Association for Advance- 
 ment of Physical Education, 1886. Brooklyn, N. Y., 1886. II, 6-15. 
 
142 A PLAN FOB THE STUDr OF MAN. 
 
 SARGENT, D. A. Anthropoinetric apparatus, with directions for measuring and test- 
 ing the principal physical characteristics of the human body. Cambridge, 
 Maes'., 1887. 8. 
 
 The physical proportions of the typical man. Scribner's Magazine, July. 
 
 1887. II., 3-17. Illustrated. 
 
 The physical development of women. Scribner's Magazine, February, 1889, 
 
 V. 172-185. 
 
 The physical characteristics of the athlete. Ibid. November, 1887. II, 
 
 541-561. Illustrated. 
 
 Strength tests and strong men at Harvard. J. Bost. Soc. Mod. Sci., 1896-97. 
 
 No. 13. 
 
 SCHAAFHAUSEN, H. Ueber die Urform des menschlichen Schadels. Bonn, 1868. 
 
 SCHAEFEU, F. Arbeitskraft und Schule. Leipsig and Frankfort a. M. 1897. 
 
 SCHAEFFER, O. Ueber die Schwankungabreite der Gewichtsverhultnisse von Situg- 
 lingen in den ersten 14 Lebenstagen, etc. Arch. f. Gynaek. Berlin, 1896, 
 LII, 282-313. 
 
 SCHALLENBERGER, MARGARET E. A study of children's rights as seen by themselves. 
 Fed. Sem., October, 1894, vol. 3, 87-96. 
 
 Professor Baldwin's method of studying the color perception of children. 
 
 Am. J. Psychol., 1897, VIII, 560-576. 
 
 SCHECHTER, S. The child in Jewish literature. Jewish Quarterly, vol. 2, Lon- 
 don, 1889. 
 
 SCHERER, F. Die Respiration des Neugeborenen und Saugliugs; experimentelle 
 Studie. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Leipzig, 1896, XLIII, 471-497. 
 
 SCHERZER, K. und SCHWAKZ, E. On measurements as a diagnostic means of distin- 
 guishing the human races. 1858. (Printed for private circulation.) 
 
 SCHILLER, H. Der Stundenplan. (Samml. v. Abh. pad. Psych, u. Phys., I.) Ber- 
 lin, Reuther u Reichard, 1897, pp. 65. 
 
 SCHINZ, A. La moralite" de 1'enfant. Rev. phil., Paris, 1898, XLV, 259-295. 
 
 SCHMID-MONNARD. Ueber den Einfluss der Jahreszeit und der Schule auf das 
 Wachsthum der Kinder. Verhandl. d, Versamml. d. Gesellsch. fiir Kinderh. 
 Deutsch. Naturf., 1894. 
 
 SCHMIDT, E. Die Korpergrosse und das Gewicht der Schulkinder des Kreises 
 Saalfeld (Herzogthum Meiningen). Arch. f. Anthrop. Brnschwg., 1892-93, 
 XXI, 385-434. 
 
 SCHNEPF. Influence de 1'age sur la capacite vitale des poumons. Gazette m^dicale 
 de Paris. Nr. 2. 1, 25, 39, 1857. 
 
 SCHOLZ, FRIEDRICH. Die Charakterfehler des Kindes. Eine Erziehungslehre fur 
 Haus und Schule. E. H. Mayer, Leipzig, 1891, pp. 233. 
 
 SCHULTZ, G. Bericht fiber die Messungen an Individuen von verschiedenen Nationen. 
 Bull. d. I. classe physico-math^inatique de l'acade"mie imperiale des sciences 
 de St. Pe'tersbourg, IV, 1845. 
 
 Some new anthropometrical data. Yale Med. Jour., New Haven, 1895-96,- 
 
 II, 149. 
 
 SCHUSCHNY, HEINRICH. Ueber die Nervosittit der Schuljugend. Jena, G. Fischer. 
 pp.31. 
 
 SCHUYTEN, C. Influence des variations de la temperature atmosphe'rique sur 1'atten- 
 tion volontaire des eleves. Recherches exp^rimen tales faites dans les e"coles 
 primaires d'Anvers, 1895-1896. Bull, de 1'Acad. Roy des Sciences, des Let- 
 tres et des Beaux- Arts de Belgique, Bruxelles, 1896. 3e serie, vol. 52, 315-326, 
 with two plates. 
 
 SCOTT, COLIN A. The psychology of puberty and adolescence. Proc. N. E. A., 1897, 
 843-851. 
 
 SCOVIL, ELIZABETH F. The care of children. H. Altemus Phila., 1895, pp. 348. 
 
 SCRIPTURE, E. W. Tests on school children. Ed. Rev., N. Y., January, 1893, vol. 5, 
 52-61. 
 
A PLAN FOK THE STUDY OF MAN. 143 
 
 SCRIPTURE, E. W. Untersuchungen iiber die geistige Entwickelung der Schulkiuder. 
 Ztsch. f. Psychol., 1896, X, 161-182. 
 
 Aims and status of child study. Educ. Rev., VIII, 236-239. 
 
 An observation of the terminal verb in infant speech. Science, XXIII, 62. 
 
 Notes on Dr. Gilbert's article. Studies, Yale Psych. Lab., II. 
 
 N T ew materials for color teaching. Educ. Rev., VII, 382-383. 
 
 and SMITH, T. L. and BROWN, E. M. On the education of muscular control 
 
 and power. Studies, Yale Psych. Lab., II. 
 
 SCUDDER, H. M. Childhood in literature and art, with some observations on litera- 
 ture for children. Houghton, Mifflin & Co., Boston, 1894, pp. 245. 
 
 SEARCH, P. W. The Holyoke school children's Christmas annual, 1897. A budget 
 of Christinas stories by real boys and girls. The first Christmas annual of 
 the boys and the girls of the Holyoke schools. Holyoke, Mass., 1897, pp. 96. 
 
 SEARS, CHARLES H. Home and school punishments. Ped. Sem., March, 1899. 
 
 SEAVER, E. P. Truants and incorrigibles. Ed. Rev., N. Y., May, 1894, vol. 7, 423-438. 
 
 SEAVER, J. W. Anthropometry and physical examination. In practical use in 
 connection with gymnasium work and physical education. New Haven, 
 189C, 127 pp. 
 
 Same, new anthropoinetrical data. Yale Med. Jour., New Haven, 1895-96, 
 
 II, 149. 
 
 SEAVER, W. A. Giants and dwarfs. Harper's, XXXIX. 
 
 Secretion of milk in the breast of infants. Brit. Med. Jour., London, 1897, 1, 29. 
 SEGA, V. Sulle misure anthropometriche secdndo il metodo del De Giovanni. Rac- 
 
 coglitore med., 1896, 5. s., XXII, 26-32. 
 SEGUIN, Edward. Rapports et m^moires sur 1' Education des enfants normaux. 
 
 Paris, F. Alcan. 
 Idiocy and its treatment by the physiological method. Wm. Wood <fc Co., 
 
 N. Y., 1866, pp. 457. 
 
 Prenatal and infantile culture. Pop. Sci. Mo., November, 1876, vol. 10, 38-43. 
 
 The psycho-physiological training of an idiotic hand. Archives of Medicine, 
 
 N. Y., 1879, vol. 2, 149-156, with plate. 
 The psycho-physiological training of an idiotic eye. Archives of Medicine, 
 
 December, 1880, vol. 4, 217-233, with 2 plates. 
 SEIGERT, G. Problematische Kindernaturen. Leipzig, 1889. 
 SKLIGMOLLER, A.DOLPH. Wie bewahren wir uns uud unsere Kinder vor Nervenleiden. 
 
 Eduard Trewendt, Breslau, 1891, pp. 60. 
 SEMMIG, HERMANN. Das Kind, Tagebuch eines Vaters. 2te Auri. Hartung und Sohn. 
 
 Rudolstadt, 1876, 240. 
 SERGI, Professor. An anthropological cabinet for pedagogic purposes. Education, 
 
 September, 1896. 
 SERGI, GIUSEPPE. Un primo passoalla pedagogia scientifica e la carta biograna 
 
 Enrico Trevisini, Milano, pp. 35. 
 
 I tramonti cerebral! e la prima educazione. Riv. di Sociol., II, 561-565. 
 
 SHAW, EDWARD R. Vertical script and proper desks as related to education. Proc. 
 
 Am. Assoc. Adv. of Phys. Ed., 10th Ann. Meeting, April, 1896, Concord, N. H., 
 
 1896, 110-123. 
 Some observations upon teaching children to write. Child Study Monthly, 
 
 February, 1896, Vol. I, 226-229. 
 The employment of motor activities in teaching. Pop. Sci. Mo., 1896, L., 
 
 56-66. 
 A comparative study on children's interests. Child Study Mo., 1896, II, 
 
 152-167. 
 SHAW, JOHN C. A test of memory in school children. Ped. Sem., Oct., 1896, vol. 4, 
 
 61-78. 
 
144 A PLAN FOB THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 SHAW, JOHN C. What children like to read. W. Va. School Journal, Charleston, 
 
 W. Va., October, 1897, 17, 5-6. 
 SHINN, MILICKNT W. The visible world of a little child. The Univ. of Cal. Mag., 
 
 March, 1893, vol. 1, 13-18. 
 The baby's mind : A study for college women. A paper presented to the Ass. 
 
 of Collegiate Alumnae, October 27, 1894. Series 2, No. 52 pp. 11. 
 Notes on the development of a child. Part II. The Univ. of California, 
 
 Berkeley, Cal., 89-178. 
 SHUKOVSKI, I. O vzvieshivanii grudnikh dletef, kak mTerilte ikh vozrastania. (On 
 
 weighing infante at breast as an indication of their growth. ) Shorn, sochin. 
 
 po sudebnoi med., St. Petersburg, 1880, ii, pt. 1, 71-98. 
 SHUTTLE WORTH, G. E. Mentally Deficient Children. London, 1895. 
 SIEGKRT, GUSTAV. Die Periodicitat in der Entwickelung der Kindesnatur. Voigt- 
 
 lander, Leipzig. 
 
 Problem der Kinderselbstmorde. Voigtliinder, Leipzig. 
 
 SHUFELDT, R. W. Thirty-five hundred comparative observations on the pulse, res- 
 piration, and temperatures of children. New York Med. Jour., 1891, LIV, 
 258-263. 
 
 SIGISMUND, BERTHOLD. Kind und Welt. Vatern, Miittern und Kinderfreunden 
 gewidmet. Die fiinf ersten Perioden des Kindesalters. F. Vieweg u. Sohn, 
 Braunschweig, 1896, pp. 221. 
 
 Kind und Welt: Fur Eltern und Lehrer, sowie fur Freunde der Psychologic 
 
 mit Einleitung und Aumerkungen neu herausgegeben von Chr. Ufer. F. 
 Vieweg u. Braunschweig, 1897, pp. 199. 
 SIKORSKI, M. L' Evolution psych ique de 1'enfant. Rev. Phil., Mar. and May, 1885. 
 
 Du de"veloppement du Ian gage chez les enfants. Archives de Neurologie, 
 
 November, 1883, vol, 6, 319-336. 
 SIMONOVITCH, J. Stravenie periodov individualnavo, etc. (Comparisons of periods 
 
 of development of the child with the epochs of human development.) 8. 
 
 St. Petersburg, 1884. 
 SIMPSON, WALTER G. A chronicle of infant development and characteristics. Jour. 
 
 of Mental Science, July, October, 1893, vol. 39, 378-389, 498-505. 
 SKINNER, W. H. The Poetic Impulse in Children. Northwestern Jour, of Eduo., 
 
 1896, VII, 14-15. 
 
 SLACK, H. W. Mirror writing and left-handedness. 
 SMALL, MAURICE H. The suggestibility of children. Ped. Sem., December, 1896, 
 
 vol. 4, 176-220. 
 SMEDLEY, F. W. A report of the sensory and motor abilities of the pupils of the 
 
 Chicago University primary school, etc., Trans. 111. Soc. Child Study, 1897, II, 
 
 85-90. 
 
 SMITH, ANNA TOLMAN. A study in race psychology. Pop. Sci. Mo., January, 1897. 
 SMITH, CHARLOTTE. Mental evolution and physical development. Med. Mag., 
 
 London, 1892-93, 1, 920-943. 
 Four true stories of life and adventure. (Stories of Columbus, Capt. John 
 
 Smith, Miles Standish, and Benjamin Franklin, written by children.) W. 
 
 B. Harison, New York, 1897, pp. 106. 
 SMORODINTSCEFF, A. I. Kvoprosu, etc. (Sur le de~veloppement physique des enfants 
 
 fre"quentant les e"coles.) Zapiski Uralsk. Med. Obsh. Vg. Ekaterinburge. 
 
 Perm., 1894, III, pt. 2, 31, 68. 
 SNITKIN, M. Nablyud. nad koleban. viesa novoroshden. dietei v prodol. pervavo 
 
 miesiatsa ich zhizni. (Researches on fluctuations of weight of infants during 
 
 first month of life. ) Med. otchet Imp. St. Petersburg Vosp. Doma, 1873, 
 
 154-178, 1 tab. Materialy dlta izuchen. roeta dietei pervych nedel zhizni. 
 
 ( . . . investigation of growth of infants in first week of life.) Ibid., 
 
 1877, 184-210. 
 ED 98 87 
 
A PLAN FOB THE STUDY OF MAN. 145 
 
 SOAMES, H. A. The scientific measurement of children. 16. London, 1891. 
 
 Societies relating to children (transactions of): American Pediatric Society, Philadel- 
 phia, 1888. Bernard Club School of Child Study, Providence, R. I. Congrfcs 
 p^riodique de gyn6cologie, d'obste'trique et de paediatrie. l re session, Bor- 
 deaux, aout 1895. M6moires et discussions. 8. Paris, 1896. Congreso 
 higi6nico-p6dago"gico. Memorias del primer . . . reunio en la ciudad de M^x- 
 ico el aao de 1882. 8. Mexico, 1883. Congreso j>ediatrico italiano. Atti 
 del ... tenuto in Roma nei giorni 16-19 ottobre, 1890. 8. Napoli, 1891. 
 Gesellschaft fiirKinderheilkunde. Versammlungen der . . . in der padiatri- 
 schen Section auf den Versaininluugen deutscher Naturforscher und Aerzte. 
 8. 1884-1897. Illinois Society for Child Study, Chicago, 111. Iowa Soci- 
 ety for Child Study (circulars of information), Des Homes, Iowa. Neder- 
 landsche Verenigung voor Paediatrie. Voordrachten. Utrecht, 1893. 
 Obshtshestvo DIetskikh Vrachei. (Society of Pediatricians. . . Memoirs.) 
 8. St. Petersburg, 1887-1896. Obshtshestvo DTetskikh Vrachei, etc. 
 (Society of Pediatricians at the Imperial University at Moscow. Memoirs . . . 
 with supplements of the proceedings of the society.) 8. Moskva, 1892- 
 1894. Societa filojatrica in Firenze. Statute sociale appro vato nell' adu- 
 nanza del 22 dicenabre, 1878. 8. Firenze, 1889. 
 
 SOLDEVILLA, CABRERA M. La infancia y la criminalidad. Lerida, 1897, pp. 240. 
 
 SOUTHARD, W. F. The development of the child as modified by the condition of 
 his eyes. Refractionist, Boston, 1896-97, III, 129-144. 
 
 SPENCER, A. G. What state and society owe to children. Lend a Hand, XIV, 34 
 
 SPITZNER. Geistige Ueberanstrengung in den Schulen. Dtsch. Vierteljahrschr. f. 
 Gesundheitspflege, p. 272. 
 
 SPOENDLI, H. Die Schadeldurchmesser des Neugebornen und ihre Bedeutnng. 8. 
 Zurich, 1857. 
 
 STABLE-TON, J. K. Study of boys entering the adolescent period of life. Series of 
 articles in the Northwestern Monthly, Lincoln, Nebr., begun in the issue for 
 November, 1897, vol. 8, 248-250. 
 
 STAGE, G. G. Ueber Korperwagungen wahrend der Dontitionsperiode. Jahrb. f. 
 Kinderh., Leipzig, 1883, n. f., xx, 425-438. 
 
 STENZL, ANTON. Ansteckende Kinderkrankheiten. Belehrung iiber deren Erkent- 
 niss nebst einem Anhang iiber Diiitetik und Prophylaxis. Karl Graeser, 
 Wien, 1883, pp. 39. 
 
 STKPHENSON, W. On the rate of growth of children. Transactions IX Internat. 
 Med. Cong., Washington 1887, III, 446-452. 
 
 On the relation of weight to height and the rate of growth in man. Lancet, 
 
 London, 1888, II, 560-564. 
 
 STETSON, G. R. Some memory tests of whites and blacks. Psych. Review, N. Y., 
 and London, 1897, IV, 285-289. 
 
 STEVENSON, R. L. Child's play. Virginibus Puerisque. C. Kegan Paul <fe Co., 
 London, 1881, 237-260. 
 
 A child's garden of verses. Chas. Scribner's Sons, N. Y., 1893, pp. 101. 
 
 STIEDA, L. Ein Beitrag zur Authropologie der Jnden. Arch. f. Anthr., Bd. XVX, 1882. 
 
 STOCKTON-HOUGH, J. Statistics relating to 700 births occurring in the Philadelphia 
 Hospital (Blockley) between 1865 and 1872. Phila. Med. Times, 1885-86, 
 XVI, 92-94. 
 
 STORMENT, E. L. A record of opinion. Child Study Mo., 1897, II, 474-487. 
 
 STORY, W. W. The proportions of the human figure, according to a new canon, for 
 practical use, with a critical notice of the canon of polycletus, and of the 
 principal ancient and modern systems. London, 1866. 8. 
 
 STREET, J. R. A study in language teaching. Ped. Sem., April, 1897, roL 4, 
 269-293. 
 
 A study in moral education. Ped. Sem., -wol. 5, 5-40. 
 
 S. Doc. 400 10 
 
146 A PLAN FOB THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 STR^MPELL, LUDWIG. Die piidagogische Pathologie oder die Lehre von den Fehlera 
 
 der Kinder. Versuch einer Grundlegung fur gebildete Aeltern, Studirende 
 
 der Padagogik, Lekrer, sowie fur Schulbehorden uud Kinderilrzte. Georg 
 
 Bohme, Leipzig, 1890, pp. 225. 
 STUMPF, C. A propos d'un enfant prodige. Rev. de'l Hypnot., 1897, XII, 85-87. 
 
 Un enfant extraordinaire. Rev. Scient., 1897, 4 e s., II, 336-338. 
 
 SUDBOROUGH, Mrs. G. B. What children imitate. Northwestern Monthly, Lincoln, 
 
 Nebr., vol. 7, 99, 136, 162, 226, 300, and 332. 
 SULIGOWSKI, F. Kilka slow o poraiarach antropometrycznych mlodziezy giinna- 
 
 zyum mezkiego w Radomiu. (The anthropoinetrio measurements of pupils 
 
 in the gymnasium of Radom.) Medycyna, Warszawa, 1887, XV, 512, 528, 
 
 544, 559, 641. 
 SULLEY, J. Babies and science. Cornhill Mag., May, 1881, vol. 43, 539-554. 
 
 Baby linguistics. Eng. Illustrated Mag., Nov., 1884, vol. 2, 110-118. 
 
 The service of psychology to education. Ed. Rev., N. Y., Nov., 1892, vol. 4, 
 
 313-327. 
 
 Infant psychology. Jour, of Educ., 1894, 202-204. 
 
 Studies of childhood. Pop. Sci. Mo., XLV, 323-330, 577-587, 733-742, and XLVI, 
 
 86-97. 
 
 Children's ways. D. Appletou & Co., N. Y., 1897, pp. 193. 
 
 The child in recent English literature. Fortu. Rev., 1897, n. s., LXI, 218-228. 
 
 Untersuchungen iibcr die Kiudheit. Uebors. v. J. Stimpfl. Leipzig, E. Wun- 
 
 derlich, 1897, pp. 374. 
 
 The new study of children. Fortn. Rev., n. s., LVII, 723-737. 
 
 SWAIN, F. Anthropometric measurements. Proc. Ainer. Asso. for Advancement of 
 
 Phys. Ed., 1887, Brooklyn, N. Y., 1887, III, 43-50. 
 TALBOT, E. S. Stigmata of degeneracy in American criminal youth. J. Am. Med. 
 
 Asso., Chicago, 1898, XXX, 849-856. 
 TALBOT, (Mrs.) E. Papers on infant development. Published by the education 
 
 department of the American Social Science Association. Boston, 1882, pp. 52. 
 TARBELL, G. G. On the height, weight, and relative rate of growth of normal and 
 
 feeble-minded children. Proc.,6th Annual Session, Assn. of Med. Officers, 
 
 Am. Institutions for Idiotic and Feeble-Minded Persons. J. B. Lippincott 
 
 & Co., Philadelphia, Pa., 1883, 188-189. 
 
 TAROZZI, G. Trattato di pedagogia e morale. Turin, 2 vols., 236, 375. 
 TAYLOR, H. L. American childhood from a medical standpoint. Am. J. Soc. Sci., 
 
 November, 45 : 323. 
 
 Secret language of children. (Note.) Science, XLIII, 50-51. 
 
 TAYLOR, JOHN M. The insane disorders of childhood. Archives of Pediatrics, 
 
 February, 1894, vol. 2, 100-115. 
 Children of feeble resistance, their care and management. Intern. Med. M. ; 
 
 Phila., 1896, V, 439-464. 
 
 TAYLOR, Miss. The show child. Longman's Magazine, December, 1895. 
 TELFORD-SMITH, T. The scientific study of the mental and physical conditions of 
 
 childhood. Pediatrics, 1897, II, 317-321. 
 TETZNER, F. Geschichte der deutscheu Bildung und Jugenderziehung von der 
 
 Urzeitbis zur Errichtung von Stadtschulen. Giitersloh, Bertelsmann, 1897. 
 TEZYAKOFP,.N. Physical development of the public school pupils of Yelisavetgrad 
 
 county. Vestnik obsh. hig., sudeb. i prakt, 138. 
 
 THAMIN, R. De puerorum indole quaedam notantur. These de doctorat, Sorbonne. 
 Third Annual Congress of the Illinois Society for Child Study. Child Study Mo., 
 
 1896, II, 101-125. 
 THURBER, CHARLES H. Hints on child study. Also study of children's hopes. 
 
 Rept. of State Supt. Pub. Instruction, Albany, N. Y., 1896, vol. 2, 977-1042. 
 
A PLAN FOB THE STtJDY OF MAN. 147 
 
 THUKBKR, CHARLES H. The relation of child study to Sunday-school work. North- 
 western Monthly, September, 1897, vol. 8, 137-141. 
 TIEDEMANN. Die vier ersten Jahre meiner Kinder. (German original not known, 
 
 but translated in Jour. G6ne~ral d'Instruc. Publique, April, 1863; also 
 
 translated into English by Dr. L. F. Soldan, Syracuse.) 
 TIEDEMANN, D. Tiedemann's Beobachtungen ttber die Entwicklung der Seelenthii- 
 
 tigkeit bei Kindern. Altenburg, Bonde, 1897, pp. vij-j-56. 
 TIRKLLI, V. La vitalita dei neonati in rapporto a processi morbosi. Ann. di 
 
 freniat. Torino, 1897, VII, 82-96. 
 TITCHENER, E. B. Anthropometry and experimental psychology. Phil. Rev., 2, 
 
 187. 
 TOLDT. Studien iiber die Anatomic der menscblichen Brustgegeud mit Bezug auf 
 
 die Messung derselben, etc. Stuttgart, 1875. 
 TOLOSA-LATOUR, M. DE. Necessit des e"tudes anthropologiques et aiithropom<$- 
 
 triques, etc. Tr. VII. Intern. Cong. Hyg. and Demog., 1891, London, 1892, 
 
 IV, 254-265. 
 TOLSTOI, L. Boyhood, adolescence and youth. Translated by Constantino Popoff. 
 
 Elliott Stock, London, 1890, pp. 480. American translation by Isabel F. 
 
 Hapgood. T. Y. Crowell and Co., N. Y., 1886, pp. 244. 
 TOMPKINS, A. Culture epochs in the child, and the race. Child Study Mo., I, 
 
 135-139. 
 TOWNSEND, C. W. Some statistics on weight of infants, sex and fetal heart rate. 
 
 Boston M. & S. J., 1896, CXXXI V, 484. 
 Transactions of the Illinois Society for Child Study. Vol. I, No. 2. Handbook. 
 
 New York and Chicago, Werner Co., pp. 85. 
 TRACY, F. The psychology of childhood. 2d ed. Boston, Heath & Co., pp. 170. 
 
 The language of childhood. Am. Jour. Psy., October, 1893, vol. 6, 107-138. 
 
 TRUPER, J. Psychopathische Minderwertigkeiteu im Kindesalter. Eiu Mahnwort 
 
 fur Eltern, Lehrer und Erzieher. C. Bertelsmann, Giitersloh, 1893, pp. 90. 
 TBANOFF, STOYAN V. Educational value of the children's playgrounds. A novel 
 
 plan of character building. Pub. for the author, 1305 Arch st., Phila., Pa., 
 
 1897, pp. 203. 
 TSARKOSKAYA, E. V. Physical development of pupils of military schools. Russian 
 
 text Nopr. new-psich. med. Kiew, 1898, III, 109-114. 
 TUCKER, E. F. Untersuchungen der Augen und Ohren von 1997 Volksschiilern. 
 
 Geschaftsber. d. Centralschulpfl. d. Stadt Zurich im Jahr 1895. Ztsch. f. 
 
 Schulges.-Pfl., 1896, 601. 
 
 The child in story land. Northwestern J. of Educ., 1896, VII, 12-14. 
 
 The development of the number sense. North Western Monthly, Lincoln, 
 
 Nebr., vol. 7, 70, 101, 158, 248, 302, and 333. 
 
 TUCKER, M. S. Pedonomics. Child Study Monthly, April, 1896, vol. 1, 368-373. 
 TUCKERMAN, F. Anthropometric data based upon nearly 3,000 measurements taken 
 
 from students. Amherst, 1888, 1 pi. 8^ . 
 
 TUKEWELL, GERTRUDE M. The State and its children. London, 1894. 
 UFER, CHRISTIAN. Geistesstorungen in der Schule. Ein Vortrag, nebstlS Kranken- 
 
 bildern. J. F. Bergmann, Wiesbaden, 1891, pp. 50. 
 Ueber Sinnestypen und verwandte Erscheiuuivgen. (Heft 3 der Beitriige 
 
 zur piidagog. Pathopsychologie. ) Beyer u. Sohii, Langensalza, 1895, pp. 20. 
 Ueber Handschrift und Individualitat bei Schulkindern. Verhandlungen 
 
 des 3te Intern. Congress fur Psychologic zu Munchen, 1896. J. F. Leh- 
 
 mann, Munchen, 1897, 442-443. 
 
 Kinderpsychologie. Ency. Handb. d. Padagogik, von W. Rein. Langen- 
 salza, 1897, Band 4, 113-123. 
 UFFELMANN, JULIUS. Manual of the domestic hygiene of the child. For the nso, 
 
 of students, physicians, sanitary officials, teachers and mothers. Edited 
 
 by Mary Putnam Jacobi, M. D. ; translated by Harriot R. Miliiio wski. G. P. 
 
 Putnam's Sons, N. Y., 1891, pp. 221. 
 
148 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 UHLITZSCH. Anthropometrische Messungen und deren praktischer Wert. Allg. 
 
 statist. Arch., Tubingen, 1891-92, II, 419-451. 
 VAHL, M. Mittheilungen iiber das Gewicht nicht erwachsener Madchen, 1874-83. 
 
 8. Copenhagen, 1884. 
 VAN LIEW, C. C. Some educational bearings of the principle of imitation. North 
 
 Western Monthly, Lincoln, Nebr., December, 1897, vol. 8, 320-327. 
 
 The child study of Herbart. Trans. 111. Soc. Child Study, 1897, II, 126-135. 
 
 VARRENTKAPP, G. Bericht an die Baudeputation zu Frankfurt am Main zur Beant- 
 
 wortung der Frage iiber die zweckmassigste Einrichtung der Schulbiinke 
 
 und Schultische, 1887, 4, 16 s. (Rev.). (Contains measurements of 3,459 boys 
 
 and 2,448 girls.) Deutsche Vrtljschr. f. off. Gsndhtspflg., Brnschwg., 1872, 
 
 IV, 298-306. 
 VAUGHN, MARION. The mother's record of the physical, mental, and moral growth 
 
 of her child for the first fifteen years. D. Lothrop Co., Boston, Mass., 1882. 
 VAZHNOFF, K. V. On the physique of pupils in the public schools of Yegoryev 
 
 county. Ryazan government, in 1895-6. Vestnik obsh. hig., sudeb. i 
 
 prakt-med., St. Petersburg, 1897, XXXIII, No. 2, 7 sect., 32-44. 
 VIERORDT, K. Physiologie des Kindesalters in C. Gerhardt's Handbuch der Kinder- 
 
 krankheiteti. Tubingen, 1877, Bd. I, S. 83. 
 
 VINAY, C. Psychology of the new-born infant. Med. Week., Paris, 1897, V, 97-101. 
 ViNOGRADOVA-LuKiRSKAYA, L. K voprosu, etc. (Examination of height and weight 
 
 of girls attending hjigh schools.) Vestnik obsh. hig. sudeb. i prakt. med. 
 
 St. Petersb., 1894, XXI, 2 sect., 67: 186. 
 VIRCHOW, R. Gesainintbericht iiber die Farbe der Haut, der Haare und der Angen 
 
 der Schulkinder in Deutschland. Arch. f. Anthr., Bd. XVI. 
 Ueber gewisse die Gesundheit benachtheiligende Einfliisse der Schulen. 
 
 Berlin, 1869. 
 
 Studi antropologici in servizio della pedagogia. Torino, 1898, pp. 126. 
 
 VITALI, V. L'abuse e lo spreco dell' energia intellettuale uelle scuole. Riv. di 
 
 Sociol., 1896,111,495-513. 
 VIURA Y CARRERAS, J. El examen del peso de los ninos durante los primeros mesea 
 
 de la infancia, etc. Rev. de cien. me"d. Barcelona, 1886, XII, 4-11. 
 VOIT, C. VON. Ueber die Periodicitat im Gewichte der Kinder. Miinchen med. 
 
 Wochenschr., 1886, XXXIII, 129-131. 
 VORONOFF, N. G. K voprosu o raznitsie nablyudayemoi v narostanii viesa u grud- 
 
 nich dietei s bolshim i malim viesom. (Maximum and minimum weight 
 
 and growth of infants at the breast. ) Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1883, XX, 324-340. 
 VOSTROVSKY, C. A study of imaginary companions. Educ., XV, 383-398. 
 VROOMAN, F. B. Child life and the kindergarten. Arena, XIII, 292-302. 
 Wagungen und Messungen der Kinder. Gartenlaube, Leipzig, 1895, 303. 
 WALKER, FRANCIS A. Statistics of the colored race in the United States. Amer. 
 
 Statist. Assn., Nos. 11 and 12. 
 WARNER, FRANCIS. Recurrent headaches in children. Brain, October, 1880, vol. 3, 
 
 309-313. Reprint, W. Clowes & Sons, London, 1880, pp. 5. 
 Physical expression : its modes and principles. Int. Sci. Series, vol. 51. D. 
 
 Appleton & Co., N.* Y., 1886, pp. 372. 
 The anatomy of movement: a treatise on the action of nerve centers and 
 
 modes of growth. Three lectures delivered at the Royal College of Sur- 
 geons. K. Paul, Trench & Co., London, 1887, pp. 135. 
 A method of examining children in schools as to their development and brain 
 
 condition. Brit. Med. Jour., September 22, 1888, vol. 2 for 1888, pp. 659, 660. 
 Muscular movements in man and their evolution in the infant. Jour. Mental 
 
 Science, April, 1889, vol. 35, 23-44. 
 A course of lectures on the growth and means of training the mental faculty. 
 
 Delivered in the Univ. of Cambridge. The Macmillan Co., N. Y., 1890, pp. 222. 
 
A PLAN FOB THE STUDY OF MAN. 149 
 
 WARNER, FRANCIS. An inquiry s to the physical and mental condition of school 
 children. Reprint from the Brit. Med. Jour., March 12-19, 1892. Brit. Med. 
 Assn., London, 1892, pp. 14. 
 
 Report to the British Medical Association and Charity Organization Society 
 
 of London, on the physical and mental condition of 50,000 children seen in 
 106 schools of London. Rep. of the Commissioner of Ed. for 1890-91. Wash- 
 ington, 1894, vol. 2, 1081-1138. 
 
 Deviations from normal 'development among 50,000 children. Journal of the 
 
 Anthrop. Institute. Session June 13, 1893. London, 1894, vol. 23, 206-214. 
 
 Report on the scientific study of the mental and physical conditions of child- 
 hood, with particular reference to children of defective constitution, and 
 with recommendations as to education and training. (The report is based 
 upon the examination of 50,000 children, and of another 50,000 seen in 1892- 
 1894. ) Published by the committee, Parkes Museum, Margaret at. W., London, 
 
 1895, pp. 117. 
 
 . Mental and physical condition among 50,000 children seen in 1892-1894, and 
 
 the methods of studying recorded observations, with special reference to the 
 
 determination of the causes of mental dullness and other defects. J. Roy. 
 
 Statist. Soc., 1896, LIX, 125-168. 
 The study of children and their school training. The Macmillan Co., N. Y., 
 
 1897, pp. 264. 
 The study of children and the school training. London and New York, 
 
 1898,pp.xix, 264. 
 Mental and physical deviations from the normal among children in public 
 
 elementary and other schools. Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sci., 1897. London, 1898, 
 
 LXVII, 427-439. 
 
 WARREN, H. C. Notes on child psychology. Amer. Natural., 1897, XXI, 455-460. 
 WEISSENBERG, S. Die Ciidrussischen Juden, Ach. f. Anthrop., 1894-95, XXIII, 
 
 347,531. 
 WEST, G. M. The growth of the breadth of the face. Science, New York, 1891, 
 
 XVIII, 10-11. 
 Eye-tests on school children. American Journal of Psychology, 1892, IV, 
 
 595-596. 
 Worcester (Mass.) school children; the growth of the body, head, and face. 
 
 Science, New York, 1893, XXI, 2-4. 
 Observations on the relation of physical development to intellectual ability, 
 
 made on the school children of Toronto, Canada. Science, 1896, n. s., IV, 
 
 156-159. 
 WHITNEY, A. S. Some practical results of child study. Child Study Monthly, May, 
 
 1896, vol. 2, 14-21. 
 
 WIENER, CHRISTIAN. Das Wachsthum de menschlichen Korpers. Vortrage 
 
 gehalten im naturwissenchaftlichen Verein zu Karlsruhe. Karlsruhe, 1890, 
 
 3-23. 
 WIGGIN, KATE D. The relation of the kindergarten to the public school. C. A. 
 
 Murdock & Co., San Francisco, Cal., 1881, pp. 25. 
 Children's rights. A book of nursery logic. Houghton, M iffl in & Co., Boston, 
 
 Mass., 1893, pp. 235. 
 
 WILDER, ALEXANDER. The life of the unborn child. Childhood. February, 1893. 
 
 The influence of the parents' age upon offspring. Childhood. January, 1894. 
 
 WILKINS, W. W. Comparative measurements of the chest. Transactions New 
 
 Hampshire Medical Society. Manchester, N. H., 1886, 125-130. 
 WILLIAMS, L. A. How to collect data for studies in genetic psychology. Pcd. Sem. f 
 
 1896, III, 419-423. 
 WILLIAMS, JOB. Hereditary deafness, a study. Science, Vol. XVII. 
 
150 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 WII.MARTH, A. W. A report on the examination of 100 brains of feeble minded chil- 
 dren. Alienist and Neurologist, October, 1890, vol. 2, 520-533. Reprint. 
 St. Louis, Mo., 1890, pp. 16. 
 
 WILTSE, SARA E. Hearing. Sound blindness. Under " Experimental." Am. Jour, 
 of Psychology, August, 1888, vol. 1, 702-705. 
 
 Mental imagery of boys. Under "Observations on General Terms," Am. 
 
 Jour, of Psychology, January, 1890, vol. 3, 144-148. 
 
 The place of the story in early education, an'd other essays. Ginn &, Co., 
 
 Boston, 1892, pp. 132. 
 A brave baby. Ginn & Co., Boston, 1894, pp. 142. 
 
 A preliminary sketch of the history of child study in America. Ped. Sem., 
 
 October, 1895, vol. 3, 189-212. 
 
 A preliminary sketch of the history of a child study for the year ending Sep- 
 tember 1, 1896. Ped. Sem., 1896, IV, 111-125. 
 WINDLE, B. C. A. Anthropometric work in schools. Med. Mag., London, 1893-94, 
 
 II, 631-649. 
 
 WINSLOW, ANNA GREEN. Diary of Anna Green Winslow, a Boston school girl o. 
 1771. Edited by Alice Morse Earle. Houghton, Miffim & Co., Boston, 
 1894, pp. 121. 
 WITMER, L. Practical work in psychology. Pediatrics. New York and London, 
 
 1896, I, 462-471. 
 WITTSTOCK, A. Das asthetische Erziehungssystem. Leipzig, Haacke, 1896. 
 
 Zur Frage der iisthetischen Erziehung. Pad. Arch., 1897, XIX, XXXIX, 45. 
 
 WOINARSKI, S. E. A. Z. Some statistics of the length and weight of children born in 
 the Lying-in Hospital, Melbourne, during the first four months of 1879. 
 Austrl. M. J., Melbourne, 1879, n. s., I, 415-420. 
 WOLGAST, H. Zur Pflege der kiinstlerischen Bildung. Die Deutsche Schule, 1897, 
 
 I, 223. 
 
 WOLFE, H. K. Historical sketch of child study. Northwestern J. of Ednc., 1896, 
 VII, 9-12. 
 
 Simple observations and experiments. Northwestern J.of Eduo., 1896, VII, 
 
 36-37. 
 
 WOLFF, HERMANN. Ueber das Seelische im Kinde. F. Tempsey, Prag, 1881, pp. 35. 
 WOLFE, H. K. The color vocabulary of children. Univ. of Nebraska Studies, July, 
 1890, vol. 1, 205-234. 
 
 Study of children. Education, Boston, Deo., 1890, vol. 11, 201-207. 
 
 Common defects of school children. North Western Monthly, Lincoln, Nebr., 
 
 vol. 7, 22, 69, 137, 161, and 274. 
 
 Heredity. North Western Monthly, Lincoln, Nebr., October, 1897, vol. 8, 
 
 200-205. 
 
 WOOD, M. ANNA. Anthropometric table, compiled frdm the measurements of 1,100 
 Wellesley College students (female), arranged according to bodily heights. 
 1890. No imprint. 
 
 Anthropometric table, arranged after the method of percentile grades, of the 
 
 measurements of 1,500 Wellesley College students -(female). No date; no 
 imprint. 
 
 Statistical tables concerning the class of 1891 of Wellesley College, number- 
 ing 104 women. 16 p. 4. No imprint. 
 
 Statistical tables, showing certain measurements of 40 freshmen (female) of 
 
 Welesley College, at the beginning (November, 1891) and end (May, 1892) of 
 six months of gymnastic training. 1892, 7 p. 4. No imprint. 
 WORRELL, J. P. Deafness among school children. Transactions Ind. State Medical 
 
 Soc. 33d annual session, Indianapolis, Ind., 1883, 25-33. 
 
 WYCKOFF, ADELAIDE E. Infant study in the class room. Ped. Sem., December, 
 1893, vol. 2, 454-455. 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 151 
 
 YALE, LEROY M. (Editor.) Nursery problemg. Contemp. Pub. Co., New York and 
 
 Philadelphia, 1893, pp, 274. 
 
 YODBR, A. H. The story of the boyhood of great men. Ped. Sem., Ill, 134-156. 
 ZACHARIAS, O. Ueber Periodicitiit in der Gewichtszunahme bei Kindern. Monatl. 
 
 Mitth. a. d. Gesammtgeb. d. Naturw., Berl., 1888-89, VI, 35; 57. 
 ZANKE. Ueber Messung des Schadelinnerraums. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipzig, 1897, 
 
 XVI, 488-491. 
 ZELBNSKI, M. Nauch. metod dlla opred. znach. vesa tela/kak priznaka zdorovya 
 
 ill boliez. organ. (Scientific method of ascertaining weight of body (of 
 
 infants) and its importance in indicating health or diseased organism.) 
 
 Trudi vtor. syezda russk. vrach. v Mosk., 1887, II, Ped., 18-29. 
 ZHUKOOSKI, I. O vzvleshivanii grudnikh dieter, kak mlerille ikh vozraatania [on 
 
 weighing infants at breast as an indication of their growth] Shorn, sochin. 
 
 po sudebnoi med. St. Petersburg, 1880, II, pt. 1, 71-98. 
 ZURCHER, A. Die Augen der Cantonsschuler, in Bezug auf ihre Refraction unter- 
 
 sucht. Mitteil. d. Aargauisch. Naturf. Ges., 1896, Heft 2, Aarau, Sauer- 
 
 liinder & Co., 1896. 
 
MORE RECENT LITERATURE ON CHILD STUDY. 
 
 AICHENWALD, J. [Die moralische und geistige Individuality des Schiilers.] Wjest- 
 
 nik Wospitania. 
 
 AMENT, W. Zukunft der Kinderpsychologie. Piidag.-psychol. Stud., 4-6. 
 D' ARRAS, P. H. Une ame d'enfant. Jean-Marie Langlois, 61eve de huitieme & 
 
 l'6cole libre Saint- Joseph , de Boulogne-sur-Mer. Paris, V. Retaux. 
 BARNES, E. Children's ideals. Pedag. Sern., VII, 3-12. 
 BLUM, E. Le mouvement pedalogique et pdagogique. Rev. philos., XLIX, 621- 
 
 636; L, 47-62. 
 
 BRYAN, E. B. Nascent stages and their eignificance. Pedag. Sem., VII, 357-396. 
 BUCHNER, E. F. Function of child-study associations. School J., LXI, 111-113. 
 
 Attitudes towards child study. Syracuse Clinic, 1899, II, 40-42, 76-77. 
 
 BURK, C. F. The collecting instinct. Pedag. Sem., VII, 179-207. 
 
 COLOZZA, G. A. Psychologic und Piidagogik des Kinderspiels. Deutsch v. Chr. Ufer. 
 
 Altenburg, Bonde. Pp. 267. (Internat. Piidag. Bibliothek v. Ufer, 2.) 
 COMPAYRE, G. Die Entwickelung der Kindesseele. Uebers. v. Chr. Ufer. Alten- 
 burg, Bonde. Pp. 460. 
 
 CROSWELL, T. R. Amusements of Worcester school children. Pedag. Sem., VI, 314., 
 DEAHL, J. N. Imitation in education. (Columbia Univers. Contrib. to Philos., 
 
 etc.) New York, Macmillan Co.; Berlin, Mayer & Miiller. Pp. 103. 
 DODD, C. T. School children's ideals. National Rev., XXXIV, 875-889. 
 EMMONS, B. E. Humane instincts of children. J. of Pedag., XIII, 110-116. 
 GALE, M. C. and H. The vocabularies of two children of one family to two and a 
 
 half years of age. Psychol. Stud, by Gale, 70-117. 
 GROSZMANN, M. P. E. The ethics of child study. Monist, XI, 65-86. 
 GRUNEWALD, H. Ueber den Kinderfehler der Grausamkeit. Kinderfehler, V, 38-41. 
 
 Ueber den Kinderfehler des Eigensinns. Kinderfehler, 205-209. 
 
 GUTBERLET, C. Zur Psychologic des Kindes. (Schluss.) Philos. Jahrbuch, XIII, 
 
 22-36. 
 HOLDEN, W. A., and BOSSE, K. K. The order of development of color perception 
 
 and of color preference in the child. Arch, of Ophthalm., XXIX, 261-278. 
 KEMSIES, F. Beobachtung der Kindesseele. Die Woche. 
 KIRKPATRICK, E. A. Individual tests of school-children. Psychol. Rev., VII, 274- 
 
 280. 
 KRAUSE, F. Das Leben der menschlichen Seele u. ihre Erziehung. Psychol. -pildag. 
 
 Briefe. 2. Th. : Das Gefiihls- u. das Willensleben. Dessau, Anhalt. Ver- 
 
 lagsanstalt. Pp. 392. 
 LINDNER, G. Randbemerkungen zu Stimpfl: Werth der Kinderpsychologie fiir den 
 
 Lehrer. Padag. Bl. f. Lehrerbildung, 421-428. 
 
 LOMBROSO, P. La psicologia dei bambini poveri. Nuova antologia (1. April). 
 MCDONALD, A. Neuere amerikanische Arbeiten auf dem Gebiete der Kinderfor- 
 
 schung. Zeitschr. f. padag. Psychol., 112-121. 
 152 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OP 'MAW. 153 
 
 MACDONALD, A. Children with abnormalities, etc. Med. Times and Register, June, 
 
 1899. 
 - I fanciulli delle scuole de Washington. La rivista moderna, Italy, 1899. 
 
 El estudio de los nifios. "Boletin del Institute cientffico y literario Porfirio 
 
 Diaz." Toluca, Mexico; also same in Revista de la instruction publica mexi- 
 cana, Octubre 15, 1901, Mexico. 
 
 Un laboratorio para investigaciones sociologicas, m^dicas y jurfdicas. Bole- 
 
 tfn del Institute cientffico y literario, etc., Marzo, 1902. 
 
 A study of children. Everybody's Magazine, June, 1901. 
 
 Measurements of girls in private schools, etc. Boston Med. Journal, August 
 
 1, 1901. 
 
 Measurements of Chattanooga school children. Amer. Medicine, Philadel- 
 
 phia, February 22, 1902. 
 
 Hearing on bill (H. R. 14798) to establish a laboratory for the study of the 
 
 criminal pauper and defective classes, before Committee on the Judiciary, 
 April 25, 1902. 
 
 MONROE, W. S. Das Studium der Kinderpsychologie in amerikanischen Normal- 
 schulen (Seminarien). Zeitschr. f. padag. Psychol. u. Pathol., II, 80-41. 
 
 Status of child study in Europe. Pedag. Sem., VI, 372. 
 
 Individual child study. Jour, of Pedagogy, Syracuse, N. Y., XII. 
 MUNCH, W. Ueber Menschenart u. Jugendbildung. Neue Folge vermischter Auf- 
 
 siitze. Berlin, R. Gaertner. Pp. 384. 
 
 Jenseits der Schule, Seitenblicke eines Piidagogen auf Menschenart und Men- 
 
 schenleben. Jahrb. f. klass. Philologie, II. Abth., 513-527. 
 NEUFELD, A. 2. Versammlung des allgemeinen deutschen Vereins f. Kinderfor- 
 
 schung. Kinderfehler, 214-224. 
 SCHMIDKUNZ, H. Aus der Seelengeschichte der Jugend. Nord u. Si'id (December),. 
 
 369-384. 
 SCHUMACHER, T. Was ich als Kind erlebt. Stuttgart, Deutsche Verlagsanstalt. 
 
 Pp. 378. 
 
 SHINN, M. W. The biography of a baby. Boston, Houghton, Mifflin. Pp. 247. 
 STIMPFL, J. Der Werth der Kinderpsychologie fiir den Lehrer. Piidag. Bl. f. Leh- 
 
 rerbildg. (18), 257-270, 334-346. Auch sep.: G.otha, E. F. Thienernann. 
 
 Pp. 28. 
 STUMPF, C. Zur Methodik der Kinderpsychologie. Zeitschr. f. piidag. Psychol. u. 
 
 Pathol., II, 1-21. 
 
 VOGT, TH. Interesseund Vollkommenheit. Piidag. Stud., n. F., XXI, 253-262. 
 ZIEGLER, K. Zum Egoismus einziger Kinder. Kinderfehler, V, 89-101. 
 
 ADOLESCENCE. 
 
 CHAMBERS, W. G. Children's attitude toward punishment. Jour. Childhood and 
 
 Adolescence, April, 1902. 
 CHASE, SUSAN F. Adolescence; its problems, etc., applied to reading matter. Jour. 
 
 Childhood and Adolescence, January, 1902. 
 
 COE, G. A. Adolescence; the religious point of view. Jour. Childhood and Ado- 
 lescence, January, 1902. 
 DOUCHEZ. Croissance des eleves d'une e"cole professionnelle pendant 1'annee scolaire. 
 
 Bull! Soc. e"tude psychol. de 1'enfant, 1901, I, 34-41. 
 ENGELMANN. Rapport du developpement mental au developpement fonctionnel chez 
 
 la jeune fille americaine. Analyse de 12,000 cas de l e menstruation. Ann. 
 
 de gynScol. et d'obstet., 1901, LV, 30-44. 
 HALL, MRS. W. S. The vocabulary of a six-year old boy. Jour. Childhood and 
 
 Adolescence, January, 1902. 
 HAMILTON, A. McL. The neurotic indications of pre-senility. Med. Record, 1901, 
 
 LX, 1001-1003. 
 
154 A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 LA FETRA, L. E. Adolescence; a brief consideration of its physiology, morbidity, 
 etc. N. Y. Teacher's Monographs, October, 1901. 
 
 LIBBY, M. F. Shakespeare and adolescence. Pedag. Sem., June, 1901. 
 Shakespeare and adolescence. Pedag. Sem., 1901, VIII, 163-205. 
 
 MARRO, A. La puberte chez 1'homme et chez la femme. (Trad, de 1'italien. ) Paris, 
 
 Schleicher, 1901. 
 - Puberty psychoses. Alien, and Neurol., 1900, XXI, 658-660. 
 
 MUHLMANN, M. TJeber die Ursache des Alters. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1900. 
 Pp. 195. 
 
 PICKETT, W. A study of the insanity of adolescence. J. of Nerv. & Ment. Dis., 
 1901, XXVIII, 440-454. 
 
 SMEDLEY, F. W. Unidexterity versus ambidexterity. Jour. Childhood and Ado- 
 lescence, January, 1902. 
 
 SWIFT, E. J. Some criminal tendencies of boyhood; a study in adolescence. Pedag. 
 Sem., 1901, VIII, 65-91. 
 
 TANNER, AMY E. The problem set by one adolesent. Jour. Childhood and Ado- 
 lescence, April, 1902. 
 
 VOISIN, J. Puberty psychoses. Alien, and Neurol., 1900, XXI, 653-657. 
 
 YODER, A. H. "The incorrigibles. " Jour. Childhood and Adolescence, January, 
 1902. 
 
 CHILD PSYCHOLOGY. 
 
 ALLEN, E. The pedagogy of myths in the grades. Pedag. Sem., 1901, VIII, 258-277. 
 
 AMENT, W. Die Entwicklung der Pflanzenkenntnis beim Kinde und bei \ 7 61kern. 
 (Abh. a. d. Geb. d. padag. Psychol., IV, 4.) Berlin, Reuther & Reichard, 
 1901. Pp. 60. 
 
 BAER, A. Der Selbstmord im kindlichen Lebensalter. Leipzig, G. Thieme, 1901. 
 Pp. 84. 
 
 BAGINSKY, A. Ueber Suggestion bei Kindern. Zeitschr. f. padag. Psychol., 1901, 
 III, 97-103. 
 
 BAG LEY, W. C. On the correlation of mental and motor ability in school children. 
 Amer. J. of Psychol., 1901, XII, 193-205. 
 
 BARNES, EARL. A forgotten student of child study. Paidologist, November, 1901. 
 
 Rewards and punishments. Kindergarten Rev., June, 1902. 
 
 BELOT. Dessins d'enfants. Bull. Soc. etude psychol. de 1'enfant, 1901, I, 50-59. 
 
 BENNETT, BEULAH. Value of child study to the primary Sunday school teacher. 
 Kindergarten Mag., 1901, XIII. 
 
 BERLIN PEDAGOGICAL SOCIETY (REPORT OF). The first comprehensive attempts at 
 child study. Report of the Commissioner of Education for 1900-1901. 
 
 BESNARD, A. Dessins d'enfants. Revue universelle, 1901, I, 817-823. 
 
 BEVAN, J. O. Periodic metric observation of children. Paidologist, April, 1901. 
 
 BINET, A. Recherches complementaires de cephalometrie sur 100 enfants d'intelli- 
 gence inegale, choisis dans les ecoles primaires du departement de Seine-et- 
 Marne. Annee psychol., 1900 (1901), VII, 375-402. 
 
 Recherches de cephalometrie sur 60 enfants d'elite et arrie'res des Ecoles pri- 
 maires de Paris. Ann<e psychol., 1900 (1901) , VII, 412-429. 
 
 Recherches de cephalometrie sur 26 infants d'e"lite et arrieres des ecoles pri- 
 maires de Seine-et-Marne. Anne"e psychol., 1900 (1901), VII, 403-411. 
 
 Recherches pr^liminaires de cephalometrie sur 59 enfants d' intelligence 
 
 inegale, choisis dans les 4coles primaires de Paris. Annee psychol., 3900 
 (1901), VII, 369-374. 
 
 BLUMML, E. K. und ROTT, A. J. Die Verwendung der Pflanzen durc'h die Kinder in 
 Deutschbohmen und Niederosterreich. Ztschr. d. Ver. f. Volkskunde (Ber- 
 lin), XI (1901), 49-64. 
 
A PLAN FOR THE STUDY OF MAN. 155 
 
 BOAS, F. The mind of primitive man. Jour. Amer. Folk-Lore, XIV (1901), 1-11; 
 
 also Science (N. Y.), n. s., XIII, 281-289. 
 
 BOUSER, F. G. A study of youthful friendships. Pedag. Sem., June, 1902. 
 CARMAN, E. KATE. Notes on school activity. Pedag. Sem., March, 1902. 
 CHAMBERLAIN, A. F. Some recent anthropometric studies. Pedag. Sem., 1901, 
 
 VIII, 239-257. 
 
 - Use of plants by children. Jour. Amer. Folk-Lore, XIV (1901), 132-138. 
 
 A condensed translation with English alphabetical arrangement of No. 1. 
 
 CROTHERS, S. M. The humors of childhood. Kindergarten Rev., May, 1902. 
 
 DEMOOR, J. Die anormalen Kinder und erziehliche Behandlung in Haus und Schule. 
 Altenburg, O. Bonde, 1901. Pp. 292. 
 
 DEMOOR & DANIEL. Les enfants anormaux a Bruxelles. Annee psychol., 1900 
 (1901), VII, 296-313. 
 
 ELLIS, G. HAROLD. Fetichism in children. Pedag. Sem., June, 1902. 
 
 ERDMANN, B. Die Psychologic des Kindes und die Schule. Bonn, F. Cohen, 1901. 
 Pp. 51. 
 
 FERRIANI. Amour chez les enfants. La revue, 1901, XXXVIII, 257-264. 
 
 FORBUSH, W. B. The boy problem. A study in social pedagogy. (2d ed.) Bos- 
 ton, Pilgrim Press, 1901. Pp. 194. 
 
 GODIN, P. Le role de Panthropometrie en Education physique. Bull, et mem. Soc. 
 
 ; d'anthrop. de Paris, 5 e s., II (1901), 110-134. 
 
 HANCOCK, J. A. Observation of school children. Pedag. Sem., September, 1901. 
 
 - Observation of school children. Pedag. Sem., 1901, VIII, 291-340. 
 HEMPRICH, K. Die Kinderpsychologie in ihrer Bedeutung f fir Unterricht und Erzie- 
 
 hung. Dessau, Oesterwitz & Voigtlander (1900). Pp. 42. 
 HERFORD, C. Development of the will between the ages five and thirteen. Paid- 
 
 ologist, July, 1901. 
 HOFER, MARI RUEF. Study of children's games as played in Chicago's crowded 
 
 districts. Kindergarten Mag., October, 1901. 
 JORDON, W. R. Children's tunes. Paidologist, April, 1902. 
 KOREN, A. Die Korperliinge norvegischer Soldaten. Corrbl. d. deutschen Ges. f. 
 
 Anthrop., XXX (1901), 46. 
 KRAUSKOPF, C. C. Hearing defects of school children. Jour. Childhood and 
 
 Adolescence, April, 1902. 
 
 LEE, JOSEPH. Moral infancy. Kindergarten Mag., June, 1902. 
 LOBSIEN, MARX. Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Gedachtnissentwicklung 
 
 bei Schulkindern. Ztschr. f. Psychol. u. Physiol. d. Sinnesorgane, XXVII, 
 
 1901. 
 LOTI, P. (SMITH, C. F., trans.) The story of a child. Boston, C. C. Birchard & 
 
 Co., 1901. Pp. 304. 
 MACDONALD, ARTHUR. Anthropometrical and psycho-physical study, with an 
 
 investigation of Washington school children. The Calcutta Review, Cal- 
 
 utta, July, 1899. 
 
 - El estudio experimental del nino. Boletm de ensenanza primaria, Monte- 
 
 video, Mayo y Junio, 1899. 
 
 Estudio antropologico y psico-fisico de los nifios de las escuelas de Wash- 
 
 ington. Boletm de la Institution libre de ensenanza, Madrid, 1899. 
 
 - Experimental study of children. The School World, London, July 15, 1899. 
 
 Observations et experiences psycho-physiologiques sur les enfants. Rev. 
 
 scientifique, Paris, 15 juillet 1899. 
 
 Om Maaling af Bern. I Anledning af en Unders0gelse af Skoleborn i Wash- 
 
 ington. Vor Ungdom, Kopenhagen, 1899. 
 
 MACHADO, B. Notas d'um pae as creancas. Coimbra, Imprensa da Universidade, 
 1901. Pp. 511. 
 
156 A PLAN FOB THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 MACVANNEL, J. A. The development of the child mind. N. Y. Teacher's Mono- 
 graphs, October, 1901." 
 
 MONROE, WILL S. Notes on child study in Europe. Pedag. Sem., December, 1901. 
 MORGAN, LLOYD. Child study. Paidologist, July, 1901. 
 MURRAY, GERTRUDE. Contents of certain Southern children's minds. Kindergarten 
 
 Mag., April, 1902. 
 
 Noss, THEO. B. Child study record. California, Pa., 1900. 
 No YES, W. B. An introduction to the "psychological study of backward children. 
 
 N. Y. Med. J., 1901, LXXIII, 1076-1080. 
 O'GRADY, C. GERALBINE. Necessary elements in work and play, etc. Kindergarten 
 
 Mag., Oct., 1901. 
 
 PAGE, LA F. Diseases of the upper air passages in relation to mental develop- 
 ment. Ann. of Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., 1901, X, 268-273. 
 PAULHAN, F. La suggestibility d'apres M. A. Binet. Rev. philos., 1901, LII, 290- 
 
 310. 
 
 POPE, F. M. The physical causes of the slighter forms of mental defects in chil- 
 dren. Lancet, 1901, CLXI, 11-18. 
 PROUDFOOT, FLORENCE E. The playthings of Japanese children. Child-Garden, 
 
 May, 1902. 
 REIK, H. O. Report on the examination of the ears of 440 school children. Bull. 
 
 Johns Hopkins Hosp., XI, 318-321. 
 RICHMOND, E. The mind of a child. London & New York, Longmans, Green & Co., 
 
 1901. Pp. 176. 
 
 ROBERTSON, -S. A. The money sense in children. Paidologist, April, 1901. 
 ROKOW, G. Die Mmderwerthigkeit der Schuler und ihre Griinde. (Russ.) Wjestnik 
 
 Wospitania (2). 
 SCHLIZ, A. Eine Schulkinderuntersuchung zum Zweck der Rassenbestimmung nach 
 
 Farben complexion und primaren Korpermerkmalen. Arch. f. Anthr. 
 
 (Brnschwg.), XXVII (1901), 191-209. 
 Messungen und Untersuchungen an Schulkindern. Corrbl. d. deutschen 
 
 Ges. f. Anthrop., XXX, 102-103. 
 SCHMID-MONNARD. Ursachen der Minderbegabung von Schulkindern. Ztschr. f. 
 
 Schulgesundheitspfl. , 552-557. 
 SCHREUDER, A. J. Wcrrit W., ein psychopatisch minderwerthiger Knabe der 
 
 offentlichen Schule. Kinderfehler, 119-133. 
 SCHUYTEN, M. C. La force musculaire des eleves & travers I'anne'e. C. r. IV e Con- 
 
 gres int. de psychol., 1900 (1901), 432-434. 
 SIMON. Experiences de copie. Essai d' application il Pexamen des enfants arriere"s. 
 
 Annee psychol., 1900 (1901), VII, 490-518. 
 L' interpretation des sensations tactiles chez des enfants arrieY4s. Anne 
 
 psychol., 1900 (1901), VII, 537-558. 
 Recherches cephalometriques sur les enfants arrie're's de la colonie de Vau- 
 
 cluse. Annee psychol., 1900 (1901), VII, 430-489. 
 SLAUGHTER, J. W. The moon in childhood and folklore. Amer. Jour. Psych., 
 
 April, 1902. 
 SMEDLEY, F. W. What aspects of child study are practicable for normal schools. 
 
 Jour. Childhood and Adolescence, April, 1902. 
 
 SULLY, J. Child-study and education. Internat. Mo., 1901, III, 314-343. 
 SWIFT, E. J. Some criminal tendencies of boyhood. Pedag. Sem., March, 1901. 
 THORNDIKE, E. The study of children. (Teachers College Record.) Ne\v York, 
 
 Columbia Univ. Press, 1901. Pp. 110. 
 THORNDIKE, E. L. Notes on child study. (Columbia Univ. Contrib. to Philosophy, 
 
 VIII, Nos. 3-4.) New York, Macmillan Co., 1901. Pp. 157. 
 
A PLAN FOB THE STUDY OF MAN. 157 
 
 TRACY, F. Psychology of childhood. (5th ed.)" Boston, D. C. Heath & Co., 1901. 
 
 Pp. 186. 
 
 TRASK, MARY J. What is a good child? Kindergarten Rev., September, 1901. 
 VASCHIDE, N., & PELLETIER, M. Contribution experimental e a Pe"tude des signes 
 
 physiques de 1' intelligence. C. r. Acad. d. sci., 1901, CXXXIII, 551-553. 
 WALKER, M. R. Caution in child study. Paidologist, April, 1902. 
 WARDLE, P. Tools and a boy. Kindergarten Mag., January, 1902. 
 WILSON, L. N. Bibliography of child study for the year'1899. Pedag. Sem., 1900, 
 
 VII, 526-556. 
 
 WITHERS, O. Children's early drawing. Paidologist, April, 1902. 
 WOOD, Mrs. STELLA. Instances of self-making in young children. Kindergarten 
 
 Mag., November, 1901. 
 
 WYCKOFF, ADELAIDE E. Children's ideals. Pedag. Sem., December, 1901. 
 WYLIE, A. R. T. Psychology and pedagogy of the blind. Pedag. Sem., 1902, IX, 
 
 127-160. 
 
 YOUNG, S. Children's attitude towards rewards. Paidologist, April, 1901. 
 ZURICHER, G. Kinderlied und Kinderspiel im Kanton Bern. Nach miindlicher 
 
 Ueberlieferung gesammelt. (Schriften der Schweizerischen Gesellschaft 
 
 fur Volkskunde, II.) Zurich, 1902. Pp. 168. 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 SENATORS AND REPRESENTATIVES FAVORING PLAN. 
 
 The following gentlemen in Congress, or formerly so, have written letters to the 
 Department favoring the work: 
 
 Senators. Hon. George F. Hoar, Hon. Augustus O. Bacon, Hon. T. C. Platt, Hon. 
 Boies Penrose, Hon. Matthew S. Quay, Hon. John C. Spooner, Hon. H. D. Money, 
 Hon. Thomas S. Martin, Hon. J. C. S. Blackburn, Hon. Charles F. Manderson, Hon. 
 David Turpie, Hon. James H. Kyle, Hon. Lee Mantle, Hon. Justin S. Morrill, Hon. 
 George L. Shoup, Hon. N. C. Blanchard, Hon. R. F. Pettigrew. 
 
 Representatives. Hon. David B. Henderson, Hon. George W. Kay, Hon. Sereno E. 
 Payne, Hon. J. H. Southard, Hon. E. Stevens Henry, Hon. Irving P. Wanger, Hon. 
 William A. Stone, Hon. R. W. Tayler, Hon. Amos J. Cummings, Hon. Marriott 
 Brosius, Hon. Case Broderick, Hon. N. M. Curtis, Hon. John K. Cowen, Hon. Uriel S. 
 Hall, Hon. Henry C. Brewster, Hon. H. S. Greenleaf, Hon. John Van Vorhis, Hon. 
 H. W. Rusk, Hon. Foster V. Brown, Hon. John L. McLaurin 
 
 OPINIONS OF SCIENTIFIC JOURNALS. 
 
 The Revue de Psychologic Clinique et Therapeutique, of Paris, says: " That which 
 authorizes us to ask as to the application of Juvenal's aphorism, mens sana in copore 
 sano, is the knowledge of the relation of the physical t< > the psychical indicated by 
 the presence of numerous degenerative stigmata in individuals attacked with some 
 abnormal mental condition or derangement. The scientific verification of these 
 relations is an acquisition of very recent date; it rests entirely upon the progress of 
 anthropology, for this science has taken to itself a part of psychological examination, 
 which we shall undertake to explain by giving a review of the method of MacDonald. 
 
 "It is necessary to assure ourselves of the influence of educational methods for 
 two reasons because education is concerned with the physical, mental, and moral 
 development of individuals, who are an integral part of society and possess its power 
 of regeneration, and because educational processes tend to place young persons in 
 the condition of artificial life, which from every point of view it is necessary to 
 analyze thoroughly in order to know which of these processes and respective con- 
 ditions are related to social degeneracy or regeneration." 
 
 The Medical Record, of New York, says: "Such a large number of careful and 
 complete measurements of school children have not been made for some time, and 
 the author of this report is to be congratulated upon his achievement. From a 
 strictly scientific point of view such statistics are of inestimable value, and it is rare 
 to find an investigator with patience enough to undertake the task. It is one of the 
 fundamental principles of general science that a knowledge of individual factors is 
 necessary for the forming of correct generalizations. In sociological science, in 
 ethics, and in many related domains such careful individual studies have yet to be 
 made. The present study will prove of help to the educator." 
 
 The Centralblattfiir Anthropologie. Ethnologic und Urgeschichte (Germany) says: 
 "The report of the Commissioners of Education for 1897-98 contains an extraordi- 
 narily weighty work of MacDonald' s on anthropometrical and psychophysical 
 observations on children. In addition to the investigations specially undertaken on 
 Washington children, the author has given in a praiseworthy way an account of the 
 results of measurements of children in general, a list of useful psychophysical instru- 
 ments, and a comprehensive bibliography. 
 
 "This work is so rich in facts that it is impossible in one review to enter into 
 details. The report, therefore, can bring out only the principal results. 
 MacDonald' s work will form a guide and valuable help to every one who is engaged 
 in the elevation of the schools." 
 
 159 
 
160 A PLAN FOB THE STUDY OF MAN. 
 
 The Boston Medical and Surgical Journal says: " Such work as this is of unques- 
 tioned Value. Much may, no doubt, be learned through painstaking investigations 
 of this sort regarding the general subject of sensation. The results of such experi- 
 ments should always be borne in mind by the physician, who is at times too prone 
 to detect differences where in fact they do not exist. Such an accurate investigation 
 as the foregoing among persons below the normal average of health would certainly 
 reveal many facts of interest. We are all dimly conscious that individuals differ 
 in their reactions to painful stimuli, but we are much in need of a standard to which 
 any given case may be applied, and such a standard is only to be attained by the 
 careful study of great numbers of persons both in health and disease." 
 
 La Policlinique, of Brussels, says: "Paidology, or the science of childhood, is a 
 new science; it seeks to substitute for the ensemble of traditional truths a series of 
 principles established by rigorous observations and experiment, destined to become 
 the positive basis of doctrines and sure methods. 
 
 "It is due to an official initiative that works can be undertaken like, for example, 
 an experimental study of children published very recently in the United States by 
 Arthur MacDonald, of the Bureau of Education, of Washington. 
 
 "The facts brought out in this work are not vague impressions, but the translation 
 of a very considerable number of observations tabulated according to numerous 
 classes and graphically and very suggestively expressed in schemes. The reader may 
 see how a science proceeds in formation. Some of the truths are very incomplete, 
 puerile often, in appearance of minimal importance perhaps; recorded without regard 
 to logical sequence, not for the purpose of demonstrating a fact. Should those veri- 
 ties confirm a fact already known, of the most common observation, they bring to 
 the convictions of each one of us the precision of figures and constitute documents 
 that can not be assailed. 
 
 "Nothing is more curious, also, at this first stage of a science than to see an investi- 
 gation undertaken with a preconceived intention result in unexpected conclusions 
 absolutely opposed to the conceptions of the author, and then open unexpectedly a 
 whole domain of fertility unknown to science." 
 
 INDORSEMENTS OF SOCIETIES, ETC. 
 
 AMSTERDAM, 
 
 139 Stadhouderskade, September 1, 1901. 
 
 DEAR SIR: I am intrusted by the committee of the Fifth International Congress of 
 Criminal Anthropology, Amsterdam, September 9-14, 1901, to inform you that in the 
 last meeting of the congress a motion was proposed by Dr. Louise G. Robinovitch, 
 which was, after some discussion, passed by the congress. 
 The motion was worded as follows: 
 
 "The members of the Fifth International Congress for Criminal Anthropology are 
 in favor of the establishment of psychophysical laboratories for the practical applica- 
 tion of physiological psychology to sociological and abnormal or pathological data, 
 especially as found in institutions for the criminal, pauper, and defective classes, and 
 in hospitals, and also as may be observed in schools and other institutions." 
 I am, dear sir, yours, most sincerely, 
 
 J. WERTHEIM SALOMONSON, 
 
 Secretary-General of the Congress. 
 
 ARTHUR MACDONALD, Esq., Washington, U. S. 
 
 This congress consists of distinguished specialists from all Europe, and it is, per- 
 haps, the highest authority in Europe. In our country, up to date, -the following 
 associations have passed the same or similar resolution: Four national medical soci- 
 eties and associations: The American Medical Association, the Association of American 
 Medical Editors, American Medico-Psychological Association, and the Association 
 for the Study and Cure of Inebriety; 18 State medical societies; Idaho, Indiana, Kan- 
 sas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Minnesota; Connecticut Eclectic Medical Society of 
 Connecticut; Medical Society of the Missouri Valley; Mississippi Valley Medical Asso- 
 ciation; Orange County Medical Association, New York; New England; Psychologi- 
 cal Society of Alienists, also New England Hospital Society; North Dakota, New 
 Jersey, Pennsylvania, Texas; Tri-State Medical Society of Alabama, Georgia, and 
 Tennessee; Utah and Wisconsin; 3 city medical societies, St. Louis, Chicago, and 
 Syracuse; and the Medical Society of the District of Columbia, West Virginia, and 
 Virginia; presbyteries of Baltimore, Md., and Allegheny and Blairsville, Pa. ; dioceses 
 of Michigan, North Carolina, and central Pennsylvania; Bar Association of New Mex- 
 ico; Bar Association of Kansas. 
 
A PLAN FOB THE STUDY OF MAN. . 161 
 
 Specialists who have written letters to the Department of the Interior in favor of a laboratory 
 to study the criminal, pauper, and defective classes. 
 
 One of the main objects of the laboratory is to study statistically and with snstru- 
 ments of precision the criminal, pauper, defective, and other abnormal classes. It ia 
 a laboratory for sociological purposes. 
 
 Some of the specialists mentioned below are in different lines of work, but these 
 lines are intimately connected with the work of the laboratory. 
 
 AMERICAN SPECIALISTS. 
 
 Prof. Angell, J. R. (experimental psychology), University of Chicago. 
 Prof. Buchanan, J. L. (psychology and ethics), president University of Arkansas. 
 Prof. Burnham, Wm. H. (pedagogy), Clark University, Worcester, Mass. 
 Prof. Barker, L. F. (anatomyj , Chicago University. 
 Prof. Bigham, J. (psychology) , University of Michigan. 
 Prof. Brinton, D. G. (anthropology), University of Pennsylvania. 
 Prof. Butler, Nathaniel, president of Colby College, Maine. 
 Prof. Chrisman, O. (paidology), State Normal School, Kansas. 
 Prof. Caldwell, W. (ethics), Northwestern University, Chicago, 111. 
 Prof. Calkins, Mary W. (psychology), Wellesley College. 
 Prof. Dana, C. L. (nervous system). Cornell University. 
 Prof. Denny, C. (moral philosophy), Vanderbilt University, Tennessee. 
 Prof. Ely, R. T. (political economy), University of \Visconsin. 
 Prof. Forbes, J. F., president of John B. Stetson University, Florida. 
 Prof. Gardiner, H. N. (philosophy), Smith College, Massachusetts. 
 Prof. Henderson, C. R. (sociology), Chicago University. 
 Prof. Hawthorne, B. J. (philosophy), University of Oregon. 
 Prof. Heston, J. W., president Agricultural College of South Dakota. 
 Prof. Hicks, F. C. (economics) , University of Missouri. 
 Prof. Karns, T. C. (philosophy and pedagogy), University of Tennessee. 
 Prof. Krohn, W. O., psychologist in Illinois Eastern Hospital. 
 Prof. Lombard, W. P. (physiology), University of Michigan. 
 Prof. Luckey, G. W. A. (pedagogy), University of Nebraska. 
 Prof. MacDonald, Carlos JF. (insanity and legal medicine), New York University. 
 Prof. Mezes, Sydney E. (psychology), University of Texas. 
 Prof. Merz, H. (philosophy and social science), University of Wyoming. 
 Prof. Mills, Wesley (physiology), McGill University, Montreal. 
 Prof. Mills, Charles K. (mental diseases, medical "jurisprudence), University of 
 Pennsylvania. 
 
 Prof. Mall, F. P. (embryology), Johns Hopkins University. 
 
 Prof. Patrick, G. T. W. (psychology), University of Iowa. 
 
 Prof. Pearce, F. S. (nervous diseases), Medico-Chirurgical College, Philadelphia. 
 
 Prof. Sanford, E. C. (psychology), Clark University, Worcester, Mass. 
 
 Prof. Scott, W. H. (philosophy), Ohio State University. 
 
 Prof. Scripture, E. W. (psycho-physics), Yale University. 
 
 Prof. Starr, F. (anthropology), Chicago University. 
 
 Prof. Stanley, H. M. (psychology), Lake Forest University, Illinois. 
 
 Prof. Swift, E. J. (psychology), State Normal School, Wisconsin. 
 
 Prof. Thwing, C. F., president of Western Reserve University, Cleveland, Ohio. 
 
 Prof. Wood, H. C. (nervous diseases), University of Pennsylvania. 
 
 Prof. Wenley, R. M. (philosophy), University of Michigan. 
 
 Prof. Allison, H. E., superintendent Mattea wan State Hospital (forcriminal insane), 
 New York State. 
 
 Prof. Bulkley, L. D., M. D., secretary New York Skin and Cancer Hospital. 
 
 Prof. Brown,' Chas. H., editor Journal of Nervous and Mental Diseases, New York. 
 
 Prof. Barr, M. W., chief phvsician of Pennsvlvania Training School for Feeble- 
 Minded Children. 
 
 Prof. Bruce, C. E., M. D., superintendent New York Juvenile Asylum. 
 
 Prof. Brockway, Z. R., formerly superintendent Elmira Reformatory. 
 
 Prof. Crothers, T. D., M. D., editor Journal of Inebriety, Hartford, Conn. 
 
 Prof. Christopher, W. S., M. D., board of education, Chicago, 111. 
 
 Prof. Carson, J. C., M. D., superintendent Syracuse State Institute for Feeble- 
 Minded Children. 
 
 Prof. Drahmas, A., chaplain of prison, San Quentin, Cal. 
 
 Prof. Flood, E., M. D., superintendent Massachusetts Hospital for Epileptics. 
 
 Prof. Hallock, F. K., M. D., Cromwell Hall (nervous diseases), Cromwell, Conn. 
 
 S. Doc. 400 11 
 
102 A PLAN FOE THE STUDY OF MAN- 
 
 Prof. McCorn, Wm. A., resident physician River Crest (nervous diseases), New 
 York City. 
 
 Prof. S'.rady, G. F., M. D., editor of Medical Record, New York City. 
 Prof. Warner, Chas. Dudley, Hartford, Conn. 
 
 EUROPEAN SPECIALISTS. 
 
 Professor Desspir (psycho-physics), University of Berlin. 
 
 Professor Ferri (Senator) (criminal law), University of Rome. 
 
 Professor Lasson (philosophy), University of Berlin. 
 
 Professor Lpmbroso (criminology), University of Turin. 
 
 Professor Lilenthal (criminal law), University of Heidelberg. 
 
 Professor Mosso (physiology, psycho-physics), University of Turin. 
 
 Professor Marro (insanity) /University of Turin. 
 
 -Professor Obersteiner (nervous system), University of Vienna. 
 
 Professor Ottolenghi (legal medicine), University of Siena. 
 
 professor Ranke (anthropology), University of Munich. 
 
 Professor Sergi (anthropology), University of Rome. 
 
 Professor Vogt (hypnology), University of Berlin. 
 
 Dr. Daniel, physician at School for Special Instruction at Antwerp. 
 
 Dr. Havelock Ellis, editor of Contemporary Science Series, London; author of The 
 Ciiminal. 
 
 Gibson, G. A., M. D., editor of Edinburgh Medical Journal, Scotland. 
 
 Morrison, W. D., D. D., formerly chaplain of Her Majesty's prisons, London; 
 author of Juvenile Offenders. 
 
 btead, W. T., editor of Review of Reviews, London, England. 
 
 Tallack, William, secretary of Howard Association, London; author of Penolog- 
 ical Principles. 
 
 Warner, Francis, F. R. C. P. (abnormal children), London, England. 
 
 De Watterville, M. D., editor of Brain, London, England. 
 
INDEX. 
 
 Page. 
 
 Abnormal children and hypnotism 65 
 
 Abnormalities and measurements 13 
 
 Aboulia and emotion 58 
 
 uEsthesiometer 25 
 
 Alcoholism 100-1 02 
 
 Alcoholism and insanity 102 
 
 Algometer 26 
 
 Attention ^ 73 
 
 Anarchistic criminals 4 
 
 Auto-hypnotism 60 
 
 Auto-hypnotism not always advisable 60 
 
 Auto-suggestion and crime 92 
 
 Baroelectro-sesthesiometer 25 
 
 Bertillon system of measurement 85 
 
 Bible, interest in 20 
 
 Bibliography of child study 117 
 
 Bills, nature of, Congressmen introducing them 4 
 
 Blushing 20 
 
 Blushing and fear 75 
 
 Book knowledge, defects of 28 
 
 Brain of criminals, physiology of . _ . 83 
 
 Callipers 9 . 23 
 
 Camorra 88 
 
 Chattanooga children, measurements of 33-37 
 
 Child study, bibliography of 117 
 
 Children, fears in 19 
 
 Children of great men 19 
 
 Children, superiority of some 15 
 
 Children's rights 15 
 
 Children, types of in Germany 41-44 
 
 City Kfe, influence of " 16 
 
 Cksses of society 93-94 
 
 Classes of society superior in height and weight 47 
 
 Climate and drunkenness 103 
 
 Collecting interest 20 
 
 College women, susceptibility to disease and physical development of 30-32 
 
 Color of skin, hair and eyes, relation of 43 
 
 Conclusions as to criminal man ^ 100 
 
 Conclusions from the study of man as to growth, sight, sound, memory, skin, 
 taste and smell, movement, attention, volition, stimulation and sensation, 
 moral sense, reading and writing, illusions and dreams, blushing and fear, 
 
 power and estimation, Washington school children 71-76 
 
 Cost of crime , 
 
 Cranium, measurements of 23 
 
 Crime and education 63 
 
 Crime and its punishment, Garofalo's ideas 103-108 
 
 Crime, cost of 
 
 Crime, relation of education to 98-100 
 
 Criminal and defective classes, study of 
 
 Criminal aristocracy, or the Mafia 85-88 
 
 Criminal must be studied directly * 77, 82 
 
 Criminal neglect 79 
 
 Criminal suggestion 88-93 
 
 Criminals not so abnormal 81 
 
 Criminology and practical sociology 79 
 
 163 
 
164 INDEX. 
 
 Page. 
 
 Criminology, divisions of 76 
 
 Criminology, instruction in 81 
 
 Criticisms of new lines of work 11 
 
 Deceitfulness of criminal 84 
 
 Disease, and physical development in college women 30-32 
 
 Dreams and illusions 74 
 
 Drunkenness and climate . 103 
 
 Dynamometer .' 25 
 
 Education and crime 93-100 
 
 Education and hypnotism 61 
 
 Education and social pathology 103 
 
 Emotion and aboulia 58 
 
 Emotion and suggestion 58 
 
 Emotion, measurements of 83 
 
 Estimating, power of 75 
 
 Ethics 79 
 
 Fear in children . 19 
 
 Fire traps and criminal negligence 79 
 
 Freedom of will 82 
 
 Germany, types of children in 41 
 
 Girls in private schools, measurements of 37-38 
 
 Graphic method ' 22 
 
 Growth 71 
 
 Growth and sociological conditions 44 
 
 Hair, color of and nationality 43 
 
 Hall, G.Stanley 18 
 
 Hand grasp, strength of 24 
 
 Head, circumference of 14 
 
 Heads, abnormally shaped 
 
 Hearing, defects of 17 
 
 Heat, sensibility to 24 
 
 Hereditary diseases and physical development. 30 
 
 Historical method 10 
 
 Hypnotism 47-70 
 
 Hypnotism and abnormal children 65 
 
 Hypnotism and moral education 61 
 
 Hypnotism and surgical operations 55-57 
 
 Hypnotism as power of suggestion 57-62 
 
 Hypnotism, nervous trembling, directly 66 
 
 Hypnotism, pedagogic 64-70 
 
 Hypnotism, traumatic '. 54 
 
 Hypnotism useful for abnormal children 65 
 
 Hypnotized state, study of 62-84 
 
 Ignorance of children 
 
 Illusions and dreams 74 
 
 Importance of first-hand knowledge 29 
 
 Indorsements of societies, etc 160 
 
 Infectious diseases and physical development 30 
 
 Insanity and alcoholism 101 
 
 Instruction in criminology .. 
 
 Instruments of precision 22-26 
 
 Knowledge, importance of first-hand '. 29 
 
 Laboratories in universities 
 
 Large numbers, importance of, statistically 7 
 
 Laziness and unruliness of children 13 
 
 Low wages and criminal tendencies 79 
 
 Mafia 85-88 
 
 Man from scientific point of view 117 
 
 Man, recent results from study of 70 
 
 Measurement blank 6 
 
 Measurements and abnormalities 13 
 
 Measurements of Chattanooga children 33-37 
 
 Measurements of cranium 23 
 
 Measurements of emotion 83 
 
 Measurements of girls in private schools 37-39 
 
 Measurements of pain 26-28 
 
 Measurements of university students 40 
 
INDEX. 165 
 
 Page. 
 
 Measurements of university women... .^ 39 
 
 Memory 72 
 
 Memory, strength of 19 
 
 Mental ability of children 13 
 
 Moral education 21 
 
 Moral education and hypnotism 61 
 
 Moral sense '. . .. 74 
 
 Moral obtuseness of criminal r 84 
 
 Morbid humanitarianism 80 
 
 Movement 73 
 
 Murder, case of 108-117 
 
 Nervous trembling and suggestion, case of 66 
 
 Normal man should be studied 10 
 
 Obsession, cure of by suggestion 59 
 
 Opposition to psycho-physical research 10 
 
 Pain as affected by sociological condition 27 
 
 Pain, measurements of 26-28 
 
 Pedagogic hypnotism 64-70 
 
 Physical characteristics, interpretation of.... 40 
 
 Physical examination . 17 
 
 Plan for the study of man (introductory) : Measurement blank, further studies, 
 
 unruly and reformatory children; large numbers, questions as to utility.... 5-8 
 
 Plethysmpgraph 83 
 
 Poverty, influence on nutrition 79 
 
 Practical morality, teaching of 95-98 
 
 Prison, a laboratory 77 
 
 Prison discipline : 77 
 
 Psycho-physical research, opposition to 10 
 
 Puberty and sensibility to pain in Chattanooga children 36 
 
 Puberty, danger at age of 16 
 
 Punishment and crime, Garofalo's ideas on 103-108 
 
 Reading and writing 74 
 
 Research, spirit of 11 
 
 Results from the study of man 70-76 
 
 Right-handedness 16 
 
 Scientific journals, opinions of, as to work 159 
 
 Scientific method 78 
 
 Senators and Representatives favoring plan of work 159 
 
 Sensatitipn and stimulation 74 
 
 Senses, limitation of 22 
 
 Sensibility to heat 24 
 
 Sensibility to locality on skin 24 
 
 Sickliness and nervousness of children 13 
 
 Sight , 71 
 
 Sight, defects of _ 17 
 
 Skin 73 
 
 Skin, sensibility of locality on 24 
 
 Smell and taste 73 
 
 Social pathology and education 103 
 
 Societies, indorsements of 160 
 
 Society, classes of 93-94 
 
 Somnambulism and crime 89-90 
 
 Sound 72 
 
 Specialists writing letters favoringwork 161 
 
 Spirit of research 11 
 
 Strength of hand-grasp 24 
 
 Suggestion and emotion 58 
 
 Suggestion and nervous trembling, case of 66-70 
 
 Suggestion, cases of cure of obsession _.. 59 
 
 Suggestion, power of 57 
 
 Suggestions as to further studies 6 
 
 Surgical operations and hypnotism 55 
 
 Taste and smell 73 
 
 Teacher, influence of 21 
 
 Teaching of practical morality 95-98 
 
 Temperature spots 24 
 
 Tempple-algometer 26 
 
166 INDEX. 
 
 Page. 
 
 Temptation and poverty 79 
 
 Thermiaesthesiometer 24 
 
 Total abstinence 102 
 
 Training for psycho-physical laboratory 28-30 
 
 Types of. children in Germany 4144 
 
 University students, measurements of 40 
 
 University women, measurements of 39 
 
 Unruly children 7 
 
 Utility of studies, question as to 8 
 
 Vengeance theory 82 
 
 Volition 74 
 
 War and commercialism 12 
 
 Washington children 76 
 
VITA AUCTORIS. 
 
 University of Rochester, N. Y., A. B., 1879 ; A. M., 1883. 
 
 Student of Law, 1879-1880. 
 
 Union Theological Seminary, N.Y. City, graduated in 1883. 
 
 Harvard University, Post-Graduate Courses in Philoso- 
 phy, Metaphysics, and Theology, 1883-1885. 
 
 Johns Hopkins University, appointed " Fellow in Psy- 
 chology," 1885. 
 
 European Study, 1885-1888 : 
 
 University of Berlin, Medicine and Experimental Medi- 
 cine. 
 
 University of Leipzig, Psycho-Physics and Medicine. 
 
 University of Paris, Clinical and Experimental Medicine. 
 
 Universities of Zurich and Vienna, Insanity, Hypnotism, 
 and Criminology. 
 
 Clark University, Worcester, Mass., Docent ("advance 
 beyond the Doctorate ") in Criminology, 1889-1891. 
 
 United States Bureau of Education, Specialist in Educa- 
 tion as related to the Abnormal and Weakling 
 Classes, 1892. 
 
THIS BOOK IS DUE ON THE LAST DATE 
 STAMPED BELOW 
 
 AN INITIAL FINE OF 25 CENTS 
 
 WILL BE ASSESSED FOR FAILURE TO RETURN 
 THIS BOOK ON THE DATE DUE. THE PENALTY 
 WILL INCREASE TO SO CENTS ON THE FOURTH 
 DAY AND TO $1.OO ON THE SEVENTH DAY 
 OVERDUE. 
 
 DEC 
 
 30Mar'59DFX 
 
 MAR 16 1959 
 
 LD 21-100m-12,'43 (8796s) 
 
YC 07299 
 
 
 ,^v r % ^^T^-K^n. '- 
 
 Bft^-S^Pt3^S 
 
 v j o^PS^I *^v^- >'> ^-^' % v^ 
 
 ?3S&a^Aetf. 
 
 108259